Changeset 597 for vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages
- Timestamp:
- Jul 2, 2011, 4:01:14 PM (14 years ago)
- Location:
- vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages
- Files:
-
- 86 edited
Legend:
- Unmodified
- Added
- Removed
-
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/cifs.upcall.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>cifs.upcall</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="cifs.upcall.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>cifs.upcall — Userspace upcall helper for Common Internet File System (CIFS)</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">cifs.upcall</code> [--trust-dns|-t] [--version|-v] {keyid}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522928"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>cifs.upcall is a userspace helper program for the linux CIFS client1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>cifs.upcall</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="cifs.upcall"><a name="cifs.upcall.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>cifs.upcall — Userspace upcall helper for Common Internet File System (CIFS)</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">cifs.upcall</code> [--trust-dns|-t] [--version|-v] {keyid}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266364"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>cifs.upcall is a userspace helper program for the linux CIFS client 2 2 filesystem. There are a number of activities that the kernel cannot easily 3 3 do itself. This program is a callout program that does these things for the … … 5 5 request-key(8) for a particular key type. While it 6 6 can be run directly from the command-line, it's not generally intended 7 to be run that way.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483334"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-c</span></dt><dd><p>This option is deprecated and is currently ignored.7 to be run that way.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266850"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-c</span></dt><dd><p>This option is deprecated and is currently ignored. 8 8 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--trust-dns|-t</span></dt><dd><p>With krb5 upcalls, the name used as the host portion of the service principal defaults to the hostname portion of the UNC. This option allows the upcall program to reverse resolve the network address of the server in order to get the hostname.</p><p>This is less secure than not trusting DNS. When using this option, it's possible that an attacker could get control of DNS and trick the client into mounting a different server altogether. It's preferable to instead add server principals to the KDC for every possible hostname, but this option exists for cases where that isn't possible. The default is to not trust reverse hostname lookups in this fashion. 9 9 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--version|-v</span></dt><dd><p>Print version number and exit. 10 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483520"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION FOR KEYCTL</h2><p>cifs.upcall is designed to be called from the kernel via the10 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="CONFIGURATION FOR KEYCTL"><a name="id265698"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION FOR KEYCTL</h2><p>cifs.upcall is designed to be called from the kernel via the 11 11 request-key callout program. This requires that request-key be told 12 12 where and how to call this program. The current cifs.upcall program … … 21 21 </pre><p> 22 22 See <a class="citerefentry" href="request-key.conf5..html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">request-key.conf(5)</span></span></a> for more info on each field. 23 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483591"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>23 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id265762"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p> 24 24 <a class="citerefentry" href="request-key.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">request-key.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, 25 25 <a class="citerefentry" href="mount.cifs.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">mount.cifs</span>(8)</span></a> 26 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483616"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Igor Mammedov wrote the cifs.upcall program.</p><p>Jeff Layton authored this manpage.</p><p>The maintainer of the Linux CIFS VFS is Steve French.</p><p>The <a class="ulink" href="mailto:linux-cifs-client@lists.samba.org" target="_top">Linux26 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id265788"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Igor Mammedov wrote the cifs.upcall program.</p><p>Jeff Layton authored this manpage.</p><p>The maintainer of the Linux CIFS VFS is Steve French.</p><p>The <a class="ulink" href="mailto:linux-cifs-client@lists.samba.org" target="_top">Linux 27 27 CIFS Mailing list</a> is the preferred place to ask 28 28 questions regarding these programs. -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/eventlogadm.8.html
r427 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>eventlogadm</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="eventlogadm.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>eventlogadm — push records into the Samba event log store</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">eventlogadm</code> [<code class="option">-d</code>] [<code class="option">-h</code>] <code class="option">-o</code>1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>eventlogadm</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="eventlogadm"><a name="eventlogadm.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>eventlogadm — push records into the Samba event log store</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">eventlogadm</code> [<code class="option">-d</code>] [<code class="option">-h</code>] <code class="option">-o</code> 2 2 <code class="literal">addsource</code> 3 3 <em class="replaceable"><code>EVENTLOG</code></em> … … 11 11 <em class="replaceable"><code>EVENTLOG</code></em> 12 12 <em class="replaceable"><code>RECORD_NUMBER</code></em> 13 </p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483543"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(1)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">eventlogadm</code> is a filter that accepts13 </p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id265734"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(1)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">eventlogadm</code> is a filter that accepts 14 14 formatted event log records on standard input and writes them 15 15 to the Samba event log store. Windows client can then manipulate 16 these record using the usual administration tools.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483573"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="option">-d</code></span></dt><dd><p>16 these record using the usual administration tools.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id265762"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="option">-d</code></span></dt><dd><p> 17 17 The <code class="literal">-d</code> option causes <code class="literal">eventlogadm</code> to emit debugging 18 18 information. … … 45 45 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><code class="option">-h</code></span></dt><dd><p> 46 46 Print usage information. 47 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483724"></a><h2>EVENTLOG RECORD FORMAT</h2><p>For the write operation, <code class="literal">eventlogadm</code>47 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="EVENTLOG RECORD FORMAT"><a name="id265911"></a><h2>EVENTLOG RECORD FORMAT</h2><p>For the write operation, <code class="literal">eventlogadm</code> 48 48 expects to be able to read structured records from standard 49 49 input. These records are a sequence of lines, with the record key 50 50 and data separated by a colon character. Records are separated 51 by at least one or more blank line.</p><p>The event log record field are:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>51 by at least one or more blank line.</p><p>The event log record field are:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> 52 52 <code class="literal">LEN</code> - This field should be 0, since <code class="literal">eventlogadm</code> will calculate this value. 53 </p></li><li ><p>53 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 54 54 <code class="literal">RS1</code> - This must be the value 1699505740. 55 </p></li><li ><p>55 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 56 56 <code class="literal">RCN</code> - This field should be 0. 57 </p></li><li ><p>57 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 58 58 <code class="literal">TMG</code> - The time the eventlog record 59 59 was generated; format is the number of seconds since 60 60 00:00:00 January 1, 1970, UTC. 61 </p></li><li ><p>61 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 62 62 <code class="literal">TMW</code> - The time the eventlog record was 63 63 written; format is the number of seconds since 00:00:00 64 64 January 1, 1970, UTC. 65 </p></li><li ><p>65 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 66 66 <code class="literal">EID</code> - The eventlog ID. 67 </p></li><li ><p>67 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 68 68 <code class="literal">ETP</code> - The event type -- one of 69 69 "INFO", 70 70 "ERROR", "WARNING", "AUDIT 71 71 SUCCESS" or "AUDIT FAILURE". 72 </p></li><li ><p>72 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 73 73 <code class="literal">ECT</code> - The event category; this depends 74 74 on the message file. It is primarily used as a means of 75 75 filtering in the eventlog viewer. 76 </p></li><li ><p>76 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 77 77 <code class="literal">RS2</code> - This field should be 0. 78 </p></li><li ><p>78 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 79 79 <code class="literal">CRN</code> - This field should be 0. 80 </p></li><li ><p>80 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 81 81 <code class="literal">USL</code> - This field should be 0. 82 </p></li><li ><p>82 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 83 83 <code class="literal">SRC</code> - This field contains the source 84 84 name associated with the event log. If a message file is 85 85 used with an event log, there will be a registry entry 86 86 for associating this source name with a message file DLL. 87 </p></li><li ><p>87 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 88 88 <code class="literal">SRN</code> - The name of the machine on 89 89 which the eventlog was generated. This is typically the 90 90 host name. 91 </p></li><li ><p>91 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 92 92 <code class="literal">STR</code> - The text associated with the 93 93 eventlog. There may be more than one string in a record. 94 </p></li><li ><p>94 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 95 95 <code class="literal">DAT</code> - This field should be left unset. 96 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481590"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>An example of the record format accepted by <code class="literal">eventlogadm</code>:</p><pre class="programlisting">96 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id307151"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>An example of the record format accepted by <code class="literal">eventlogadm</code>:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 97 97 LEN: 0 98 98 RS1: 1699505740 … … 117 117 my_program_to_parse_into_eventlog_records | \\ 118 118 eventlogadm SystemLogEvents 119 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481639"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481650"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> The original Samba software and related utilities were119 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id307192"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id307202"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> The original Samba software and related utilities were 120 120 created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the 121 121 Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/findsmb.1.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>findsmb</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="findsmb.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>findsmb — list info about machines that respond to SMB2 name queries on a subnet</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" ><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">findsmb</code> [subnet broadcast address]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522919"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This perl script is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>findsmb</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="findsmb"><a name="findsmb.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>findsmb — list info about machines that respond to SMB 2 name queries on a subnet</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">findsmb</code> [subnet broadcast address]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266348"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This perl script is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> 3 3 suite.</p><p><code class="literal">findsmb</code> is a perl script that 4 4 prints out several pieces of information about machines … … 7 7 and <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a> 8 8 to obtain this information. 9 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483328"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p>Controls whether <code class="literal">findsmb</code> takes9 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266846"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p>Controls whether <code class="literal">findsmb</code> takes 10 10 bugs in Windows95 into account when trying to find a Netbios name 11 11 registered of the remote machine. This option is disabled by default … … 17 17 is run. This value is passed to 18 18 <a class="citerefentry" href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a> 19 as part of the <code class="constant">-B</code> option.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483527"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>The output of <code class="literal">findsmb</code> lists the following19 as part of the <code class="constant">-B</code> option.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id265716"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>The output of <code class="literal">findsmb</code> lists the following 20 20 information for all machines that respond to the initial 21 21 <code class="literal">nmblookup</code> for any name: IP address, NetBIOS name, … … 49 49 192.168.35.93 FROGSTAR-PC [MVENGR] [Windows 5.0] [Windows 2000 LAN Manager] 50 50 192.168.35.97 HERBNT1 *[HERB-NT] [Windows NT 4.0] [NT LAN Manager 4.0] 51 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483629"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of52 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483640"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>,51 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id265803"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of 52 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id265813"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, 53 53 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, and <a class="citerefentry" href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a> 54 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483674"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities54 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id265846"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 55 55 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 56 56 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/idmap_ad.8.html
r478 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>idmap_ad</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="idmap_ad.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>idmap_ad — Samba's idmap_ad Backend for Winbind</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>The idmap_ad plugin provides a way for Winbind to read1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>idmap_ad</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="idmap_ad"><a name="idmap_ad.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>idmap_ad — Samba's idmap_ad Backend for Winbind</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="DESCRIPTION"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>The idmap_ad plugin provides a way for Winbind to read 2 2 id mappings from an AD server that uses RFC2307/SFU schema 3 3 extensions. This module implements only the "idmap" … … 5 5 by the administrator by adding the posixAccount/posixGroup 6 6 classes and relative attribute/value pairs to the user and 7 group objects in the AD.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522913"></a><h2>IDMAP OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">range = low - high</span></dt><dd><p>7 group objects in the AD.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="IDMAP OPTIONS"><a name="id266339"></a><h2>IDMAP OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">range = low - high</span></dt><dd><p> 8 8 Defines the available matching UID and GID range for which the 9 9 backend is authoritative. Note that the range acts as a filter. … … 17 17 This can be either the RFC2307 schema support included 18 18 in Windows 2003 R2 or the Service for Unix (SFU) schema. 19 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483324"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>19 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id266832"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p> 20 20 The following example shows how to retrieve idmappings from our principal and 21 21 trusted AD domains. If trusted domains are present id conflicts must be … … 33 33 idmap config CORP : backend = ad 34 34 idmap config CORP : range = 1000-999999 35 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483349"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>35 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id266852"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> 36 36 The original Samba software and related utilities 37 37 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/idmap_adex.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>idmap_adex</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="idmap_adex.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>idmap_adex — Samba's idmap_adex Backend for Winbind</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>idmap_adex</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="idmap_adex"><a name="idmap_adex.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>idmap_adex — Samba's idmap_adex Backend for Winbind</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="DESCRIPTION"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p> 2 2 The idmap_adex plugin provides a way for Winbind to read 3 3 id mappings from an AD server that uses RFC2307 schema … … 14 14 catalog servers. This can be done using the Active Directory Schema 15 15 Management MMC plugin (schmmgmt.dll). 16 </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" ><h2>NSS_INFO</h2><p>16 </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="NSS_INFO"><h2>NSS_INFO</h2><p> 17 17 The nss_info plugin supports reading the unixHomeDirectory, 18 18 gidNumber, loginShell, and uidNumber attributes from the user … … 26 26 on the user object. While group name aliases are implemented 27 27 by reading the displayname attribute from the group object. 28 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522940"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>28 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id266365"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p> 29 29 The following example shows how to retrieve idmappings and NSS data 30 30 from our principal and trusted AD domains. … … 37 37 winbind nss info = adex 38 38 winbind normalize names = yes 39 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483330"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>39 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id266838"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> 40 40 The original Samba software and related utilities 41 41 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/idmap_hash.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>idmap_hash</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="idmap_hash.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>idmap_hash — Samba's idmap_hash Backend for Winbind</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>The idmap_hash plugin implements a hashing algorithm used to map1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>idmap_hash</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="idmap_hash"><a name="idmap_hash.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>idmap_hash — Samba's idmap_hash Backend for Winbind</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="DESCRIPTION"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>The idmap_hash plugin implements a hashing algorithm used to map 2 2 SIDs for domain users and groups to 31-bit uids and gids, respectively. 3 3 This plugin also implements the nss_info API and can be used … … 5 5 "winbind normalize names" and "winbind nss info" 6 6 parameters in smb.conf. 7 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522906"></a><h2>IDMAP OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">name_map</span></dt><dd><p>7 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="IDMAP OPTIONS"><a name="id266339"></a><h2>IDMAP OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">name_map</span></dt><dd><p> 8 8 Specifies the absolute path to the name mapping 9 9 file used by the nss_info API. Entries in the file … … 11 11 = <em class="replaceable"><code>qualified domain name</code></em>". 12 12 Mapping of both user and group names is supported. 13 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522937"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>The following example utilizes the idmap_hash plugin for13 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id266824"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>The following example utilizes the idmap_hash plugin for 14 14 the idmap and nss_info information. 15 15 </p><pre class="programlisting"> … … 22 22 winbind normalize names = yes 23 23 idmap_hash:name_map = /etc/samba/name_map.cfg 24 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483327"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>24 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id266842"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> 25 25 The original Samba software and related utilities 26 26 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/idmap_ldap.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>idmap_ldap</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="idmap_ldap.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>idmap_ldap — Samba's idmap_ldap Backend for Winbind</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>The idmap_ldap plugin provides a means for Winbind to1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>idmap_ldap</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="idmap_ldap"><a name="idmap_ldap.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>idmap_ldap — Samba's idmap_ldap Backend for Winbind</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="DESCRIPTION"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>The idmap_ldap plugin provides a means for Winbind to 2 2 store and retrieve SID/uid/gid mapping tables in an LDAP directory 3 3 service. … … 20 20 should have the same range as the default range, since it needs 21 21 to use the global uid / gid allocator. See the example below. 22 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522932"></a><h2>IDMAP OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">ldap_base_dn = DN</span></dt><dd><p>22 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="IDMAP OPTIONS"><a name="id266361"></a><h2>IDMAP OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">ldap_base_dn = DN</span></dt><dd><p> 23 23 Defines the directory base suffix to use when searching for 24 24 SID/uid/gid mapping entries. If not defined, idmap_ldap will default … … 37 37 "idmap uid" and "idmap gid" options 38 38 from smb.conf. 39 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483370"></a><h2>IDMAP ALLOC OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">ldap_base_dn = DN</span></dt><dd><p>39 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="IDMAP ALLOC OPTIONS"><a name="id266878"></a><h2>IDMAP ALLOC OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">ldap_base_dn = DN</span></dt><dd><p> 40 40 Defines the directory base suffix under which new SID/uid/gid mapping 41 41 entries should be stored. If not defined, idmap_ldap will default … … 48 48 be sent. If not defined, idmap_ldap will assume that ldap://localhost/ 49 49 should be used. 50 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483550"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>50 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id265720"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p> 51 51 The follow sets of a LDAP configuration which uses two LDAP 52 52 directories, one for storing the ID mappings and one for retrieving … … 61 61 idmap alloc config : ldap_url = ldap://id-master/ 62 62 idmap alloc config : ldap_base_dn = ou=idmap,dc=example,dc=com 63 </pre></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" ><h2>NOTE</h2><p>In order to use authentication against ldap servers you may63 </pre></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="NOTE"><h2>NOTE</h2><p>In order to use authentication against ldap servers you may 64 64 need to provide a DN and a password. To avoid exposing the password 65 65 in plain text in the configuration file we store it into a security 66 66 store. The "net idmap " command is used to store a secret 67 67 for the DN specified in a specific idmap domain. 68 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483586"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>68 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id265751"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> 69 69 The original Samba software and related utilities 70 70 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/idmap_nss.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>idmap_nss</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="idmap_nss.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>idmap_nss — Samba's idmap_nss Backend for Winbind</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>The idmap_nss plugin provides a means to map Unix users and groups1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>idmap_nss</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="idmap_nss"><a name="idmap_nss.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>idmap_nss — Samba's idmap_nss Backend for Winbind</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="DESCRIPTION"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>The idmap_nss plugin provides a means to map Unix users and groups 2 2 to Windows accounts and obseletes the "winbind trusted domains only" 3 3 smb.conf option. This provides a simple means of ensuring that the SID … … 5 5 DOMAIN\jsmith which is necessary for reporting ACLs on files and printers 6 6 stored on a Samba member server. 7 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522913"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>7 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id266340"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p> 8 8 This example shows how to use idmap_nss to check the local accounts for its 9 9 own domain while using allocation to create new mappings for trusted domains … … 16 16 idmap config SAMBA : backend = nss 17 17 idmap config SAMBA : range = 1000-999999 18 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522934"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>18 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id266358"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> 19 19 The original Samba software and related utilities 20 20 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/idmap_rid.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>idmap_rid</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="idmap_rid.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>idmap_rid — Samba's idmap_rid Backend for Winbind</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>The idmap_rid backend provides a way to use an algorithmic1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>idmap_rid</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="idmap_rid"><a name="idmap_rid.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>idmap_rid — Samba's idmap_rid Backend for Winbind</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="DESCRIPTION"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>The idmap_rid backend provides a way to use an algorithmic 2 2 mapping scheme to map UIDs/GIDs and SIDs. No database is required 3 in this case as the mapping is deterministic.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522909"></a><h2>IDMAP OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">range = low - high</span></dt><dd><p>3 in this case as the mapping is deterministic.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="IDMAP OPTIONS"><a name="id266338"></a><h2>IDMAP OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">range = low - high</span></dt><dd><p> 4 4 Defines the available matching uid and gid range for which the 5 5 backend is authoritative. Note that the range acts as a filter. … … 18 18 </p><p> 19 19 Use of this parameter is deprecated. 20 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483331"></a><h2>THE MAPPING FORMULAS</h2><p>20 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="THE MAPPING FORMULAS"><a name="id266835"></a><h2>THE MAPPING FORMULAS</h2><p> 21 21 The Unix ID for a RID is calculated this way: 22 22 </p><pre class="programlisting"> … … 29 29 RID = ID + BASE_RID - LOW_RANGE_ID. 30 30 </pre><p> 31 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483358"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>31 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id266860"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p> 32 32 This example shows how to configure two domains with idmap_rid, 33 33 the principal domain and a trusted domain, leaving the default … … 49 49 idmap config TRUSTED : range = 50000 - 99999 50 50 idmap config TRUSTED : base_rid = 1000 51 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483384"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>51 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id266881"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> 52 52 The original Samba software and related utilities 53 53 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/idmap_tdb.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>idmap_tdb</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="idmap_tdb.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>idmap_tdb — Samba's idmap_tdb Backend for Winbind</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>idmap_tdb</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="idmap_tdb"><a name="idmap_tdb.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>idmap_tdb — Samba's idmap_tdb Backend for Winbind</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="DESCRIPTION"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p> 2 2 The idmap_tdb plugin is the default backend used by winbindd 3 3 for storing SID/uid/gid mapping tables. … … 20 20 should have the same range as the default range, since it needs 21 21 to use the global uid / gid allocator. See the example below. 22 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522938"></a><h2>IDMAP OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">range = low - high</span></dt><dd><p>22 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="IDMAP OPTIONS"><a name="id266361"></a><h2>IDMAP OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">range = low - high</span></dt><dd><p> 23 23 Defines the available matching uid and gid range for which the 24 24 backend is authoritative. … … 26 26 the "idmap uid" and "idmap gid" options 27 27 from smb.conf. 28 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483330"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>28 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id266838"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p> 29 29 This example shows how tdb is used as a the default idmap backend. 30 30 It configures the idmap range through the global options for all … … 54 54 idmap config DOM1 : backend = tdb 55 55 idmap config DOM1 : range = 1000000-2000000 56 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483372"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>56 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id266872"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> 57 57 The original Samba software and related utilities 58 58 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/idmap_tdb2.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>idmap_tdb2</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="idmap_tdb2.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>idmap_tdb2 — Samba's idmap_tdb2 Backend for Winbind</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>idmap_tdb2</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="idmap_tdb2"><a name="idmap_tdb2.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>idmap_tdb2 — Samba's idmap_tdb2 Backend for Winbind</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="DESCRIPTION"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p> 2 2 The idmap_tdb2 plugin is a substitute for the default idmap_tdb 3 3 backend used by winbindd for storing SID/uid/gid mapping tables … … 21 21 should have the same range as the default range, since it needs 22 22 to use the global uid / gid allocator. See the example below. 23 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522933"></a><h2>IDMAP OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">range = low - high</span></dt><dd><p>23 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="IDMAP OPTIONS"><a name="id266361"></a><h2>IDMAP OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">range = low - high</span></dt><dd><p> 24 24 Defines the available matching uid and gid range for which the 25 25 backend is authoritative. … … 27 27 the "idmap uid" and "idmap gid" options 28 28 from smb.conf. 29 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483328"></a><h2>IDMAP SCRIPT</h2><p>29 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="IDMAP SCRIPT"><a name="id266839"></a><h2>IDMAP SCRIPT</h2><p> 30 30 The tdb2 idmap backend supports a script for performing id mappings 31 31 through the smb.conf option <em class="parameter"><code>idmap : script</code></em>. … … 48 48 SIDs unmapped by the script might get mapped to IDs that had 49 49 previously been mapped by the script. 50 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483371"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>50 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id266875"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p> 51 51 This example shows how tdb2 is used as a the default idmap backend. 52 52 It configures the idmap range through the global options for all … … 57 57 idmap uid = 1000000-2000000 58 58 idmap gid = 1000000-2000000 59 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483519"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>59 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id266893"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> 60 60 The original Samba software and related utilities 61 61 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/index.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title></title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="article" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><hr></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="cifs.upcall.8.html" target="_top">cifs.upcall(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Userspace upcall helper for Common Internet File System (CIFS)1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title></title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="article"><div class="titlepage"><hr></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="cifs.upcall.8.html" target="_top">cifs.upcall(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Userspace upcall helper for Common Internet File System (CIFS) 2 2 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="eventlogadm.8.html" target="_top">eventlogadm(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>push records into the Samba event log store 3 3 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="findsmb.1.html" target="_top">findsmb(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>list info about machines that respond to SMB -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/ldb.3.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ldb</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="ldb.3"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>ldb<p><b>The Samba Project</b></p> — A light-weight database library</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><pre class="synopsis">#include <ldb.h></pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522906"></a><h2>description</h2><p>1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ldb</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="ldb"><a name="ldb.3"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>ldb<b>The Samba Project</b> — A light-weight database library</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><pre class="synopsis">#include <ldb.h></pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="description"><a name="id266338"></a><h2>description</h2><p> 2 2 ldb is a light weight embedded database library and API. With a 3 3 programming interface that is very similar to LDAP, ldb can store its … … 35 35 database. Then I suggest you look at the ldb_connect(3) and 36 36 ldb_search(3) manual pages. 37 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483332"></a><h2>TOOLS</h2><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>37 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="TOOLS"><a name="id266833"></a><h2>TOOLS</h2><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> 38 38 <span class="application">ldbsearch(1)</span> 39 39 - command line ldb search utility 40 </p></li><li ><p>40 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 41 41 <span class="application">ldbedit(1)</span> 42 42 - edit all or part of a ldb database using your favourite editor 43 </p></li><li ><p>43 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 44 44 <span class="application">ldbadd(1)</span> 45 45 - add records to a ldb database using LDIF formatted input 46 </p></li><li ><p>46 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 47 47 <span class="application">ldbdel(1)</span> 48 48 - delete records from a ldb database 49 </p></li><li ><p>49 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 50 50 <span class="application">ldbmodify(1)</span> 51 51 - modify records in a ldb database using LDIF formatted input 52 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483518"></a><h2>FUNCTIONS</h2><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>52 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="FUNCTIONS"><a name="id266894"></a><h2>FUNCTIONS</h2><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> 53 53 <code class="function">ldb_connect(3)</code> 54 54 - connect to a ldb backend 55 </p></li><li ><p>55 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 56 56 <code class="function">ldb_search(3)</code> 57 57 - perform a database search 58 </p></li><li ><p>58 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 59 59 <code class="function">ldb_add(3)</code> 60 60 - add a record to the database 61 </p></li><li ><p>61 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 62 62 <code class="function">ldb_delete(3)</code> 63 63 - delete a record from the database 64 </p></li><li ><p>64 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 65 65 <code class="function">ldb_modify(3)</code> 66 66 - modify a record in the database 67 </p></li><li ><p>67 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 68 68 <code class="function">ldb_errstring(3)</code> 69 69 - retrieve extended error information from the last operation 70 </p></li><li ><p>70 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 71 71 <code class="function">ldb_ldif_write(3)</code> 72 72 - write a LDIF formatted message 73 </p></li><li ><p>73 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 74 74 <code class="function">ldb_ldif_write_file(3)</code> 75 75 - write a LDIF formatted message to a file 76 </p></li><li ><p>76 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 77 77 <code class="function">ldb_ldif_read(3)</code> 78 78 - read a LDIF formatted message 79 </p></li><li ><p>79 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 80 80 <code class="function">ldb_ldif_read_free(3)</code> 81 81 - free the result of a ldb_ldif_read() 82 </p></li><li ><p>82 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 83 83 <code class="function">ldb_ldif_read_file(3)</code> 84 84 - read a LDIF message from a file 85 </p></li><li ><p>85 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 86 86 <code class="function">ldb_ldif_read_string(3)</code> 87 87 - read a LDIF message from a string 88 </p></li><li ><p>88 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 89 89 <code class="function">ldb_msg_find_element(3)</code> 90 90 - find an element in a ldb_message 91 </p></li><li ><p>91 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 92 92 <code class="function">ldb_val_equal_exact(3)</code> 93 93 - compare two ldb_val structures 94 </p></li><li ><p>94 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 95 95 <code class="function">ldb_msg_find_val(3)</code> 96 96 - find an element by value 97 </p></li><li ><p>97 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 98 98 <code class="function">ldb_msg_add_empty(3)</code> 99 99 - add an empty message element to a ldb_message 100 </p></li><li ><p>100 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 101 101 <code class="function">ldb_msg_add(3)</code> 102 102 - add a non-empty message element to a ldb_message 103 </p></li><li ><p>103 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 104 104 <code class="function">ldb_msg_element_compare(3)</code> 105 105 - compare two ldb_message_element structures 106 </p></li><li ><p>106 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 107 107 <code class="function">ldb_msg_find_int(3)</code> 108 108 - return an integer value from a ldb_message 109 </p></li><li ><p>109 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 110 110 <code class="function">ldb_msg_find_uint(3)</code> 111 111 - return an unsigned integer value from a ldb_message 112 </p></li><li ><p>112 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 113 113 <code class="function">ldb_msg_find_double(3)</code> 114 114 - return a double value from a ldb_message 115 </p></li><li ><p>115 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 116 116 <code class="function">ldb_msg_find_string(3)</code> 117 117 - return a string value from a ldb_message 118 </p></li><li ><p>118 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 119 119 <code class="function">ldb_set_alloc(3)</code> 120 120 - set the memory allocation function to be used by ldb 121 </p></li><li ><p>121 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 122 122 <code class="function">ldb_set_debug(3)</code> 123 123 - set a debug handler to be used by ldb 124 </p></li><li ><p>124 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 125 125 <code class="function">ldb_set_debug_stderr(3)</code> 126 126 - set a debug handler for stderr output 127 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481467"></a><h2>Author</h2><p>127 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="Author"><a name="id265958"></a><h2>Author</h2><p> 128 128 ldb was written by 129 129 <a class="ulink" href="http://samba.org/~tridge/" target="_top">Andrew Tridgell</a>. -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/ldbadd.1.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ldbadd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="ldbadd.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>ldbadd — Command-line utility for adding records to an LDB</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">ldbadd</code> [-h] [-H LDB-URL] [ldif-file1] [ldif-file2] [...]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522946"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>ldbadd adds records to an ldb(7) database. It reads1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ldbadd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="ldbadd"><a name="ldbadd.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>ldbadd — Command-line utility for adding records to an LDB</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">ldbadd</code> [-h] [-H LDB-URL] [ldif-file1] [ldif-file2] [...]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266834"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>ldbadd adds records to an ldb(7) database. It reads 2 2 the ldif(5) files specified on the command line and adds 3 3 the records from these files to the LDB database, which is specified 4 4 by the -H option or the LDB_URL environment variable. 5 5 </p><p>If - is specified as a ldb file, the ldif input is read from 6 standard input.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483331"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h</span></dt><dd><p>6 standard input.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266850"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h</span></dt><dd><p> 7 7 Show list of available options.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-H <ldb-url></span></dt><dd><p> 8 8 LDB URL to connect to. See ldb(7) for details. 9 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483365"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">LDB_URL</span></dt><dd><p>LDB URL to connect to (can be overrided by using the10 -H command-line option.)</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483387"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 4.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483522"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>ldb(7), ldbmodify, ldbdel, ldif(5)</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483532"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> ldb was written by9 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="ENVIRONMENT"><a name="id266883"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">LDB_URL</span></dt><dd><p>LDB URL to connect to (can be overrided by using the 10 -H command-line option.)</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id265698"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 4.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id265708"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>ldb(7), ldbmodify, ldbdel, ldif(5)</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id265718"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> ldb was written by 11 11 <a class="ulink" href="http://samba.org/~tridge/" target="_top">Andrew Tridgell</a>. 12 12 </p><p> -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/ldbdel.1.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ldbdel</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="ldbdel.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>ldbdel — Command-line program for deleting LDB records</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">ldbdel</code> [-h] [-H LDB-URL] [dn] [...]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522938"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>ldbdel deletes records from an ldb(7) database.1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ldbdel</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="ldbdel"><a name="ldbdel.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>ldbdel — Command-line program for deleting LDB records</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">ldbdel</code> [-h] [-H LDB-URL] [dn] [...]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266826"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>ldbdel deletes records from an ldb(7) database. 2 2 It deletes the records identified by the dn's specified 3 3 on the command-line. </p><p>ldbdel uses either the database that is specified with 4 4 the -H option or the database specified by the LDB_URL environment 5 variable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483324"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h</span></dt><dd><p>5 variable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266842"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h</span></dt><dd><p> 6 6 Show list of available options.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-H <ldb-url></span></dt><dd><p> 7 7 LDB URL to connect to. See ldb(7) for details. 8 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483358"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">LDB_URL</span></dt><dd><p>LDB URL to connect to (can be overrided by using the9 -H command-line option.)</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483379"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 4.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483514"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>ldb(7), ldbmodify, ldbadd, ldif(5)</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483524"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> ldb was written by8 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="ENVIRONMENT"><a name="id266876"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">LDB_URL</span></dt><dd><p>LDB URL to connect to (can be overrided by using the 9 -H command-line option.)</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id266895"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 4.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id265701"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>ldb(7), ldbmodify, ldbadd, ldif(5)</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id265712"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> ldb was written by 10 10 <a class="ulink" href="http://samba.org/~tridge/" target="_top">Andrew Tridgell</a>. 11 11 </p><p> -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/ldbedit.1.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ldbedit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="ldbedit.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>ldbedit — Edit LDB databases using your preferred editor</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">ldbedit</code> [-?] [--usage] [-s base|one|sub] [-b basedn] [-a] [-e editor] [-H LDB-URL] [expression] [attributes...]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483348"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>ldbedit is a utility that allows you to edit LDB entries (in1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ldbedit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="ldbedit"><a name="ldbedit.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>ldbedit — Edit LDB databases using your preferred editor</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">ldbedit</code> [-?] [--usage] [-s base|one|sub] [-b basedn] [-a] [-e editor] [-H LDB-URL] [expression] [attributes...]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266865"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>ldbedit is a utility that allows you to edit LDB entries (in 2 2 tdb files, sqlite files or LDAP servers) using your preferred editor. 3 3 ldbedit generates an LDIF file based on your query, allows you to edit 4 4 the LDIF, and then merges that LDIF back into the LDB backend. 5 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483363"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-?, </span><span class="term">--help</span></dt><dd><p>5 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266878"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-?, </span><span class="term">--help</span></dt><dd><p> 6 6 Show list of available options, and a phrase describing what that option 7 7 does. … … 35 35 this option, ldbedit will only provide a 36 36 summary change line. 37 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483647"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">LDB_URL</span></dt><dd><p>LDB URL to connect to. This can be37 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="ENVIRONMENT"><a name="id265822"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">LDB_URL</span></dt><dd><p>LDB URL to connect to. This can be 38 38 overridden by using the -H command-line option.) 39 39 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">VISUAL and EDITOR</span></dt><dd><p> … … 42 42 EDITOR, and both are overridden by the 43 43 -e command-line option. 44 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483688"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 4.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483699"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>ldb(7), ldbmodify(1), ldbdel(1), ldif(5), vi(1)</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483710"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>44 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id265861"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 4.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id265870"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>ldb(7), ldbmodify(1), ldbdel(1), ldif(5), vi(1)</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id265880"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> 45 45 ldb was written by 46 46 <a class="ulink" href="http://samba.org/~tridge/" target="_top">Andrew Tridgell</a>. -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/ldbmodify.1.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ldbmodify</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="ldbmodify.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>ldbmodify — Modify records in a LDB database</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">ldbmodify</code> [-H LDB-URL] [ldif-file]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522926"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ldbmodify</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="ldbmodify"><a name="ldbmodify.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>ldbmodify — Modify records in a LDB database</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">ldbmodify</code> [-H LDB-URL] [ldif-file]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266356"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p> 2 2 ldbmodify changes, adds and deletes records in a LDB database. 3 3 The changes that should be made to the LDB database are read from 4 4 the specified LDIF-file. If - is specified as the filename, input is read from stdin. 5 </p><p>For now, see ldapmodify(1) for details on the LDIF file format.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522945"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-H <ldb-url></span></dt><dd><p>5 </p><p>For now, see ldapmodify(1) for details on the LDIF file format.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266826"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-H <ldb-url></span></dt><dd><p> 6 6 LDB URL to connect to. See ldb(7) for details. 7 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483332"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">LDB_URL</span></dt><dd><p>LDB URL to connect to (can be overrided by using the8 -H command-line option.)</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483354"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 4.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483365"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>ldb(7), ldbedit</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483375"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> ldb was written by7 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="ENVIRONMENT"><a name="id266848"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">LDB_URL</span></dt><dd><p>LDB URL to connect to (can be overrided by using the 8 -H command-line option.)</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id266868"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 4.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id266878"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>ldb(7), ldbedit</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id266888"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> ldb was written by 9 9 <a class="ulink" href="http://samba.org/~tridge/" target="_top">Andrew Tridgell</a>. 10 10 </p><p> -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/ldbrename.1.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ldbrename</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="ldbrename.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>ldbrename — Edit LDB databases using your favorite editor</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">ldbrename</code> [-h] [-o options] {olddn} {newdb}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522943"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>ldbrename is a utility that allows you to rename trees in1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ldbrename</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="ldbrename"><a name="ldbrename.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>ldbrename — Edit LDB databases using your favorite editor</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">ldbrename</code> [-h] [-o options] {olddn} {newdb}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266827"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>ldbrename is a utility that allows you to rename trees in 2 2 an LDB database based by DN. This utility takes 3 3 two arguments: the original 4 4 DN name of the top element and the DN to change it to. 5 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483322"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h</span></dt><dd><p>5 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266839"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h</span></dt><dd><p> 6 6 Show list of available options.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-H <ldb-url></span></dt><dd><p> 7 7 LDB URL to connect to. See ldb(7) for details. 8 8 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-o options</span></dt><dd><p>Extra ldb options, such as 9 modules.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483368"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">LDB_URL</span></dt><dd><p>LDB URL to connect to (can be overrided by using the10 -H command-line option.)</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483389"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 4.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483524"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>ldb(7), ldbmodify, ldbdel, ldif(5)</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483534"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> ldb was written by9 modules.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="ENVIRONMENT"><a name="id266883"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">LDB_URL</span></dt><dd><p>LDB URL to connect to (can be overrided by using the 10 -H command-line option.)</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id265699"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 4.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id265709"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>ldb(7), ldbmodify, ldbdel, ldif(5)</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id265719"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> ldb was written by 11 11 <a class="ulink" href="http://samba.org/~tridge/" target="_top">Andrew Tridgell</a>. 12 12 </p><p> -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/ldbsearch.1.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ldbsearch</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="ldbsearch.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>ldbsearch — Search for records in a LDB database</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">ldbsearch</code> [-h] [-s base|one|sub] [-b basedn] [-i] [-H LDB-URL] [expression] [attributes]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483333"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>ldbsearch searches a LDB database for records matching the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ldbsearch</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="ldbsearch"><a name="ldbsearch.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>ldbsearch — Search for records in a LDB database</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">ldbsearch</code> [-h] [-s base|one|sub] [-b basedn] [-i] [-H LDB-URL] [expression] [attributes]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266852"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>ldbsearch searches a LDB database for records matching the 2 2 specified expression (see the ldapsearch(1) manpage for 3 3 a description of the expression format). For each 4 4 record, the specified attributes are printed. 5 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483348"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h</span></dt><dd><p>5 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266864"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h</span></dt><dd><p> 6 6 Show list of available options.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-H <ldb-url></span></dt><dd><p> 7 7 LDB URL to connect to. See ldb(7) for details. 8 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s one|sub|base</span></dt><dd><p>Search scope to use. One-level, subtree or base.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-i</span></dt><dd><p>Read search expressions from stdin. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-b basedn</span></dt><dd><p>Specify Base DN to use.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483540"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">LDB_URL</span></dt><dd><p>LDB URL to connect to (can be overrided by using the9 -H command-line option.)</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483561"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 4.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483572"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>ldb(7), ldbedit(1)</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483582"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> ldb was written by8 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s one|sub|base</span></dt><dd><p>Search scope to use. One-level, subtree or base.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-i</span></dt><dd><p>Read search expressions from stdin. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-b basedn</span></dt><dd><p>Specify Base DN to use.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="ENVIRONMENT"><a name="id265726"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">LDB_URL</span></dt><dd><p>LDB URL to connect to (can be overrided by using the 9 -H command-line option.)</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id265746"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 4.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id265756"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>ldb(7), ldbedit(1)</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id265766"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> ldb was written by 10 10 <a class="ulink" href="http://samba.org/~tridge/" target="_top">Andrew Tridgell</a>. 11 11 </p><p> -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/libsmbclient.7.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>libsmbclient</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="libsmbclient.7"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>libsmbclient — An extension library for browsers and that can be used as a generic browsing API.</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><p>1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>libsmbclient</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="libsmbclient"><a name="libsmbclient.7"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>libsmbclient — An extension library for browsers and that can be used as a generic browsing API.</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><p> 2 2 Browser URL: 3 3 <code class="literal">smb://[[[domain:]user[:password@]]server[/share[/path[/file]]]] [?options] 4 4 </code> 5 </p></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522909"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>5 </p></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266343"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p> 6 6 This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite. 7 7 </p><p> … … 15 15 extension of the capabilities of tools such as file managers and browsers. This man page describes the 16 16 configuration options for this tool so that the user may obtain greatest utility of use. 17 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483328"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>17 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266840"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p> 18 18 What the URLs mean: 19 19 </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">smb://</span></dt><dd><p> … … 47 47 parameter and will use its value when if the <code class="literal">user</code> parameter was not included 48 48 in the URL. 49 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483594"></a><h2>PROGRAMMERS GUIDE</h2><p>49 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="PROGRAMMERS GUIDE"><a name="id265757"></a><h2>PROGRAMMERS GUIDE</h2><p> 50 50 Watch this space for future updates. 51 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483605"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>51 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id265767"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p> 52 52 This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba suite. 53 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483616"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>53 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id265777"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> 54 54 The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. 55 55 Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/lmhosts.5.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>lmhosts</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="lmhosts.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>lmhosts — The Samba NetBIOS hosts file</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><p><code class="filename">lmhosts</code> is the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> NetBIOS name to IP address mapping file.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522915"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This file is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="filename">lmhosts</code> is the <span class="emphasis"><em>Samba1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>lmhosts</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="lmhosts"><a name="lmhosts.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>lmhosts — The Samba NetBIOS hosts file</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><p><code class="filename">lmhosts</code> is the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> NetBIOS name to IP address mapping file.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266346"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This file is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="filename">lmhosts</code> is the <span class="emphasis"><em>Samba 2 2 </em></span> NetBIOS name to IP address mapping file. It 3 3 is very similar to the <code class="filename">/etc/hosts</code> file 4 4 format, except that the hostname component must correspond 5 to the NetBIOS naming format.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483320"></a><h2>FILE FORMAT</h2><p>It is an ASCII file containing one line for NetBIOS name.5 to the NetBIOS naming format.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="FILE FORMAT"><a name="id266838"></a><h2>FILE FORMAT</h2><p>It is an ASCII file containing one line for NetBIOS name. 6 6 The two fields on each line are separated from each other by 7 7 white space. Any entry beginning with '#' is ignored. Each line 8 in the lmhosts file contains the following information:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>IP Address - in dotted decimal format.</p></li><li><p>NetBIOS Name - This name format is a8 in the lmhosts file contains the following information:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>IP Address - in dotted decimal format.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>NetBIOS Name - This name format is a 9 9 maximum fifteen character host name, with an optional 10 10 trailing '#' character followed by the NetBIOS name type … … 26 26 type for a name "NTSERVER" is queried. Any other name type will not 27 27 be resolved.</p><p>The default location of the <code class="filename">lmhosts</code> file 28 is in the same directory as the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483523"></a><h2>FILES</h2><p>lmhosts is loaded from the configuration directory. This is28 is in the same directory as the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="FILES"><a name="id265704"></a><h2>FILES</h2><p>lmhosts is loaded from the configuration directory. This is 29 29 usually <code class="filename">/etc/samba</code> or <code class="filename">/usr/local/samba/lib</code>. 30 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483545"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483556"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, and <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>31 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483591"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities30 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id265726"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id265736"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, and <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a> 31 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id265770"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 32 32 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 33 33 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/log2pcap.1.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>log2pcap</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="log2pcap.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>log2pcap — Extract network traces from Samba log files</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">log2pcap</code> [-h] [-q] [logfile] [pcap_file]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522942"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">log2pcap</code> reads in a1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>log2pcap</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="log2pcap"><a name="log2pcap.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>log2pcap — Extract network traces from Samba log files</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">log2pcap</code> [-h] [-q] [logfile] [pcap_file]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266827"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">log2pcap</code> reads in a 2 2 samba log file and generates a pcap file (readable 3 3 by most sniffers, such as ethereal or tcpdump) based on the packet … … 6 6 right, <code class="constant">10</code> to get the first 512 data bytes of the 7 7 packet and <code class="constant">50</code> to get the whole packet. 8 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483358"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is8 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266875"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is 9 9 specified the output file will be a 10 10 hex dump, in a format that is readable … … 18 18 to stdout. 19 19 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. 20 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483561"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Extract all network traffic from all samba log files:</p><pre class="programlisting">20 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id265745"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Extract all network traffic from all samba log files:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 21 21 <code class="prompt">$</code> log2pcap < /var/log/* > trace.pcap 22 22 </pre><p>Convert to pcap using text2pcap:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 23 23 <code class="prompt">$</code> log2pcap -h samba.log | text2pcap -T 139,139 - trace.pcap 24 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483602"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483613"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>Only SMB data is extracted from the samba logs, no LDAP,24 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id265784"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="BUGS"><a name="id265794"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>Only SMB data is extracted from the samba logs, no LDAP, 25 25 NetBIOS lookup or other data.</p><p>The generated TCP and IP headers don't contain a valid 26 checksum.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483629"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="text2pcap.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">text2pcap</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="ethereal.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ethereal</span>(1)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483652"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities26 checksum.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id265808"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="text2pcap.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">text2pcap</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="ethereal.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ethereal</span>(1)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id265831"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 27 27 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 28 28 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/mount.cifs.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>mount.cifs</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="mount.cifs.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>mount.cifs — mount using the Common Internet File System (CIFS)</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">mount.cifs</code> {service} {mount-point} [-o options]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522927"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>mount.cifs mounts a Linux CIFS filesystem. It1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>mount.cifs</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="mount.cifs"><a name="mount.cifs.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>mount.cifs — mount using the Common Internet File System (CIFS)</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">mount.cifs</code> {service} {mount-point} [-o options]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266365"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>mount.cifs mounts a Linux CIFS filesystem. It 2 2 is usually invoked indirectly by 3 3 the <a class="citerefentry" href="mount.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">mount</span>(8)</span></a> command when using the … … 26 26 27 27 <span class="emphasis"><em>modinfo cifs</em></span> command displays the version of cifs module. 28 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483383"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">user=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>specifies the username to connect as. If28 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266893"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">user=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>specifies the username to connect as. If 29 29 this is not given, then the environment variable <span class="emphasis"><em>USER</em></span> is used. This option can also take the 30 30 form "user%password" or "workgroup/user" or 31 31 "workgroup/user%password" to allow the password and workgroup 32 32 to be specified as part of the username. 33 </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>33 </p><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> 34 34 The cifs vfs accepts the parameter <em class="parameter"><code>user=</code></em>, or for users familiar with smbfs it accepts the longer form of the parameter <em class="parameter"><code>username=</code></em>. Similarly the longer smbfs style parameter names may be accepted as synonyms for the shorter cifs parameters <em class="parameter"><code>pass=</code></em>,<em class="parameter"><code>dom=</code></em> and <em class="parameter"><code>cred=</code></em>. 35 35 </p></div></dd><dt><span class="term">password=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>specifies the CIFS password. If this … … 154 154 "noacl" on mount.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">nocase</span></dt><dd><p>Request case insensitive path name matching (case 155 155 sensitive is the default if the server suports it). 156 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">sec=</span></dt><dd><p>Security mode. Allowed values are:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>none attempt to connection as a null user (no name) </p></li><li><p>krb5 Use Kerberos version 5 authentication</p></li><li><p>krb5i Use Kerberos authentication and packet signing</p></li><li><p>ntlm Use NTLM password hashing (default)</p></li><li><p>ntlmi Use NTLM password hashing with signing (if156 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">sec=</span></dt><dd><p>Security mode. Allowed values are:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>none attempt to connection as a null user (no name) </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>krb5 Use Kerberos version 5 authentication</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>krb5i Use Kerberos authentication and packet signing</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ntlm Use NTLM password hashing (default)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ntlmi Use NTLM password hashing with signing (if 157 157 /proc/fs/cifs/PacketSigningEnabled on or if 158 server requires signing also can be the default)</p></li><li ><p>ntlmv2 Use NTLMv2 password hashing</p></li><li><p>ntlmv2i Use NTLMv2 password hashing with packet signing</p></li></ul></div><p>[NB This [sec parameter] is under development and expected to be available in cifs kernel module 1.40 and later]158 server requires signing also can be the default)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ntlmv2 Use NTLMv2 password hashing</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ntlmv2i Use NTLMv2 password hashing with packet signing</p></li></ul></div><p>[NB This [sec parameter] is under development and expected to be available in cifs kernel module 1.40 and later] 159 159 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">nobrl</span></dt><dd><p>Do not send byte range lock requests to the server. 160 160 This is necessary for certain applications that break … … 220 220 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">wsize=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>default network write size (default 57344) 221 221 maximum wsize currently allowed by CIFS is 57344 (fourteen 222 4096 byte pages)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--verbose</span></dt><dd><p>Print additional debugging information for the mount. Note that this parameter must be specified before the -o. For example:</p><p>mount -t cifs //server/share /mnt --verbose -o user=username</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532669"></a><h2>SERVICE FORMATTING AND DELIMITERS</h2><p>222 4096 byte pages)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--verbose</span></dt><dd><p>Print additional debugging information for the mount. Note that this parameter must be specified before the -o. For example:</p><p>mount -t cifs //server/share /mnt --verbose -o user=username</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="SERVICE FORMATTING AND DELIMITERS"><a name="id307577"></a><h2>SERVICE FORMATTING AND DELIMITERS</h2><p> 223 223 It's generally preferred to use forward slashes (/) as a delimiter in service names. They are considered to be the "universal delimiter" since they are generally not allowed to be embedded within path components on Windows machines and the client can convert them to blackslashes (\) unconditionally. Conversely, backslash characters are allowed by POSIX to be part of a path component, and can't be automatically converted in the same way. 224 224 </p><p> 225 225 mount.cifs will attempt to convert backslashes to forward slashes where it's able to do so, but it cannot do so in any path component following the sharename. 226 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532692"></a><h2>INODE NUMBERS</h2><p>226 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="INODE NUMBERS"><a name="id307595"></a><h2>INODE NUMBERS</h2><p> 227 227 When Unix Extensions are enabled, we use the actual inode 228 228 number provided by the server in response to the POSIX calls as an … … 244 244 numbers smaller than 2 power 32 on the client. But you may not be able 245 245 to detect hardlinks properly. 246 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532725"></a><h2>FILE AND DIRECTORY OWNERSHIP AND PERMISSIONS</h2><p> The core CIFS protocol does not provide unix ownership246 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="FILE AND DIRECTORY OWNERSHIP AND PERMISSIONS"><a name="id307620"></a><h2>FILE AND DIRECTORY OWNERSHIP AND PERMISSIONS</h2><p> The core CIFS protocol does not provide unix ownership 247 247 information or mode for files and directories. Because of this, files 248 248 and directories will generally appear to be owned by whatever values the … … 269 269 altogether via the noperm option. Server-side permission checks cannot be 270 270 overriden. The permission checks done by the server will always correspond to 271 the credentials used to mount the share, and not necessarily to the user who is accessing the share.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532781"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p>271 the credentials used to mount the share, and not necessarily to the user who is accessing the share.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"><a name="id307658"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p> 272 272 The variable <span class="emphasis"><em>USER</em></span> may contain the username of the 273 273 person to be used to authenticate to the server. … … 281 281 of a file to read the password from. A single line of input is 282 282 read and used as the password. 283 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532813"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>This command may be used only by root, unless installed setuid, in which case the noeexec and nosuid mount flags are enabled. When installed as a setuid program, the program follows the conventions set forth by the mount program for user mounts.</p><p>283 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="NOTES"><a name="id307687"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>This command may be used only by root, unless installed setuid, in which case the noeexec and nosuid mount flags are enabled. When installed as a setuid program, the program follows the conventions set forth by the mount program for user mounts.</p><p> 284 284 Some samba client tools like smbclient(8) honour client-side 285 285 configuration parameters present in smb.conf. Unlike those 286 286 client tools, <span class="emphasis"><em>mount.cifs</em></span> ignores smb.conf 287 287 completely. 288 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532836"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p>288 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="CONFIGURATION"><a name="id307706"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p> 289 289 The primary mechanism for making configuration changes and for reading 290 290 debug information for the cifs vfs is via the Linux /proc filesystem. … … 297 297 installation (device driver load). 298 298 For more information see the kernel file <code class="filename">fs/cifs/README</code>. 299 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532866"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>Mounting using the CIFS URL specification is currently not supported.299 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="BUGS"><a name="id307732"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>Mounting using the CIFS URL specification is currently not supported. 300 300 </p><p>The credentials file does not handle usernames or passwords with 301 301 leading space.</p><p> … … 305 305 when reporting bugs (minimum: mount.cifs (try mount.cifs -V), kernel (see /proc/version) and 306 306 server type you are trying to contact. 307 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532891"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 1.52 of308 the cifs vfs filesystem (roughly Linux kernel 2.6.24).</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532902"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>307 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id307751"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 1.52 of 308 the cifs vfs filesystem (roughly Linux kernel 2.6.24).</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id307761"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p> 309 309 Documentation/filesystems/cifs.txt and fs/cifs/README in the linux kernel 310 310 source tree may contain additional options and information. 311 </p><p><a class="citerefentry" href="umount.cifs.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">umount.cifs</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532923"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Steve French</p><p>The syntax and manpage were loosely based on that of smbmount. It311 </p><p><a class="citerefentry" href="umount.cifs.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">umount.cifs</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id307781"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Steve French</p><p>The syntax and manpage were loosely based on that of smbmount. It 312 312 was converted to Docbook/XML by Jelmer Vernooij.</p><p>The maintainer of the Linux cifs vfs and the userspace 313 313 tool <span class="emphasis"><em>mount.cifs</em></span> is <a class="ulink" href="mailto:sfrench@samba.org" target="_top">Steve French</a>. -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/net.8.html
r478 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>net</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="net.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>net — Tool for administration of Samba and remote1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>net</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="net"><a name="net.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>net — Tool for administration of Samba and remote 2 2 CIFS servers. 3 </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" ><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">net</code> {<ads|rap|rpc>} [-h] [-w workgroup] [-W myworkgroup] [-U user] [-I ip-address] [-p port] [-n myname] [-s conffile] [-S server] [-l] [-P] [-d debuglevel] [-V] [--request-timeout seconds]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483514"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The Samba net utility is meant to work just like the net utility3 </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">net</code> {<ads|rap|rpc>} [-h] [-w workgroup] [-W myworkgroup] [-U user] [-I ip-address] [-p port] [-n myname] [-s conffile] [-S server] [-l] [-P] [-d debuglevel] [-V] [--request-timeout seconds]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id265711"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The Samba net utility is meant to work just like the net utility 4 4 available for windows and DOS. The first argument should be used 5 5 to specify the protocol to use when executing a certain command. … … 8 8 argument is omitted, net will try to determine it automatically. 9 9 Not all commands are available on all protocols. 10 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483543"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options.10 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id265737"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. 11 11 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-w target-workgroup</span></dt><dd><p> 12 12 Sets target workgroup or domain. You have to specify … … 58 58 data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will 59 59 override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#" target="_top"></a> parameter 60 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481559"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2481565"></a><h3>CHANGESECRETPW</h3><p>This command allows the Samba machine account password to be set from an external application60 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="COMMANDS"><a name="id307116"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><div class="refsect2" title="CHANGESECRETPW"><a name="id307121"></a><h3>CHANGESECRETPW</h3><p>This command allows the Samba machine account password to be set from an external application 61 61 to a machine account password that has already been stored in Active Directory. DO NOT USE this command 62 62 unless you know exactly what you are doing. The use of this command requires that the force flag (-f) … … 65 65 this without care and attention as it will overwrite a legitimate machine password without warning. 66 66 YOU HAVE BEEN WARNED. 67 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2481586"></a><h3>TIME</h3><p>The <code class="literal">NET TIME</code> command allows you to view the time on a remote server68 or synchronise the time on the local server with the time on the remote server.</p><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481603"></a><h4>TIME</h4><p>Without any options, the <code class="literal">NET TIME</code> command67 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="TIME"><a name="id307136"></a><h3>TIME</h3><p>The <code class="literal">NET TIME</code> command allows you to view the time on a remote server 68 or synchronise the time on the local server with the time on the remote server.</p><div class="refsect3" title="TIME"><a name="id307151"></a><h4>TIME</h4><p>Without any options, the <code class="literal">NET TIME</code> command 69 69 displays the time on the remote server. 70 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481619"></a><h4>TIME SYSTEM</h4><p>Displays the time on the remote server in a format ready for <code class="literal">/bin/date</code>.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481636"></a><h4>TIME SET</h4><p>Tries to set the date and time of the local server to that on71 the remote server using <code class="literal">/bin/date</code>. </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481654"></a><h4>TIME ZONE</h4><p>Displays the timezone in hours from GMT on the remote computer.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2481666"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] JOIN [TYPE] [-U username[%password]] [createupn=UPN] [createcomputer=OU] [options]</h3><p>70 </p></div><div class="refsect3" title="TIME SYSTEM"><a name="id307166"></a><h4>TIME SYSTEM</h4><p>Displays the time on the remote server in a format ready for <code class="literal">/bin/date</code>.</p></div><div class="refsect3" title="TIME SET"><a name="id307181"></a><h4>TIME SET</h4><p>Tries to set the date and time of the local server to that on 71 the remote server using <code class="literal">/bin/date</code>. </p></div><div class="refsect3" title="TIME ZONE"><a name="id307196"></a><h4>TIME ZONE</h4><p>Displays the timezone in hours from GMT on the remote computer.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" title="[RPC|ADS] JOIN [TYPE] [-U username[%password]] [createupn=UPN] [createcomputer=OU] [options]"><a name="id307206"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] JOIN [TYPE] [-U username[%password]] [createupn=UPN] [createcomputer=OU] [options]</h3><p> 72 72 Join a domain. If the account already exists on the server, and 73 73 [TYPE] is MEMBER, the machine will attempt to join automatically. … … 86 86 and ldap, so it may need to be doubled or quadrupled to pass through, 87 87 and it is not used as a delimiter. 88 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2481700"></a><h3>[RPC] OLDJOIN [options]</h3><p>Join a domain. Use the OLDJOIN option to join the domain88 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="[RPC] OLDJOIN [options]"><a name="id307233"></a><h3>[RPC] OLDJOIN [options]</h3><p>Join a domain. Use the OLDJOIN option to join the domain 89 89 using the old style of domain joining - you need to create a trust 90 account in server manager first.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2481713"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] USER</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481718"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER</h4><p>List all users</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481729"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>target</code></em></h4><p>Delete specified user</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481741"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>target</code></em></h4><p>List the domain groups of the specified user.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481754"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER RENAME <em class="replaceable"><code>oldname</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>newname</code></em></h4><p>Rename specified user.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481769"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> [password] [-F user flags] [-C comment]</h4><p>Add specified user.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2481784"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] GROUP</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481790"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] GROUP [misc options] [targets]</h4><p>List user groups.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481801"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] GROUP DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> [misc. options]</h4><p>Delete specified group.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481814"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] GROUP ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> [-C comment]</h4><p>Create specified group.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2481829"></a><h3>[RAP|RPC] SHARE</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481834"></a><h4>[RAP|RPC] SHARE [misc. options] [targets]</h4><p>Enumerates all exported resources (network shares) on target server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481846"></a><h4>[RAP|RPC] SHARE ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>name=serverpath</code></em> [-C comment] [-M maxusers] [targets]</h4><p>Adds a share from a server (makes the export active). Maxusers90 account in server manager first.</p></div><div class="refsect2" title="[RPC|ADS] USER"><a name="id307244"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] USER</h3><div class="refsect3" title="[RPC|ADS] USER"><a name="id307250"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER</h4><p>List all users</p></div><div class="refsect3" title="[RPC|ADS] USER DELETE target"><a name="id307259"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>target</code></em></h4><p>Delete specified user</p></div><div class="refsect3" title="[RPC|ADS] USER INFO target"><a name="id307271"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>target</code></em></h4><p>List the domain groups of the specified user.</p></div><div class="refsect3" title="[RPC|ADS] USER RENAME oldname newname"><a name="id307283"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER RENAME <em class="replaceable"><code>oldname</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>newname</code></em></h4><p>Rename specified user.</p></div><div class="refsect3" title="[RPC|ADS] USER ADD name [password] [-F user flags] [-C comment]"><a name="id307298"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> [password] [-F user flags] [-C comment]</h4><p>Add specified user.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" title="[RPC|ADS] GROUP"><a name="id307312"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] GROUP</h3><div class="refsect3" title="[RPC|ADS] GROUP [misc options] [targets]"><a name="id307317"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] GROUP [misc options] [targets]</h4><p>List user groups.</p></div><div class="refsect3" title="[RPC|ADS] GROUP DELETE name [misc. options]"><a name="id307327"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] GROUP DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> [misc. options]</h4><p>Delete specified group.</p></div><div class="refsect3" title="[RPC|ADS] GROUP ADD name [-C comment]"><a name="id307339"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] GROUP ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> [-C comment]</h4><p>Create specified group.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" title="[RAP|RPC] SHARE"><a name="id307353"></a><h3>[RAP|RPC] SHARE</h3><div class="refsect3" title="[RAP|RPC] SHARE [misc. options] [targets]"><a name="id307359"></a><h4>[RAP|RPC] SHARE [misc. options] [targets]</h4><p>Enumerates all exported resources (network shares) on target server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" title="[RAP|RPC] SHARE ADD name=serverpath [-C comment] [-M maxusers] [targets]"><a name="id307368"></a><h4>[RAP|RPC] SHARE ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>name=serverpath</code></em> [-C comment] [-M maxusers] [targets]</h4><p>Adds a share from a server (makes the export active). Maxusers 91 91 specifies the number of users that can be connected to the 92 share simultaneously.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481863"></a><h4>SHARE DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em></h4><p>Delete specified share.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2481876"></a><h3>[RPC|RAP] FILE</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481882"></a><h4>[RPC|RAP] FILE</h4><p>List all open files on remote server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481893"></a><h4>[RPC|RAP] FILE CLOSE <em class="replaceable"><code>fileid</code></em></h4><p>Close file with specified <em class="replaceable"><code>fileid</code></em> on93 remote server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481909"></a><h4>[RPC|RAP] FILE INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>fileid</code></em></h4><p>92 share simultaneously.</p></div><div class="refsect3" title="SHARE DELETE sharename"><a name="id307382"></a><h4>SHARE DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em></h4><p>Delete specified share.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" title="[RPC|RAP] FILE"><a name="id307395"></a><h3>[RPC|RAP] FILE</h3><div class="refsect3" title="[RPC|RAP] FILE"><a name="id307400"></a><h4>[RPC|RAP] FILE</h4><p>List all open files on remote server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" title="[RPC|RAP] FILE CLOSE fileid"><a name="id307410"></a><h4>[RPC|RAP] FILE CLOSE <em class="replaceable"><code>fileid</code></em></h4><p>Close file with specified <em class="replaceable"><code>fileid</code></em> on 93 remote server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" title="[RPC|RAP] FILE INFO fileid"><a name="id307425"></a><h4>[RPC|RAP] FILE INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>fileid</code></em></h4><p> 94 94 Print information on specified <em class="replaceable"><code>fileid</code></em>. 95 95 Currently listed are: file-id, username, locks, path, permissions. 96 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481925"></a><h4>[RAP|RPC] FILE USER <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em></h4><p>96 </p></div><div class="refsect3" title="[RAP|RPC] FILE USER user"><a name="id307440"></a><h4>[RAP|RPC] FILE USER <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em></h4><p> 97 97 List files opened by specified <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em>. 98 98 Please note that <code class="literal">net rap file user</code> does not work 99 99 against Samba servers. 100 </p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2481949"></a><h3>SESSION</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481955"></a><h4>RAP SESSION</h4><p>Without any other options, SESSION enumerates all active SMB/CIFS101 sessions on the target server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481966"></a><h4>RAP SESSION DELETE|CLOSE <em class="replaceable"><code>CLIENT_NAME</code></em></h4><p>Close the specified sessions.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481978"></a><h4>RAP SESSION INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>CLIENT_NAME</code></em></h4><p>Give a list with all the open files in specified session.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2481993"></a><h3>RAP SERVER <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h3><p>List all servers in specified domain or workgroup. Defaults102 to local domain.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2482006"></a><h3>RAP DOMAIN</h3><p>Lists all domains and workgroups visible on the103 current network.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2482018"></a><h3>RAP PRINTQ</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2482023"></a><h4>RAP PRINTQ INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>QUEUE_NAME</code></em></h4><p>Lists the specified print queue and print jobs on the server.100 </p></div></div><div class="refsect2" title="SESSION"><a name="id307461"></a><h3>SESSION</h3><div class="refsect3" title="RAP SESSION"><a name="id307466"></a><h4>RAP SESSION</h4><p>Without any other options, SESSION enumerates all active SMB/CIFS 101 sessions on the target server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" title="RAP SESSION DELETE|CLOSE CLIENT_NAME"><a name="id307477"></a><h4>RAP SESSION DELETE|CLOSE <em class="replaceable"><code>CLIENT_NAME</code></em></h4><p>Close the specified sessions.</p></div><div class="refsect3" title="RAP SESSION INFO CLIENT_NAME"><a name="id307489"></a><h4>RAP SESSION INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>CLIENT_NAME</code></em></h4><p>Give a list with all the open files in specified session.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" title="RAP SERVER DOMAIN"><a name="id307502"></a><h3>RAP SERVER <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h3><p>List all servers in specified domain or workgroup. Defaults 102 to local domain.</p></div><div class="refsect2" title="RAP DOMAIN"><a name="id307514"></a><h3>RAP DOMAIN</h3><p>Lists all domains and workgroups visible on the 103 current network.</p></div><div class="refsect2" title="RAP PRINTQ"><a name="id307524"></a><h3>RAP PRINTQ</h3><div class="refsect3" title="RAP PRINTQ INFO QUEUE_NAME"><a name="id307529"></a><h4>RAP PRINTQ INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>QUEUE_NAME</code></em></h4><p>Lists the specified print queue and print jobs on the server. 104 104 If the <em class="replaceable"><code>QUEUE_NAME</code></em> is omitted, all 105 queues are listed.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532506"></a><h4>RAP PRINTQ DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>JOBID</code></em></h4><p>Delete job with specified id.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2532518"></a><h3>RAP VALIDATE <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em> [<em class="replaceable"><code>password</code></em>]</h3><p>105 queues are listed.</p></div><div class="refsect3" title="RAP PRINTQ DELETE JOBID"><a name="id307545"></a><h4>RAP PRINTQ DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>JOBID</code></em></h4><p>Delete job with specified id.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" title="RAP VALIDATE user [password]"><a name="id307557"></a><h3>RAP VALIDATE <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em> [<em class="replaceable"><code>password</code></em>]</h3><p> 106 106 Validate whether the specified user can log in to the 107 107 remote server. If the password is not specified on the commandline, it 108 108 will be prompted. 109 </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2532541"></a><h3>RAP GROUPMEMBER</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532547"></a><h4>RAP GROUPMEMBER LIST <em class="replaceable"><code>GROUP</code></em></h4><p>List all members of the specified group.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532559"></a><h4>RAP GROUPMEMBER DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>GROUP</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>USER</code></em></h4><p>Delete member from group.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532574"></a><h4>RAP GROUPMEMBER ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>GROUP</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>USER</code></em></h4><p>Add member to group.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2532590"></a><h3>RAP ADMIN <em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em></h3><p>Execute the specified <em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em> on109 </p><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" title="RAP GROUPMEMBER"><a name="id307579"></a><h3>RAP GROUPMEMBER</h3><div class="refsect3" title="RAP GROUPMEMBER LIST GROUP"><a name="id307584"></a><h4>RAP GROUPMEMBER LIST <em class="replaceable"><code>GROUP</code></em></h4><p>List all members of the specified group.</p></div><div class="refsect3" title="RAP GROUPMEMBER DELETE GROUP USER"><a name="id307596"></a><h4>RAP GROUPMEMBER DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>GROUP</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>USER</code></em></h4><p>Delete member from group.</p></div><div class="refsect3" title="RAP GROUPMEMBER ADD GROUP USER"><a name="id307611"></a><h4>RAP GROUPMEMBER ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>GROUP</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>USER</code></em></h4><p>Add member to group.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" title="RAP ADMIN command"><a name="id307627"></a><h3>RAP ADMIN <em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em></h3><p>Execute the specified <em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em> on 110 110 the remote server. Only works with OS/2 servers. 111 </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2532610"></a><h3>RAP SERVICE</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532616"></a><h4>RAP SERVICE START <em class="replaceable"><code>NAME</code></em> [arguments...]</h4><p>Start the specified service on the remote server. Not implemented yet.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532634"></a><h4>RAP SERVICE STOP</h4><p>Stop the specified service on the remote server.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2532650"></a><h3>RAP PASSWORD <em class="replaceable"><code>USER</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>OLDPASS</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>NEWPASS</code></em></h3><p>111 </p><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" title="RAP SERVICE"><a name="id307646"></a><h3>RAP SERVICE</h3><div class="refsect3" title="RAP SERVICE START NAME [arguments...]"><a name="id307652"></a><h4>RAP SERVICE START <em class="replaceable"><code>NAME</code></em> [arguments...]</h4><p>Start the specified service on the remote server. Not implemented yet.</p><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div><div class="refsect3" title="RAP SERVICE STOP"><a name="id307669"></a><h4>RAP SERVICE STOP</h4><p>Stop the specified service on the remote server.</p><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div></div><div class="refsect2" title="RAP PASSWORD USER OLDPASS NEWPASS"><a name="id307684"></a><h3>RAP PASSWORD <em class="replaceable"><code>USER</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>OLDPASS</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>NEWPASS</code></em></h3><p> 112 112 Change password of <em class="replaceable"><code>USER</code></em> from <em class="replaceable"><code>OLDPASS</code></em> to <em class="replaceable"><code>NEWPASS</code></em>. 113 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2532678"></a><h3>LOOKUP</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532683"></a><h4>LOOKUP HOST <em class="replaceable"><code>HOSTNAME</code></em> [<em class="replaceable"><code>TYPE</code></em>]</h4><p>113 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="LOOKUP"><a name="id307712"></a><h3>LOOKUP</h3><div class="refsect3" title="LOOKUP HOST HOSTNAME [TYPE]"><a name="id307717"></a><h4>LOOKUP HOST <em class="replaceable"><code>HOSTNAME</code></em> [<em class="replaceable"><code>TYPE</code></em>]</h4><p> 114 114 Lookup the IP address of the given host with the specified type (netbios suffix). 115 115 The type defaults to 0x20 (workstation). 116 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532701"></a><h4>LOOKUP LDAP [<em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>]</h4><p>Give IP address of LDAP server of specified <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>. Defaults to local domain.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532718"></a><h4>LOOKUP KDC [<em class="replaceable"><code>REALM</code></em>]</h4><p>Give IP address of KDC for the specified <em class="replaceable"><code>REALM</code></em>.117 Defaults to local realm.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532735"></a><h4>LOOKUP DC [<em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>]</h4><p>Give IP's of Domain Controllers for specified <em class="replaceable"><code>118 DOMAIN</code></em>. Defaults to local domain.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532752"></a><h4>LOOKUP MASTER <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>Give IP of master browser for specified <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>119 or workgroup. Defaults to local domain.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2532770"></a><h3>CACHE</h3><p>Samba uses a general caching interface called 'gencache'. It116 </p></div><div class="refsect3" title="LOOKUP LDAP [DOMAIN]"><a name="id307734"></a><h4>LOOKUP LDAP [<em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>]</h4><p>Give IP address of LDAP server of specified <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>. Defaults to local domain.</p></div><div class="refsect3" title="LOOKUP KDC [REALM]"><a name="id307750"></a><h4>LOOKUP KDC [<em class="replaceable"><code>REALM</code></em>]</h4><p>Give IP address of KDC for the specified <em class="replaceable"><code>REALM</code></em>. 117 Defaults to local realm.</p></div><div class="refsect3" title="LOOKUP DC [DOMAIN]"><a name="id307766"></a><h4>LOOKUP DC [<em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>]</h4><p>Give IP's of Domain Controllers for specified <em class="replaceable"><code> 118 DOMAIN</code></em>. Defaults to local domain.</p></div><div class="refsect3" title="LOOKUP MASTER DOMAIN"><a name="id307782"></a><h4>LOOKUP MASTER <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>Give IP of master browser for specified <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em> 119 or workgroup. Defaults to local domain.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" title="CACHE"><a name="id307798"></a><h3>CACHE</h3><p>Samba uses a general caching interface called 'gencache'. It 120 120 can be controlled using 'NET CACHE'.</p><p>All the timeout parameters support the suffixes: 121 121 122 </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simplelist"><tr><td>s - Seconds</td></tr><tr><td>m - Minutes</td></tr><tr><td>h - Hours</td></tr><tr><td>d - Days</td></tr><tr><td>w - Weeks</td></tr></table><p>123 124 </p><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532805"></a><h4>CACHE ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>data</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>time-out</code></em></h4><p>Add specified key+data to the cache with the given timeout.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532824"></a><h4>CACHE DEL <em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em></h4><p>Delete key from the cache.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532836"></a><h4>CACHE SET <em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>data</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>time-out</code></em></h4><p>Update data of existing cache entry.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532855"></a><h4>CACHE SEARCH <em class="replaceable"><code>PATTERN</code></em></h4><p>Search for the specified pattern in the cache data.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532868"></a><h4>CACHE LIST</h4><p>122 </p><table border="0" summary="Simple list" class="simplelist"><tr><td>s - Seconds</td></tr><tr><td>m - Minutes</td></tr><tr><td>h - Hours</td></tr><tr><td>d - Days</td></tr><tr><td>w - Weeks</td></tr></table><p> 123 124 </p><div class="refsect3" title="CACHE ADD key data time-out"><a name="id307832"></a><h4>CACHE ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>data</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>time-out</code></em></h4><p>Add specified key+data to the cache with the given timeout.</p></div><div class="refsect3" title="CACHE DEL key"><a name="id307851"></a><h4>CACHE DEL <em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em></h4><p>Delete key from the cache.</p></div><div class="refsect3" title="CACHE SET key data time-out"><a name="id307863"></a><h4>CACHE SET <em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>data</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>time-out</code></em></h4><p>Update data of existing cache entry.</p></div><div class="refsect3" title="CACHE SEARCH PATTERN"><a name="id307881"></a><h4>CACHE SEARCH <em class="replaceable"><code>PATTERN</code></em></h4><p>Search for the specified pattern in the cache data.</p></div><div class="refsect3" title="CACHE LIST"><a name="id307893"></a><h4>CACHE LIST</h4><p> 125 125 List all current items in the cache. 126 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532878"></a><h4>CACHE FLUSH</h4><p>Remove all the current items from the cache.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2532890"></a><h3>GETLOCALSID [DOMAIN]</h3><p>Prints the SID of the specified domain, or if the parameter is127 omitted, the SID of the local server.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2532901"></a><h3>SETLOCALSID S-1-5-21-x-y-z</h3><p>Sets SID for the local server to the specified SID.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2532912"></a><h3>GETDOMAINSID</h3><p>Prints the local machine SID and the SID of the current128 domain.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2532922"></a><h3>SETDOMAINSID</h3><p>Sets the SID of the current domain.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2532932"></a><h3>GROUPMAP</h3><p>Manage the mappings between Windows group SIDs and UNIX groups.129 Common options include:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>unixgroup - Name of the UNIX group</p></li><li><p>ntgroup - Name of the Windows NT group (must be130 resolvable to a SID</p></li><li ><p>rid - Unsigned 32-bit integer</p></li><li><p>sid - Full SID in the form of "S-1-..."</p></li><li><p>type - Type of the group; either 'domain', 'local',131 or 'builtin'</p></li><li ><p>comment - Freeform text description of the group</p></li></ul></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532975"></a><h4>GROUPMAP ADD</h4><p>126 </p></div><div class="refsect3" title="CACHE FLUSH"><a name="id307902"></a><h4>CACHE FLUSH</h4><p>Remove all the current items from the cache.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" title="GETLOCALSID [DOMAIN]"><a name="id307913"></a><h3>GETLOCALSID [DOMAIN]</h3><p>Prints the SID of the specified domain, or if the parameter is 127 omitted, the SID of the local server.</p></div><div class="refsect2" title="SETLOCALSID S-1-5-21-x-y-z"><a name="id307924"></a><h3>SETLOCALSID S-1-5-21-x-y-z</h3><p>Sets SID for the local server to the specified SID.</p></div><div class="refsect2" title="GETDOMAINSID"><a name="id307933"></a><h3>GETDOMAINSID</h3><p>Prints the local machine SID and the SID of the current 128 domain.</p></div><div class="refsect2" title="SETDOMAINSID"><a name="id307943"></a><h3>SETDOMAINSID</h3><p>Sets the SID of the current domain.</p></div><div class="refsect2" title="GROUPMAP"><a name="id307953"></a><h3>GROUPMAP</h3><p>Manage the mappings between Windows group SIDs and UNIX groups. 129 Common options include:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>unixgroup - Name of the UNIX group</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ntgroup - Name of the Windows NT group (must be 130 resolvable to a SID</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>rid - Unsigned 32-bit integer</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>sid - Full SID in the form of "S-1-..."</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>type - Type of the group; either 'domain', 'local', 131 or 'builtin'</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>comment - Freeform text description of the group</p></li></ul></div><div class="refsect3" title="GROUPMAP ADD"><a name="id307992"></a><h4>GROUPMAP ADD</h4><p> 132 132 Add a new group mapping entry: 133 133 </p><pre class="programlisting"> … … 135 135 [type={domain|local}] [ntgroup=string] [comment=string] 136 136 </pre><p> 137 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532992"></a><h4>GROUPMAP DELETE</h4><p>Delete a group mapping entry. If more than one group name matches, the first entry found is deleted.</p><p>net groupmap delete {ntgroup=string|sid=SID}</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2533008"></a><h4>GROUPMAP MODIFY</h4><p>Update en existing group entry.</p><p>137 </p></div><div class="refsect3" title="GROUPMAP DELETE"><a name="id308008"></a><h4>GROUPMAP DELETE</h4><p>Delete a group mapping entry. If more than one group name matches, the first entry found is deleted.</p><p>net groupmap delete {ntgroup=string|sid=SID}</p></div><div class="refsect3" title="GROUPMAP MODIFY"><a name="id308022"></a><h4>GROUPMAP MODIFY</h4><p>Update en existing group entry.</p><p> 138 138 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 139 139 net groupmap modify {ntgroup=string|sid=SID} [unixgroup=string] \ 140 140 [comment=string] [type={domain|local}] 141 141 </pre><p> 142 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2533028"></a><h4>GROUPMAP LIST</h4><p>List existing group mapping entries.</p><p>net groupmap list [verbose] [ntgroup=string] [sid=SID]</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533043"></a><h3>MAXRID</h3><p>Prints out the highest RID currently in use on the local142 </p></div><div class="refsect3" title="GROUPMAP LIST"><a name="id308041"></a><h4>GROUPMAP LIST</h4><p>List existing group mapping entries.</p><p>net groupmap list [verbose] [ntgroup=string] [sid=SID]</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" title="MAXRID"><a name="id308055"></a><h3>MAXRID</h3><p>Prints out the highest RID currently in use on the local 143 143 server (by the active 'passdb backend'). 144 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533055"></a><h3>RPC INFO</h3><p>Print information about the domain of the remote server,144 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="RPC INFO"><a name="id308066"></a><h3>RPC INFO</h3><p>Print information about the domain of the remote server, 145 145 such as domain name, domain sid and number of users and groups. 146 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533066"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] TESTJOIN</h3><p>Check whether participation in a domain is still valid.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533077"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] CHANGETRUSTPW</h3><p>Force change of domain trust password.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533088"></a><h3>RPC TRUSTDOM</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2533093"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>Add a interdomain trust account for <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>.146 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="[RPC|ADS] TESTJOIN"><a name="id308076"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] TESTJOIN</h3><p>Check whether participation in a domain is still valid.</p></div><div class="refsect2" title="[RPC|ADS] CHANGETRUSTPW"><a name="id308086"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] CHANGETRUSTPW</h3><p>Force change of domain trust password.</p></div><div class="refsect2" title="RPC TRUSTDOM"><a name="id308096"></a><h3>RPC TRUSTDOM</h3><div class="refsect3" title="RPC TRUSTDOM ADD DOMAIN"><a name="id308101"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>Add a interdomain trust account for <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>. 147 147 This is in fact a Samba account named <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN$</code></em> 148 148 with the account flag <code class="constant">'I'</code> (interdomain trust account). … … 153 153 <code class="literal">smbpasswd -a -i DOMAIN</code>. Please note that both commands 154 154 expect a appropriate UNIX account. 155 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2533127"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM DEL <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>Remove interdomain trust account for155 </p></div><div class="refsect3" title="RPC TRUSTDOM DEL DOMAIN"><a name="id308131"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM DEL <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>Remove interdomain trust account for 156 156 <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>. If it is used against localhost 157 157 it has the same effect as <code class="literal">smbpasswd -x DOMAIN$</code>. 158 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2533149"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM ESTABLISH <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>158 </p></div><div class="refsect3" title="RPC TRUSTDOM ESTABLISH DOMAIN"><a name="id308151"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM ESTABLISH <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p> 159 159 Establish a trust relationship to a trusted domain. 160 160 Interdomain account must already be created on the remote PDC. … … 164 164 You'll need winbind and a working idmap config to make them 165 165 appear in your system. 166 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2533168"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM REVOKE <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>Abandon relationship to trusted domain</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2533180"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM LIST</h4><p>List all interdomain trust relationships.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2533190"></a><h4>RPC RIGHTS</h4><p>This subcommand is used to view and manage Samba's rights assignments (also166 </p></div><div class="refsect3" title="RPC TRUSTDOM REVOKE DOMAIN"><a name="id308166"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM REVOKE <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>Abandon relationship to trusted domain</p></div><div class="refsect3" title="RPC TRUSTDOM LIST"><a name="id308178"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM LIST</h4><p>List all interdomain trust relationships.</p></div><div class="refsect3" title="RPC RIGHTS"><a name="id308188"></a><h4>RPC RIGHTS</h4><p>This subcommand is used to view and manage Samba's rights assignments (also 167 167 referred to as privileges). There are three options currently available: 168 168 <em class="parameter"><code>list</code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>grant</code></em>, and 169 169 <em class="parameter"><code>revoke</code></em>. More details on Samba's privilege model and its use 170 can be found in the Samba-HOWTO-Collection.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533221"></a><h3>RPC ABORTSHUTDOWN</h3><p>Abort the shutdown of a remote server.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533232"></a><h3>RPC SHUTDOWN [-t timeout] [-r] [-f] [-C message]</h3><p>Shut down the remote server.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p>170 can be found in the Samba-HOWTO-Collection.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" title="RPC ABORTSHUTDOWN"><a name="id308216"></a><h3>RPC ABORTSHUTDOWN</h3><p>Abort the shutdown of a remote server.</p></div><div class="refsect2" title="RPC SHUTDOWN [-t timeout] [-r] [-f] [-C message]"><a name="id308226"></a><h3>RPC SHUTDOWN [-t timeout] [-r] [-f] [-C message]</h3><p>Shut down the remote server.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p> 171 171 Reboot after shutdown. 172 172 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-f</span></dt><dd><p> … … 176 176 user of the system can use this time to cancel the shutdown. 177 177 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-C message</span></dt><dd><p>Display the specified message on the screen to 178 announce the shutdown.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533293"></a><h3>RPC SAMDUMP</h3><p>Print out sam database of remote server. You need179 to run this against the PDC, from a Samba machine joined as a BDC. </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533305"></a><h3>RPC VAMPIRE</h3><p>Export users, aliases and groups from remote server to178 announce the shutdown.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" title="RPC SAMDUMP"><a name="id308283"></a><h3>RPC SAMDUMP</h3><p>Print out sam database of remote server. You need 179 to run this against the PDC, from a Samba machine joined as a BDC. </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="RPC VAMPIRE"><a name="id308294"></a><h3>RPC VAMPIRE</h3><p>Export users, aliases and groups from remote server to 180 180 local server. You need to run this against the PDC, from a Samba machine joined as a BDC. 181 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533317"></a><h3>RPC VAMPIRE KEYTAB</h3><p>Dump remote SAM database to local Kerberos keytab file.182 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533328"></a><h3>RPC VAMPIRE LDIF</h3><p>Dump remote SAM database to local LDIF file or standard output.183 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533338"></a><h3>RPC GETSID</h3><p>Fetch domain SID and store it in the local <code class="filename">secrets.tdb</code>. </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533354"></a><h3>ADS LEAVE</h3><p>Make the remote host leave the domain it is part of. </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533365"></a><h3>ADS STATUS</h3><p>Print out status of machine account of the local machine in ADS.181 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="RPC VAMPIRE KEYTAB"><a name="id308305"></a><h3>RPC VAMPIRE KEYTAB</h3><p>Dump remote SAM database to local Kerberos keytab file. 182 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="RPC VAMPIRE LDIF"><a name="id308315"></a><h3>RPC VAMPIRE LDIF</h3><p>Dump remote SAM database to local LDIF file or standard output. 183 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="RPC GETSID"><a name="id308325"></a><h3>RPC GETSID</h3><p>Fetch domain SID and store it in the local <code class="filename">secrets.tdb</code>. </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="ADS LEAVE"><a name="id308340"></a><h3>ADS LEAVE</h3><p>Make the remote host leave the domain it is part of. </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="ADS STATUS"><a name="id308350"></a><h3>ADS STATUS</h3><p>Print out status of machine account of the local machine in ADS. 184 184 Prints out quite some debug info. Aimed at developers, regular 185 users should use <code class="literal">NET ADS TESTJOIN</code>.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533382"></a><h3>ADS PRINTER</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2533387"></a><h4>ADS PRINTER INFO [<em class="replaceable"><code>PRINTER</code></em>] [<em class="replaceable"><code>SERVER</code></em>]</h4><p>185 users should use <code class="literal">NET ADS TESTJOIN</code>.</p></div><div class="refsect2" title="ADS PRINTER"><a name="id308366"></a><h3>ADS PRINTER</h3><div class="refsect3" title="ADS PRINTER INFO [PRINTER] [SERVER]"><a name="id308371"></a><h4>ADS PRINTER INFO [<em class="replaceable"><code>PRINTER</code></em>] [<em class="replaceable"><code>SERVER</code></em>]</h4><p> 186 186 Lookup info for <em class="replaceable"><code>PRINTER</code></em> on <em class="replaceable"><code>SERVER</code></em>. The printer name defaults to "*", the 187 server name defaults to the local host.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2533411"></a><h4>ADS PRINTER PUBLISH <em class="replaceable"><code>PRINTER</code></em></h4><p>Publish specified printer using ADS.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2533424"></a><h4>ADS PRINTER REMOVE <em class="replaceable"><code>PRINTER</code></em></h4><p>Remove specified printer from ADS directory.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533437"></a><h3>ADS SEARCH <em class="replaceable"><code>EXPRESSION</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>ATTRIBUTES...</code></em></h3><p>Perform a raw LDAP search on a ADS server and dump the results. The187 server name defaults to the local host.</p></div><div class="refsect3" title="ADS PRINTER PUBLISH PRINTER"><a name="id308394"></a><h4>ADS PRINTER PUBLISH <em class="replaceable"><code>PRINTER</code></em></h4><p>Publish specified printer using ADS.</p></div><div class="refsect3" title="ADS PRINTER REMOVE PRINTER"><a name="id308406"></a><h4>ADS PRINTER REMOVE <em class="replaceable"><code>PRINTER</code></em></h4><p>Remove specified printer from ADS directory.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" title="ADS SEARCH EXPRESSION ATTRIBUTES..."><a name="id308419"></a><h3>ADS SEARCH <em class="replaceable"><code>EXPRESSION</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>ATTRIBUTES...</code></em></h3><p>Perform a raw LDAP search on a ADS server and dump the results. The 188 188 expression is a standard LDAP search expression, and the 189 189 attributes are a list of LDAP fields to show in the results.</p><p>Example: <strong class="userinput"><code>net ads search '(objectCategory=group)' sAMAccountName</code></strong> 190 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533465"></a><h3>ADS DN <em class="replaceable"><code>DN</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>(attributes)</code></em></h3><p>190 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="ADS DN DN (attributes)"><a name="id308444"></a><h3>ADS DN <em class="replaceable"><code>DN</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>(attributes)</code></em></h3><p> 191 191 Perform a raw LDAP search on a ADS server and dump the results. The 192 192 DN standard LDAP DN, and the attributes are a list of LDAP fields 193 193 to show in the result. 194 </p><p>Example: <strong class="userinput"><code>net ads dn 'CN=administrator,CN=Users,DC=my,DC=domain' SAMAccountName</code></strong></p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533491"></a><h3>ADS WORKGROUP</h3><p>Print out workgroup name for specified kerberos realm.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533502"></a><h3>SAM CREATEBUILTINGROUP <NAME></h3><p>194 </p><p>Example: <strong class="userinput"><code>net ads dn 'CN=administrator,CN=Users,DC=my,DC=domain' SAMAccountName</code></strong></p></div><div class="refsect2" title="ADS WORKGROUP"><a name="id308468"></a><h3>ADS WORKGROUP</h3><p>Print out workgroup name for specified kerberos realm.</p></div><div class="refsect2" title="SAM CREATEBUILTINGROUP <NAME>"><a name="id308478"></a><h3>SAM CREATEBUILTINGROUP <NAME></h3><p> 195 195 (Re)Create a BUILTIN group. 196 196 Only a wellknown set of BUILTIN groups can be created with this command. … … 202 202 This command requires a running Winbindd with idmap allocation properly 203 203 configured. The group gid will be allocated out of the winbindd range. 204 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533521"></a><h3>SAM CREATELOCALGROUP <NAME></h3><p>204 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="SAM CREATELOCALGROUP <NAME>"><a name="id308492"></a><h3>SAM CREATELOCALGROUP <NAME></h3><p> 205 205 Create a LOCAL group (also known as Alias). 206 206 207 207 This command requires a running Winbindd with idmap allocation properly 208 208 configured. The group gid will be allocated out of the winbindd range. 209 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533535"></a><h3>SAM DELETELOCALGROUP <NAME></h3><p>209 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="SAM DELETELOCALGROUP <NAME>"><a name="id308503"></a><h3>SAM DELETELOCALGROUP <NAME></h3><p> 210 210 Delete an existing LOCAL group (also known as Alias). 211 211 212 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533546"></a><h3>SAM MAPUNIXGROUP <NAME></h3><p>212 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="SAM MAPUNIXGROUP <NAME>"><a name="id308513"></a><h3>SAM MAPUNIXGROUP <NAME></h3><p> 213 213 Map an existing Unix group and make it a Domain Group, the domain group 214 214 will have the same name. 215 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533558"></a><h3>SAM UNMAPUNIXGROUP <NAME></h3><p>215 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="SAM UNMAPUNIXGROUP <NAME>"><a name="id308524"></a><h3>SAM UNMAPUNIXGROUP <NAME></h3><p> 216 216 Remove an existing group mapping entry. 217 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533570"></a><h3>SAM ADDMEM <GROUP> <MEMBER></h3><p>217 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="SAM ADDMEM <GROUP> <MEMBER>"><a name="id308534"></a><h3>SAM ADDMEM <GROUP> <MEMBER></h3><p> 218 218 Add a member to a Local group. The group can be specified only by name, 219 219 the member can be specified by name or SID. 220 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533582"></a><h3>SAM DELMEM <GROUP> <MEMBER></h3><p>220 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="SAM DELMEM <GROUP> <MEMBER>"><a name="id308545"></a><h3>SAM DELMEM <GROUP> <MEMBER></h3><p> 221 221 Remove a member from a Local group. The group and the member must be 222 222 specified by name. 223 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533595"></a><h3>SAM LISTMEM <GROUP></h3><p>223 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="SAM LISTMEM <GROUP>"><a name="id308556"></a><h3>SAM LISTMEM <GROUP></h3><p> 224 224 List Local group members. The group must be specified by name. 225 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533606"></a><h3>SAM LIST <users|groups|localgroups|builtin|workstations> [verbose]</h3><p>225 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="SAM LIST <users|groups|localgroups|builtin|workstations> [verbose]"><a name="id308566"></a><h3>SAM LIST <users|groups|localgroups|builtin|workstations> [verbose]</h3><p> 226 226 List the specified set of accounts by name. If verbose is specified, 227 227 the rid and description is also provided for each account. 228 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533620"></a><h3>SAM RIGHTS LIST</h3><p>228 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="SAM RIGHTS LIST"><a name="id308578"></a><h3>SAM RIGHTS LIST</h3><p> 229 229 List all available privileges. 230 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533630"></a><h3>SAM RIGHTS GRANT <NAME> <PRIVILEGE></h3><p>230 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="SAM RIGHTS GRANT <NAME> <PRIVILEGE>"><a name="id308588"></a><h3>SAM RIGHTS GRANT <NAME> <PRIVILEGE></h3><p> 231 231 Grant one or more privileges to a user. 232 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533641"></a><h3>SAM RIGHTS REVOKE <NAME> <PRIVILEGE></h3><p>232 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="SAM RIGHTS REVOKE <NAME> <PRIVILEGE>"><a name="id308598"></a><h3>SAM RIGHTS REVOKE <NAME> <PRIVILEGE></h3><p> 233 233 Revoke one or more privileges from a user. 234 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533653"></a><h3>SAM SHOW <NAME></h3><p>234 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="SAM SHOW <NAME>"><a name="id308607"></a><h3>SAM SHOW <NAME></h3><p> 235 235 Show the full DOMAIN\\NAME the SID and the type for the corresponding 236 236 account. 237 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533664"></a><h3>SAM SET HOMEDIR <NAME> <DIRECTORY></h3><p>237 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="SAM SET HOMEDIR <NAME> <DIRECTORY>"><a name="id308618"></a><h3>SAM SET HOMEDIR <NAME> <DIRECTORY></h3><p> 238 238 Set the home directory for a user account. 239 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533675"></a><h3>SAM SET PROFILEPATH <NAME> <PATH></h3><p>239 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="SAM SET PROFILEPATH <NAME> <PATH>"><a name="id308627"></a><h3>SAM SET PROFILEPATH <NAME> <PATH></h3><p> 240 240 Set the profile path for a user account. 241 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533686"></a><h3>SAM SET COMMENT <NAME> <COMMENT></h3><p>241 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="SAM SET COMMENT <NAME> <COMMENT>"><a name="id308637"></a><h3>SAM SET COMMENT <NAME> <COMMENT></h3><p> 242 242 Set the comment for a user or group account. 243 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533697"></a><h3>SAM SET FULLNAME <NAME> <FULL NAME></h3><p>243 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="SAM SET FULLNAME <NAME> <FULL NAME>"><a name="id308646"></a><h3>SAM SET FULLNAME <NAME> <FULL NAME></h3><p> 244 244 Set the full name for a user account. 245 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533708"></a><h3>SAM SET LOGONSCRIPT <NAME> <SCRIPT></h3><p>245 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="SAM SET LOGONSCRIPT <NAME> <SCRIPT>"><a name="id308656"></a><h3>SAM SET LOGONSCRIPT <NAME> <SCRIPT></h3><p> 246 246 Set the logon script for a user account. 247 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533720"></a><h3>SAM SET HOMEDRIVE <NAME> <DRIVE></h3><p>247 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="SAM SET HOMEDRIVE <NAME> <DRIVE>"><a name="id308666"></a><h3>SAM SET HOMEDRIVE <NAME> <DRIVE></h3><p> 248 248 Set the home drive for a user account. 249 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533731"></a><h3>SAM SET WORKSTATIONS <NAME> <WORKSTATIONS></h3><p>249 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="SAM SET WORKSTATIONS <NAME> <WORKSTATIONS>"><a name="id308675"></a><h3>SAM SET WORKSTATIONS <NAME> <WORKSTATIONS></h3><p> 250 250 Set the workstations a user account is allowed to log in from. 251 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533743"></a><h3>SAM SET DISABLE <NAME></h3><p>251 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="SAM SET DISABLE <NAME>"><a name="id308685"></a><h3>SAM SET DISABLE <NAME></h3><p> 252 252 Set the "disabled" flag for a user account. 253 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533754"></a><h3>SAM SET PWNOTREQ <NAME></h3><p>253 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="SAM SET PWNOTREQ <NAME>"><a name="id308695"></a><h3>SAM SET PWNOTREQ <NAME></h3><p> 254 254 Set the "password not required" flag for a user account. 255 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533765"></a><h3>SAM SET AUTOLOCK <NAME></h3><p>255 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="SAM SET AUTOLOCK <NAME>"><a name="id308705"></a><h3>SAM SET AUTOLOCK <NAME></h3><p> 256 256 Set the "autolock" flag for a user account. 257 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533777"></a><h3>SAM SET PWNOEXP <NAME></h3><p>257 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="SAM SET PWNOEXP <NAME>"><a name="id308715"></a><h3>SAM SET PWNOEXP <NAME></h3><p> 258 258 Set the "password do not expire" flag for a user account. 259 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533788"></a><h3>SAM SET PWDMUSTCHANGENOW <NAME> [yes|no]</h3><p>259 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="SAM SET PWDMUSTCHANGENOW <NAME> [yes|no]"><a name="id308725"></a><h3>SAM SET PWDMUSTCHANGENOW <NAME> [yes|no]</h3><p> 260 260 Set or unset the "password must change" flag for a user account. 261 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533800"></a><h3>SAM POLICY LIST</h3><p>261 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="SAM POLICY LIST"><a name="id308735"></a><h3>SAM POLICY LIST</h3><p> 262 262 List the available account policies. 263 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533810"></a><h3>SAM POLICY SHOW <account policy></h3><p>263 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="SAM POLICY SHOW <account policy>"><a name="id308745"></a><h3>SAM POLICY SHOW <account policy></h3><p> 264 264 Show the account policy value. 265 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533821"></a><h3>SAM POLICY SET <account policy> <value></h3><p>265 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="SAM POLICY SET <account policy> <value>"><a name="id308755"></a><h3>SAM POLICY SET <account policy> <value></h3><p> 266 266 Set a value for the account policy. 267 267 Valid values can be: "forever", "never", "off", or a number. 268 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533834"></a><h3>SAM PROVISION</h3><p>268 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="SAM PROVISION"><a name="id308766"></a><h3>SAM PROVISION</h3><p> 269 269 Only available if ldapsam:editposix is set and winbindd is running. 270 270 Properly populates the ldap tree with the basic accounts (Administrator) 271 271 and groups (Domain Users, Domain Admins, Domain Guests) on the ldap tree. 272 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533847"></a><h3>IDMAP DUMP <local tdb file name></h3><p>272 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="IDMAP DUMP <local tdb file name>"><a name="id308778"></a><h3>IDMAP DUMP <local tdb file name></h3><p> 273 273 Dumps the mappings contained in the local tdb file specified. 274 274 This command is useful to dump only the mappings produced by the idmap_tdb backend. 275 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533861"></a><h3>IDMAP RESTORE [input file]</h3><p>275 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="IDMAP RESTORE [input file]"><a name="id308789"></a><h3>IDMAP RESTORE [input file]</h3><p> 276 276 Restore the mappings from the specified file or stdin. 277 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533872"></a><h3>IDMAP SECRET <DOMAIN>|ALLOC <secret></h3><p>277 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="IDMAP SECRET <DOMAIN>|ALLOC <secret>"><a name="id308800"></a><h3>IDMAP SECRET <DOMAIN>|ALLOC <secret></h3><p> 278 278 Store a secret for the specified domain, used primarily for domains 279 279 that use idmap_ldap as a backend. In this case the secret is used 280 280 as the password for the user DN used to bind to the ldap server. 281 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533886"></a><h3>USERSHARE</h3><p>Starting with version 3.0.23, a Samba server now supports the ability for281 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="USERSHARE"><a name="id308812"></a><h3>USERSHARE</h3><p>Starting with version 3.0.23, a Samba server now supports the ability for 282 282 non-root users to add user defined shares to be exported using the "net usershare" 283 283 commands. … … 306 306 </p><p>The usershare commands are: 307 307 308 </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simplelist"><tr><td>net usershare add sharename path [comment [acl] [guest_ok=[y|n]]] - to add or change a user defined share.</td></tr><tr><td>net usershare delete sharename - to delete a user defined share.</td></tr><tr><td>net usershare info [-l|--long] [wildcard sharename] - to print info about a user defined share.</td></tr><tr><td>net usershare list [-l|--long] [wildcard sharename] - to list user defined shares.</td></tr></table><p>309 310 </p><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2533944"></a><h4>USERSHARE ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>[comment]</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>[acl]</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>[guest_ok=[y|n]]</code></em></h4><p>308 </p><table border="0" summary="Simple list" class="simplelist"><tr><td>net usershare add sharename path [comment [acl] [guest_ok=[y|n]]] - to add or change a user defined share.</td></tr><tr><td>net usershare delete sharename - to delete a user defined share.</td></tr><tr><td>net usershare info [-l|--long] [wildcard sharename] - to print info about a user defined share.</td></tr><tr><td>net usershare list [-l|--long] [wildcard sharename] - to list user defined shares.</td></tr></table><p> 309 310 </p><div class="refsect3" title="USERSHARE ADD sharename path [comment] [acl] [guest_ok=[y|n]]"><a name="id308857"></a><h4>USERSHARE ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>[comment]</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>[acl]</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>[guest_ok=[y|n]]</code></em></h4><p> 311 311 Add or replace a new user defined share, with name "sharename". 312 312 </p><p> … … 345 345 at connect time so will see the change immediately, there is no need 346 346 to restart smbd on adding, deleting or changing a user defined share. 347 </div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2534016"></a><h4>USERSHARE DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em></h4><p>347 </div><div class="refsect3" title="USERSHARE DELETE sharename"><a name="id308914"></a><h4>USERSHARE DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em></h4><p> 348 348 Deletes the user defined share by name. The Samba smbd daemon 349 349 immediately notices this change, although it will not disconnect 350 350 any users currently connected to the deleted share. 351 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2534031"></a><h4>USERSHARE INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>[-l|--long]</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>[wildcard sharename]</code></em></h4><p>351 </p></div><div class="refsect3" title="USERSHARE INFO [-l|--long] [wildcard sharename]"><a name="id308927"></a><h4>USERSHARE INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>[-l|--long]</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>[wildcard sharename]</code></em></h4><p> 352 352 Get info on user defined shares owned by the current user matching the given pattern, or all users. 353 353 </p><p> … … 368 368 And is a list of the current settings of the user defined share that can be 369 369 modified by the "net usershare add" command. 370 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2534065"></a><h4>USERSHARE LIST <em class="replaceable"><code>[-l|--long]</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>wildcard sharename</code></em></h4><p>370 </p></div><div class="refsect3" title="USERSHARE LIST [-l|--long] wildcard sharename"><a name="id308955"></a><h4>USERSHARE LIST <em class="replaceable"><code>[-l|--long]</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>wildcard sharename</code></em></h4><p> 371 371 List all the user defined shares owned by the current user matching the given pattern, or all users. 372 372 </p><p> … … 376 376 If the '-l' or '--long' option is also given, it includes the names of user defined 377 377 shares created by other users. 378 </p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2534092"></a><h3>CONF</h3><p>Starting with version 3.2.0, a Samba server can be configured by data378 </p></div></div><div class="refsect2" title="CONF"><a name="id308978"></a><h3>CONF</h3><p>Starting with version 3.2.0, a Samba server can be configured by data 379 379 stored in registry. This configuration data can be edited with the new "net 380 380 conf" commands. … … 383 383 <span class="emphasis"><em>smb.conf</em></span> file: Share definitions from registry are 384 384 activated by setting <em class="parameter"><code>registry shares</code></em> to 385 “<span class="quote">yes</span>”in the [global] section and global configuration options are385 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">yes</span>”</span> in the [global] section and global configuration options are 386 386 activated by setting <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INCLUDE" target="_top">include = registry</a> in 387 387 the [global] section for a mixed configuration or by setting … … 390 390 See the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> manpage for details. 391 391 </p><p>The conf commands are: 392 </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simplelist"><tr><td>net conf list - Dump the complete configuration in smb.conf like392 </p><table border="0" summary="Simple list" class="simplelist"><tr><td>net conf list - Dump the complete configuration in smb.conf like 393 393 format.</td></tr><tr><td>net conf import - Import configuration from file in smb.conf 394 394 format.</td></tr><tr><td>net conf listshares - List the registry shares.</td></tr><tr><td>net conf drop - Delete the complete configuration from 395 395 registry.</td></tr><tr><td>net conf showshare - Show the definition of a registry share.</td></tr><tr><td>net conf addshare - Create a new registry share.</td></tr><tr><td>net conf delshare - Delete a registry share.</td></tr><tr><td>net conf setparm - Store a parameter.</td></tr><tr><td>net conf getparm - Retrieve the value of a parameter.</td></tr><tr><td>net conf delparm - Delete a parameter.</td></tr><tr><td>net conf getincludes - Show the includes of a share definition.</td></tr><tr><td>net conf setincludes - Set includes for a share.</td></tr><tr><td>net conf delincludes - Delete includes from a share definition.</td></tr></table><p> 396 </p><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2534213"></a><h4>CONF LIST</h4><p>396 </p><div class="refsect3" title="CONF LIST"><a name="id309083"></a><h4>CONF LIST</h4><p> 397 397 Print the configuration data stored in the registry in a smb.conf-like format to 398 398 standard output. 399 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2534224"></a><h4>CONF IMPORT <em class="replaceable"><code>[--test|-T]</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>[section]</code></em></h4><p>399 </p></div><div class="refsect3" title="CONF IMPORT [--test|-T] filename [section]"><a name="id309093"></a><h4>CONF IMPORT <em class="replaceable"><code>[--test|-T]</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>[section]</code></em></h4><p> 400 400 This command imports configuration from a file in smb.conf format. 401 401 If a section encountered in the input file is present in registry, … … 407 407 the parameter "-T" on the commandline. In test mode, no changes are made to the 408 408 registry, and the resulting configuration is printed to standard output instead. 409 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2534254"></a><h4>CONF LISTSHARES</h4><p>409 </p></div><div class="refsect3" title="CONF LISTSHARES"><a name="id309117"></a><h4>CONF LISTSHARES</h4><p> 410 410 List the names of the shares defined in registry. 411 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2534264"></a><h4>CONF DROP</h4><p>411 </p></div><div class="refsect3" title="CONF DROP"><a name="id309127"></a><h4>CONF DROP</h4><p> 412 412 Delete the complete configuration data from registry. 413 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2534275"></a><h4>CONF SHOWSHARE <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em></h4><p>413 </p></div><div class="refsect3" title="CONF SHOWSHARE sharename"><a name="id309136"></a><h4>CONF SHOWSHARE <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em></h4><p> 414 414 Show the definition of the share or section specified. It is valid to specify 415 415 "global" as sharename to retrieve the global configuration options from 416 416 registry. 417 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2534289"></a><h4>CONF ADDSHARE <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> [<em class="replaceable"><code>writeable={y|N}</code></em> [<em class="replaceable"><code>guest_ok={y|N}</code></em> [<em class="replaceable"><code>comment</code></em>]]] </h4><p>Create a new share definition in registry.417 </p></div><div class="refsect3" title="CONF ADDSHARE sharename path [writeable={y|N} [guest_ok={y|N} [comment]]]"><a name="id309150"></a><h4>CONF ADDSHARE <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> [<em class="replaceable"><code>writeable={y|N}</code></em> [<em class="replaceable"><code>guest_ok={y|N}</code></em> [<em class="replaceable"><code>comment</code></em>]]] </h4><p>Create a new share definition in registry. 418 418 The sharename and path have to be given. The share name may 419 419 <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> be "global". Optionally, values for the very … … 421 421 The same result may be obtained by a sequence of "net conf setparm" 422 422 commands. 423 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2534323"></a><h4>CONF DELSHARE <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em></h4><p>423 </p></div><div class="refsect3" title="CONF DELSHARE sharename"><a name="id309181"></a><h4>CONF DELSHARE <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em></h4><p> 424 424 Delete a share definition from registry. 425 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2534336"></a><h4>CONF SETPARM <em class="replaceable"><code>section</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>parameter</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></h4><p>425 </p></div><div class="refsect3" title="CONF SETPARM section parameter value"><a name="id309193"></a><h4>CONF SETPARM <em class="replaceable"><code>section</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>parameter</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></h4><p> 426 426 Store a parameter in registry. The section may be global or a sharename. 427 427 The section is created if it does not exist yet. 428 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2534356"></a><h4>CONF GETPARM <em class="replaceable"><code>section</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>parameter</code></em></h4><p>428 </p></div><div class="refsect3" title="CONF GETPARM section parameter"><a name="id309212"></a><h4>CONF GETPARM <em class="replaceable"><code>section</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>parameter</code></em></h4><p> 429 429 Show a parameter stored in registry. 430 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2534372"></a><h4>CONF DELPARM <em class="replaceable"><code>section</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>parameter</code></em></h4><p>430 </p></div><div class="refsect3" title="CONF DELPARM section parameter"><a name="id309227"></a><h4>CONF DELPARM <em class="replaceable"><code>section</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>parameter</code></em></h4><p> 431 431 Delete a parameter stored in registry. 432 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2534388"></a><h4>CONF GETINCLUDES <em class="replaceable"><code>section</code></em></h4><p>432 </p></div><div class="refsect3" title="CONF GETINCLUDES section"><a name="id309242"></a><h4>CONF GETINCLUDES <em class="replaceable"><code>section</code></em></h4><p> 433 433 Get the list of includes for the provided section (global or share). 434 434 </p><p> … … 446 446 configuration. In the future, there will be the ability to include configuration 447 447 data from other registry keys. 448 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2534423"></a><h4>CONF SETINCLUDES <em class="replaceable"><code>section</code></em> [<em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em>]+</h4><p>448 </p></div><div class="refsect3" title="CONF SETINCLUDES section [filename]+"><a name="id309269"></a><h4>CONF SETINCLUDES <em class="replaceable"><code>section</code></em> [<em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em>]+</h4><p> 449 449 Set the list of includes for the provided section (global or share) to the given 450 450 list of one or more filenames. The filenames may contain the usual smb.conf 451 451 macros like %I. 452 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2534442"></a><h4>CONF DELINCLUDES <em class="replaceable"><code>section</code></em></h4><p>452 </p></div><div class="refsect3" title="CONF DELINCLUDES section"><a name="id309286"></a><h4>CONF DELINCLUDES <em class="replaceable"><code>section</code></em></h4><p> 453 453 Delete the list of includes from the provided section (global or share). 454 </p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2534456"></a><h3>EVENTLOG</h3><p>Starting with version 3.4.0 net can read, dump, import and export native454 </p></div></div><div class="refsect2" title="EVENTLOG"><a name="id309300"></a><h3>EVENTLOG</h3><p>Starting with version 3.4.0 net can read, dump, import and export native 455 455 win32 eventlog files (usually *.evt). evt files are used by the native Windows eventviewer tools. 456 456 </p><p> … … 459 459 See the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> manpage for details. 460 460 </p><p>The eventlog commands are: 461 </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simplelist"><tr><td>net eventlog dump - Dump a eventlog *.evt file on the screen.</td></tr><tr><td>net eventlog import - Import a eventlog *.evt into the samba internal461 </p><table border="0" summary="Simple list" class="simplelist"><tr><td>net eventlog dump - Dump a eventlog *.evt file on the screen.</td></tr><tr><td>net eventlog import - Import a eventlog *.evt into the samba internal 462 462 tdb based representation of eventlogs.</td></tr><tr><td>net eventlog export - Export the samba internal tdb based representation 463 463 of eventlogs into an eventlog *.evt file.</td></tr></table><p> 464 </p><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2534511"></a><h4>EVENTLOG DUMP <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em></h4><p>464 </p><div class="refsect3" title="EVENTLOG DUMP filename"><a name="id309350"></a><h4>EVENTLOG DUMP <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em></h4><p> 465 465 Prints a eventlog *.evt file to standard output. 466 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2534523"></a><h4>EVENTLOG IMPORT <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>eventlog</code></em></h4><p>466 </p></div><div class="refsect3" title="EVENTLOG IMPORT filename eventlog"><a name="id309362"></a><h4>EVENTLOG IMPORT <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>eventlog</code></em></h4><p> 467 467 Imports a eventlog *.evt file defined by <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em> into the 468 468 samba internal tdb representation of eventlog defined by <em class="replaceable"><code>eventlog</code></em>. … … 470 470 defined in smb.conf. 471 471 See the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> manpage for details. 472 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2534563"></a><h4>EVENTLOG EXPORT <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>eventlog</code></em></h4><p>472 </p></div><div class="refsect3" title="EVENTLOG EXPORT filename eventlog"><a name="id309400"></a><h4>EVENTLOG EXPORT <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>eventlog</code></em></h4><p> 473 473 Exports the samba internal tdb representation of eventlog defined by <em class="replaceable"><code>eventlog</code></em> 474 474 to a eventlog *.evt file defined by <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em>. … … 476 476 defined in smb.conf. 477 477 See the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> manpage for details. 478 </p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2534604"></a><h3>DOM</h3><p>Starting with version 3.2.0 Samba has support for remote join and unjoin APIs, both client and server-side. Windows supports remote join capabilities since Windows 2000.478 </p></div></div><div class="refsect2" title="DOM"><a name="id309439"></a><h3>DOM</h3><p>Starting with version 3.2.0 Samba has support for remote join and unjoin APIs, both client and server-side. Windows supports remote join capabilities since Windows 2000. 479 479 </p><p>In order for Samba to be joined or unjoined remotely an account must be used that is either member of the Domain Admins group, a member of the local Administrators group or a user that is granted the SeMachineAccountPrivilege privilege. 480 480 </p><p>The client side support for remote join is implemented in the net dom commands which are: 481 </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simplelist"><tr><td>net dom join - Join a remote computer into a domain.</td></tr><tr><td>net dom unjoin - Unjoin a remote computer from a domain.</td></tr><tr><td>net dom renamecomputer - Renames a remote computer joined to a domain.</td></tr></table><p>482 </p><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2534646"></a><h4>DOM JOIN <em class="replaceable"><code>domain=DOMAIN</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>ou=OU</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>account=ACCOUNT</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>password=PASSWORD</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>reboot</code></em></h4><p>481 </p><table border="0" summary="Simple list" class="simplelist"><tr><td>net dom join - Join a remote computer into a domain.</td></tr><tr><td>net dom unjoin - Unjoin a remote computer from a domain.</td></tr><tr><td>net dom renamecomputer - Renames a remote computer joined to a domain.</td></tr></table><p> 482 </p><div class="refsect3" title="DOM JOIN domain=DOMAIN ou=OU account=ACCOUNT password=PASSWORD reboot"><a name="id309475"></a><h4>DOM JOIN <em class="replaceable"><code>domain=DOMAIN</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>ou=OU</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>account=ACCOUNT</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>password=PASSWORD</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>reboot</code></em></h4><p> 483 483 Joins a computer into a domain. This command supports the following additional parameters: 484 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em> can be a NetBIOS domain name (also known as short domain name) or a DNS domain name for Active Directory Domains. As in Windows, it is also possible to control which Domain Controller to use. This can be achieved by appending the DC name using the \ separator character. Example: MYDOM\MYDC. The <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em> parameter cannot be NULL.</p></li><li><p><em class="replaceable"><code>OU</code></em> can be set to a RFC 1779 LDAP DN, like <span class="emphasis"><em>ou=mymachines,cn=Users,dc=example,dc=com</em></span> in order to create the machine account in a non-default LDAP containter. This optional parameter is only supported when joining Active Directory Domains.</p></li><li><p><em class="replaceable"><code>ACCOUNT</code></em> defines a domain account that will be used to join the machine to the domain. This domain account needs to have sufficient privileges to join machines.</p></li><li><p><em class="replaceable"><code>PASSWORD</code></em> defines the password for the domain account defined with <em class="replaceable"><code>ACCOUNT</code></em>.</p></li><li><p><em class="replaceable"><code>REBOOT</code></em> is an optional parameter that can be set to reboot the remote machine after successful join to the domain.</p></li></ul></div><p>484 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em> can be a NetBIOS domain name (also known as short domain name) or a DNS domain name for Active Directory Domains. As in Windows, it is also possible to control which Domain Controller to use. This can be achieved by appending the DC name using the \ separator character. Example: MYDOM\MYDC. The <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em> parameter cannot be NULL.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="replaceable"><code>OU</code></em> can be set to a RFC 1779 LDAP DN, like <span class="emphasis"><em>ou=mymachines,cn=Users,dc=example,dc=com</em></span> in order to create the machine account in a non-default LDAP containter. This optional parameter is only supported when joining Active Directory Domains.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="replaceable"><code>ACCOUNT</code></em> defines a domain account that will be used to join the machine to the domain. This domain account needs to have sufficient privileges to join machines.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="replaceable"><code>PASSWORD</code></em> defines the password for the domain account defined with <em class="replaceable"><code>ACCOUNT</code></em>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="replaceable"><code>REBOOT</code></em> is an optional parameter that can be set to reboot the remote machine after successful join to the domain.</p></li></ul></div><p> 485 485 Note that you also need to use standard net parameters to connect and authenticate to the remote machine that you want to join. These additional parameters include: -S computer and -U user. 486 486 </p><p> … … 489 489 </p><p> 490 490 This example would connect to a computer named XP as the local administrator using password secret, and join the computer into a domain called MYDOM using the MYDOM domain administrator account and password topsecret. After successful join, the computer would reboot. 491 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2534752"></a><h4>DOM UNJOIN <em class="replaceable"><code>account=ACCOUNT</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>password=PASSWORD</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>reboot</code></em></h4><p>491 </p></div><div class="refsect3" title="DOM UNJOIN account=ACCOUNT password=PASSWORD reboot"><a name="id309567"></a><h4>DOM UNJOIN <em class="replaceable"><code>account=ACCOUNT</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>password=PASSWORD</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>reboot</code></em></h4><p> 492 492 Unjoins a computer from a domain. This command supports the following additional parameters: 493 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="replaceable"><code>ACCOUNT</code></em> defines a domain account that will be used to unjoin the machine from the domain. This domain account needs to have sufficient privileges to unjoin machines.</p></li><li><p><em class="replaceable"><code>PASSWORD</code></em> defines the password for the domain account defined with <em class="replaceable"><code>ACCOUNT</code></em>.</p></li><li><p><em class="replaceable"><code>REBOOT</code></em> is an optional parameter that can be set to reboot the remote machine after successful unjoin from the domain.</p></li></ul></div><p>493 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><em class="replaceable"><code>ACCOUNT</code></em> defines a domain account that will be used to unjoin the machine from the domain. This domain account needs to have sufficient privileges to unjoin machines.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="replaceable"><code>PASSWORD</code></em> defines the password for the domain account defined with <em class="replaceable"><code>ACCOUNT</code></em>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="replaceable"><code>REBOOT</code></em> is an optional parameter that can be set to reboot the remote machine after successful unjoin from the domain.</p></li></ul></div><p> 494 494 Note that you also need to use standard net parameters to connect and authenticate to the remote machine that you want to unjoin. These additional parameters include: -S computer and -U user. 495 495 </p><p> … … 498 498 </p><p> 499 499 This example would connect to a computer named XP as the local administrator using password secret, and unjoin the computer from the domain using the MYDOM domain administrator account and password topsecret. After successful unjoin, the computer would reboot. 500 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2534823"></a><h4>DOM RENAMECOMPUTER <em class="replaceable"><code>newname=NEWNAME</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>account=ACCOUNT</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>password=PASSWORD</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>reboot</code></em></h4><p>500 </p></div><div class="refsect3" title="DOM RENAMECOMPUTER newname=NEWNAME account=ACCOUNT password=PASSWORD reboot"><a name="id309630"></a><h4>DOM RENAMECOMPUTER <em class="replaceable"><code>newname=NEWNAME</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>account=ACCOUNT</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>password=PASSWORD</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>reboot</code></em></h4><p> 501 501 Renames a computer that is joined to a domain. This command supports the following additional parameters: 502 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="replaceable"><code>NEWNAME</code></em> defines the new name of the machine in the domain.</p></li><li><p><em class="replaceable"><code>ACCOUNT</code></em> defines a domain account that will be used to rename the machine in the domain. This domain account needs to have sufficient privileges to rename machines.</p></li><li><p><em class="replaceable"><code>PASSWORD</code></em> defines the password for the domain account defined with <em class="replaceable"><code>ACCOUNT</code></em>.</p></li><li><p><em class="replaceable"><code>REBOOT</code></em> is an optional parameter that can be set to reboot the remote machine after successful rename in the domain.</p></li></ul></div><p>502 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><em class="replaceable"><code>NEWNAME</code></em> defines the new name of the machine in the domain.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="replaceable"><code>ACCOUNT</code></em> defines a domain account that will be used to rename the machine in the domain. This domain account needs to have sufficient privileges to rename machines.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="replaceable"><code>PASSWORD</code></em> defines the password for the domain account defined with <em class="replaceable"><code>ACCOUNT</code></em>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="replaceable"><code>REBOOT</code></em> is an optional parameter that can be set to reboot the remote machine after successful rename in the domain.</p></li></ul></div><p> 503 503 Note that you also need to use standard net parameters to connect and authenticate to the remote machine that you want to rename in the domain. These additional parameters include: -S computer and -U user. 504 504 </p><p> … … 507 507 </p><p> 508 508 This example would connect to a computer named XP as the local administrator using password secret, and rename the joined computer to XPNEW using the MYDOM domain administrator account and password topsecret. After successful rename, the computer would reboot. 509 </p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2534906"></a><h3>G_LOCK</h3><p>Manage global locks.</p><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2534915"></a><h4>G_LOCK DO <em class="replaceable"><code>lockname</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>timeout</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em></h4><p>509 </p></div></div><div class="refsect2" title="G_LOCK"><a name="id309704"></a><h3>G_LOCK</h3><p>Manage global locks.</p><div class="refsect3" title="G_LOCK DO lockname timeout command"><a name="id309712"></a><h4>G_LOCK DO <em class="replaceable"><code>lockname</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>timeout</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em></h4><p> 510 510 Execute a shell command under a global lock. This might be useful to define the 511 511 order in which several shell commands will be executed. The locking information 512 512 is stored in a file called <code class="filename">g_lock.tdb</code>. In setups with CTDB 513 513 running, the locking information will be available on all cluster nodes. 514 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="replaceable"><code>LOCKNAME</code></em> defines the name of the global lock.</p></li><li><p><em class="replaceable"><code>TIMEOUT</code></em> defines the timeout.</p></li><li><p><em class="replaceable"><code>COMMAND</code></em> defines the shell command to execute.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2534967"></a><h4>G_LOCK LOCKS</h4><p>514 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><em class="replaceable"><code>LOCKNAME</code></em> defines the name of the global lock.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="replaceable"><code>TIMEOUT</code></em> defines the timeout.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="replaceable"><code>COMMAND</code></em> defines the shell command to execute.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect3" title="G_LOCK LOCKS"><a name="id309760"></a><h4>G_LOCK LOCKS</h4><p> 515 515 Print a list of all currently existing locknames. 516 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2534978"></a><h4>G_LOCK DUMP <em class="replaceable"><code>lockname</code></em></h4><p>516 </p></div><div class="refsect3" title="G_LOCK DUMP lockname"><a name="id309770"></a><h4>G_LOCK DUMP <em class="replaceable"><code>lockname</code></em></h4><p> 517 517 Dump the locking table of a certain global lock. 518 </p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2534991"></a><h3>HELP [COMMAND]</h3><p>Gives usage information for the specified command.</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2535003"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is complete for version 3 of the Samba519 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2535014"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities518 </p></div></div><div class="refsect2" title="HELP [COMMAND]"><a name="id309783"></a><h3>HELP [COMMAND]</h3><p>Gives usage information for the specified command.</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id309794"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is complete for version 3 of the Samba 519 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id309804"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 520 520 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 521 521 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/nmbd.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>nmbd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="nmbd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>nmbd — NetBIOS name server to provide NetBIOS2 over IP naming services to clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" ><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">nmbd</code> [-D] [-F] [-S] [-a] [-i] [-o] [-h] [-V] [-d <debug level>] [-H <lmhosts file>] [-l <log directory>] [-p <port number>] [-s <configuration file>]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483379"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This program is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">nmbd</code> is a server that understands1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>nmbd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="nmbd"><a name="nmbd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>nmbd — NetBIOS name server to provide NetBIOS 2 over IP naming services to clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">nmbd</code> [-D] [-F] [-S] [-a] [-i] [-o] [-h] [-V] [-d <debug level>] [-H <lmhosts file>] [-l <log directory>] [-p <port number>] [-s <configuration file>]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266894"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This program is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">nmbd</code> is a server that understands 3 3 and can reply to NetBIOS over IP name service requests, like 4 4 those produced by SMB/CIFS clients such as Windows 95/98/ME, … … 23 23 proxy, relaying broadcast queries from clients that do 24 24 not understand how to talk the WINS protocol to a WINS 25 server.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483718"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-D</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes25 server.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id265902"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-D</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes 26 26 <code class="literal">nmbd</code> to operate as a daemon. That is, 27 27 it detaches itself and runs in the background, fielding … … 89 89 that <code class="literal">nmbd</code> responds to name queries on. Don't 90 90 use this option unless you are an expert, in which case you 91 won't need help!</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481741"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</code></span></dt><dd><p>If the server is to be run by the91 won't need help!</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="FILES"><a name="id307262"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</code></span></dt><dd><p>If the server is to be run by the 92 92 <code class="literal">inetd</code> meta-daemon, this file 93 93 must contain suitable startup information for the … … 116 116 </code> in the <code class="filename">var/locks</code> directory 117 117 configured under wherever Samba was configured to install itself. 118 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481946"></a><h2>SIGNALS</h2><p>To shut down an <code class="literal">nmbd</code> process it is recommended118 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="SIGNALS"><a name="id307439"></a><h2>SIGNALS</h2><p>To shut down an <code class="literal">nmbd</code> process it is recommended 119 119 that SIGKILL (-9) <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> be used, except as a last 120 120 resort, as this may leave the name database in an inconsistent state. … … 130 130 are no longer used since Samba 2.2). This is to allow 131 131 transient problems to be diagnosed, whilst still running 132 at a normally low log level.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532496"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of133 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532507"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>132 at a normally low log level.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id307512"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of 133 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id307521"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p> 134 134 <a class="citerefentry" href="inetd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">inetd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a>, and the Internet 135 135 RFC's <code class="filename">rfc1001.txt</code>, <code class="filename">rfc1002.txt</code>. 136 136 In addition the CIFS (formerly SMB) specification is available 137 137 as a link from the Web page <a class="ulink" href="http://samba.org/cifs/" target="_top"> 138 http://samba.org/cifs/</a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532581"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities138 http://samba.org/cifs/</a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id307594"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 139 139 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 140 140 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/nmblookup.1.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>nmblookup</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="nmblookup"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>nmblookup — NetBIOS over TCP/IP client used to lookup NetBIOS2 names</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" ><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">nmblookup</code> [-M] [-R] [-S] [-r] [-A] [-h] [-B <broadcast address>] [-U <unicast address>] [-d <debug level>] [-s <smb config file>] [-i <NetBIOS scope>] [-T] [-f] {name}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483388"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">nmblookup</code> is used to query NetBIOS names1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>nmblookup</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="nmblookup"><a name="nmblookup"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>nmblookup — NetBIOS over TCP/IP client used to lookup NetBIOS 2 names</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">nmblookup</code> [-M] [-R] [-S] [-r] [-A] [-h] [-B <broadcast address>] [-U <unicast address>] [-d <debug level>] [-s <smb config file>] [-i <NetBIOS scope>] [-T] [-f] {name}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id265700"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">nmblookup</code> is used to query NetBIOS names 3 3 and map them to IP addresses in a network using NetBIOS over TCP/IP 4 4 queries. The options allow the name queries to be directed at a 5 5 particular IP broadcast area or to a particular machine. All queries 6 are done over UDP.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483542"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-M</span></dt><dd><p>Searches for a master browser by looking6 are done over UDP.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id265729"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-M</span></dt><dd><p>Searches for a master browser by looking 7 7 up the NetBIOS name <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> with a 8 8 type of <code class="constant">0x1d</code>. If <em class="replaceable"><code> … … 89 89 by appending '#<type>' to the name. This name may also be 90 90 '*', which will return all registered names within a broadcast 91 area.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481756"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p><code class="literal">nmblookup</code> can be used to query91 area.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id307270"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p><code class="literal">nmblookup</code> can be used to query 92 92 a WINS server (in the same way <code class="literal">nslookup</code> is 93 93 used to query DNS servers). To query a WINS server, <code class="literal">nmblookup</code> 94 94 must be called like this:</p><p><code class="literal">nmblookup -U server -R 'name'</code></p><p>For example, running :</p><p><code class="literal">nmblookup -U samba.org -R 'IRIX#1B'</code></p><p>would query the WINS server samba.org for the domain 95 master browser (1B name type) for the IRIX workgroup.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481806"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of96 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481817"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>, and <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481850"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities95 master browser (1B name type) for the IRIX workgroup.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id307314"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of 96 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id307324"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>, and <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id307355"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 97 97 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 98 98 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/ntlm_auth.1.html
r478 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ntlm_auth</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="ntlm-auth.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>ntlm_auth — tool to allow external access to Winbind's NTLM authentication function</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">ntlm_auth</code> [-d debuglevel] [-l logdir] [-s <smb config file>]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522936"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">ntlm_auth</code> is a helper utility that authenticates1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ntlm_auth</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="ntlm_auth"><a name="ntlm-auth.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>ntlm_auth — tool to allow external access to Winbind's NTLM authentication function</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">ntlm_auth</code> [-d debuglevel] [-l logdir] [-s <smb config file>]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266364"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">ntlm_auth</code> is a helper utility that authenticates 2 2 users using NT/LM authentication. It returns 0 if the users is authenticated 3 3 successfully and 1 if access was denied. ntlm_auth uses winbind to access … … 6 6 <a class="ulink" href="http://www.squid-cache.org/" target="_top">Squid</a> 7 7 and <a class="ulink" href="http://download.samba.org/ftp/unpacked/lorikeet/trunk/mod_ntlm_winbind/" target="_top">mod_ntlm_winbind</a>) 8 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483346"></a><h2>OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS</h2><p>8 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS"><a name="id266860"></a><h2>OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS</h2><p> 9 9 The <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon must be operational 10 10 for many of these commands to function.</p><p>Some of these commands also require access to the directory … … 13 13 this command as root or providing group access 14 14 to the <code class="filename">winbindd_privileged</code> directory. For 15 security reasons, this directory should not be world-accessable. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483515"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">--helper-protocol=PROTO</span></dt><dd><p>15 security reasons, this directory should not be world-accessable. </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id265696"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">--helper-protocol=PROTO</span></dt><dd><p> 16 16 Operate as a stdio-based helper. Valid helper protocols are: 17 17 </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">squid-2.4-basic</span></dt><dd><p> … … 61 61 could cause the helper to authenticate the 62 62 user). </p><p>Curently implemented parameters from the 63 external program to the helper are:</p><div class="variablelist"><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3>Implementors should take care to base64 encode63 external program to the helper are:</p><div class="variablelist"><div class="warning" title="Warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3>Implementors should take care to base64 encode 64 64 any data (such as usernames/passwords) that may contain malicous user data, such as 65 65 a newline. They may also need to decode strings from 66 66 the helper, which likewise may have been base64 encoded.</div><dl><dt><span class="term">Username</span></dt><dd><p>The username, expected to be in 67 67 Samba's <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#UNIXCHARSET" target="_top">unix charset</a>. 68 </p><div class="example"><a name="id2 483765"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 1. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Username: bob</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p><div class="example"><a name="id2483770"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 2. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Username:: Ym9i</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">NT-Domain</span></dt><dd><p>The user's domain, expected to be in68 </p><div class="example"><a name="id265921"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 1. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Username: bob</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p><div class="example"><a name="id265926"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 2. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Username:: Ym9i</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">NT-Domain</span></dt><dd><p>The user's domain, expected to be in 69 69 Samba's <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#UNIXCHARSET" target="_top">unix charset</a>. 70 </p><div class="example"><a name="id2 481569"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 3. </b></p><div class="example-contents">NT-Domain: WORKGROUP</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p><div class="example"><a name="id2481573"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 4. </b></p><div class="example-contents">NT-Domain:: V09SS0dST1VQ</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Full-Username</span></dt><dd><p>The fully qualified username, expected to be in70 </p><div class="example"><a name="id265952"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 3. </b></p><div class="example-contents">NT-Domain: WORKGROUP</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p><div class="example"><a name="id265957"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 4. </b></p><div class="example-contents">NT-Domain:: V09SS0dST1VQ</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Full-Username</span></dt><dd><p>The fully qualified username, expected to be in 71 71 Samba's <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#UNIXCHARSET" target="_top">unix charset</a> and qualified with the 72 72 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDSEPARATOR" target="_top">winbind separator</a>. 73 </p><div class="example"><a name="id 2481610"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 5. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Full-Username: WORKGROUP\bob</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p><div class="example"><a name="id2481614"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 6. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Full-Username:: V09SS0dST1VQYm9i</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">LANMAN-Challenge</span></dt><dd><p>The 8 byte <code class="literal">LANMAN Challenge</code> value,73 </p><div class="example"><a name="id307150"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 5. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Full-Username: WORKGROUP\bob</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p><div class="example"><a name="id307154"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 6. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Full-Username:: V09SS0dST1VQYm9i</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">LANMAN-Challenge</span></dt><dd><p>The 8 byte <code class="literal">LANMAN Challenge</code> value, 74 74 generated randomly by the server, or (in cases such as 75 75 MSCHAPv2) generated in some way by both the server and 76 76 the client. 77 </p><div class="example"><a name="id 2481639"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 7. </b></p><div class="example-contents">LANMAN-Challege: 0102030405060708</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">LANMAN-Response</span></dt><dd><p>The 24 byte <code class="literal">LANMAN Response</code> value,77 </p><div class="example"><a name="id307176"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 7. </b></p><div class="example-contents">LANMAN-Challege: 0102030405060708</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">LANMAN-Response</span></dt><dd><p>The 24 byte <code class="literal">LANMAN Response</code> value, 78 78 calculated from the user's password and the supplied 79 79 <code class="literal">LANMAN Challenge</code>. Typically, this 80 80 is provided over the network by a client wishing to authenticate. 81 </p><div class="example"><a name="id 2481670"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 8. </b></p><div class="example-contents">LANMAN-Response: 0102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F101112131415161718</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">NT-Response</span></dt><dd><p>The >= 24 byte <code class="literal">NT Response</code>81 </p><div class="example"><a name="id307203"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 8. </b></p><div class="example-contents">LANMAN-Response: 0102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F101112131415161718</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">NT-Response</span></dt><dd><p>The >= 24 byte <code class="literal">NT Response</code> 82 82 calculated from the user's password and the supplied 83 83 <code class="literal">LANMAN Challenge</code>. Typically, this is 84 84 provided over the network by a client wishing to authenticate. 85 </p><div class="example"><a name="id 2481703"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 9. </b></p><div class="example-contents">NT-Response: 0102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F101112131415161718</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Password</span></dt><dd><p>The user's password. This would be85 </p><div class="example"><a name="id307231"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 9. </b></p><div class="example-contents">NT-Response: 0102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F101112131415161718</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Password</span></dt><dd><p>The user's password. This would be 86 86 provided by a network client, if the helper is being 87 87 used in a legacy situation that exposes plaintext 88 88 passwords in this way. 89 </p><div class="example"><a name="id 2481724"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 10. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Password: samba2</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p><div class="example"><a name="id2481728"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 11. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Password:: c2FtYmEy</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Request-User-Session-Key</span></dt><dd><p>Apon sucessful authenticaiton, return89 </p><div class="example"><a name="id307248"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 10. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Password: samba2</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p><div class="example"><a name="id307252"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 11. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Password:: c2FtYmEy</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Request-User-Session-Key</span></dt><dd><p>Apon sucessful authenticaiton, return 90 90 the user session key associated with the login. 91 </p><div class="example"><a name="id 2481746"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 12. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Request-User-Session-Key: Yes</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Request-LanMan-Session-Key</span></dt><dd><p>Apon sucessful authenticaiton, return91 </p><div class="example"><a name="id307268"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 12. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Request-User-Session-Key: Yes</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Request-LanMan-Session-Key</span></dt><dd><p>Apon sucessful authenticaiton, return 92 92 the LANMAN session key associated with the login. 93 </p><div class="example"><a name="id 2481763"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 13. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Request-LanMan-Session-Key: Yes</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd></dl></div></dd></dl></div></dd><dt><span class="term">--username=USERNAME</span></dt><dd><p>93 </p><div class="example"><a name="id307285"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 13. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Request-LanMan-Session-Key: Yes</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd></dl></div></dd></dl></div></dd><dt><span class="term">--username=USERNAME</span></dt><dd><p> 94 94 Specify username of user to authenticate 95 95 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--domain=DOMAIN</span></dt><dd><p> … … 129 129 log.smbd, etc...). The log file is never removed by the client. 130 130 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. 131 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532516"></a><h2>EXAMPLE SETUP</h2><p>To setup ntlm_auth for use by squid 2.5, with both basic and131 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLE SETUP"><a name="id307538"></a><h2>EXAMPLE SETUP</h2><p>To setup ntlm_auth for use by squid 2.5, with both basic and 132 132 NTLMSSP authentication, the following 133 133 should be placed in the <code class="filename">squid.conf</code> file. … … 138 138 auth_param basic realm Squid proxy-caching web server 139 139 auth_param basic credentialsttl 2 hours 140 </pre><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>This example assumes that ntlm_auth has been installed into your140 </pre><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>This example assumes that ntlm_auth has been installed into your 141 141 path, and that the group permissions on 142 142 <code class="filename">winbindd_privileged</code> are as described above.</p></div><p>To setup ntlm_auth for use by squid 2.5 with group limitation in addition to the above … … 145 145 auth_param ntlm program ntlm_auth --helper-protocol=squid-2.5-ntlmssp --require-membership-of='WORKGROUP\Domain Users' 146 146 auth_param basic program ntlm_auth --helper-protocol=squid-2.5-basic --require-membership-of='WORKGROUP\Domain Users' 147 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532573"></a><h2>TROUBLESHOOTING</h2><p>If you're experiencing problems with authenticating Internet Explorer running147 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="TROUBLESHOOTING"><a name="id307587"></a><h2>TROUBLESHOOTING</h2><p>If you're experiencing problems with authenticating Internet Explorer running 148 148 under MS Windows 9X or Millenium Edition against ntlm_auth's NTLMSSP authentication 149 149 helper (--helper-protocol=squid-2.5-ntlmssp), then please read 150 150 <a class="ulink" href="http://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/Q239/8/69.ASP" target="_top"> 151 151 the Microsoft Knowledge Base article #239869 and follow instructions described there</a>. 152 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532594"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba153 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532605"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities152 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id307606"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba 153 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id307616"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 154 154 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 155 155 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/pam_winbind.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>pam_winbind</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="pam_winbind.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>pam_winbind — PAM module for Winbind</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522890"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>pam_winbind</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="pam_winbind"><a name="pam_winbind.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>pam_winbind — PAM module for Winbind</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id298152"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p> 2 2 pam_winbind is a PAM module that can authenticate users against the local domain by talking to the Winbind daemon. 3 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522913"></a><h2>SYNOPSIS</h2><p>3 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SYNOPSIS"><a name="id266349"></a><h2>SYNOPSIS</h2><p> 4 4 Edit the PAM system config /etc/pam.d/service and modify it as the following example shows: 5 5 </p><pre class="programlisting"> … … 20 20 Make sure that pam_winbind is one of the first modules in the session part. It may retrieve 21 21 kerberos tickets which are needed by other modules. 22 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522942"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>22 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266830"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p> 23 23 24 24 pam_winbind supports several options which can either be set in … … 85 85 </p></dd></dl></div><p> 86 86 87 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483685"></a><h2>PAM DATA EXPORTS</h2><p>This section describes the data exported in the PAM stack which could be used in other PAM modules.</p><dt><span class="term">PAM_WINBIND_HOMEDIR</span></dt><dd><p>87 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="PAM DATA EXPORTS"><a name="id265844"></a><h2>PAM DATA EXPORTS</h2><p>This section describes the data exported in the PAM stack which could be used in other PAM modules.</p><dt><span class="term">PAM_WINBIND_HOMEDIR</span></dt><dd><p> 88 88 This is the Windows Home Directory set in the profile tab in the user settings 89 89 on the Active Directory Server. This could be a local path or a directory on a … … 98 98 This is the profile path set in the profile tab in the user settings. Normally 99 99 the home directory is synced with this directory on a share. 100 </p></dd></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483760"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="pam_winbind.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pam_winbind.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="wbinfo.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">wbinfo</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481469"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of Samba.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481479"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>100 </p></dd></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id265913"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="pam_winbind.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pam_winbind.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="wbinfo.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">wbinfo</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id265957"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of Samba.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id265967"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> 101 101 The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by 102 102 the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed. -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/pam_winbind.conf.5.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>pam_winbind.conf</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="pam_winbind.conf.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>pam_winbind.conf — Configuration file of PAM module for Winbind</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522891"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This configuration file is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>pam_winbind.conf</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="pam_winbind.conf"><a name="pam_winbind.conf.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>pam_winbind.conf — Configuration file of PAM module for Winbind</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id298152"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This configuration file is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p> 2 2 pam_winbind.conf is the configuration file for the pam_winbind PAM 3 3 module. See 4 4 <a class="citerefentry" href="pam_winbind.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pam_winbind</span>(8)</span></a> 5 5 for further details. 6 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522921"></a><h2>SYNOPSIS</h2><p>6 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SYNOPSIS"><a name="id266354"></a><h2>SYNOPSIS</h2><p> 7 7 The pam_winbind.conf configuration file is a classic ini-style 8 8 configuration file. There is only one section (global) where 9 9 various options are defined. 10 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522934"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>10 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266821"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p> 11 11 12 12 pam_winbind supports several options which can either be set in … … 66 66 </p></dd></dl></div><p> 67 67 68 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483648"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="pam_winbind.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pam_winbind</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="wbinfo.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">wbinfo</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483692"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of Samba.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483703"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>68 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id265808"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="pam_winbind.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pam_winbind</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="wbinfo.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">wbinfo</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id265852"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of Samba.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id265862"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> 69 69 The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by 70 70 the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed. -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/pdbedit.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>pdbedit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="pdbedit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>pdbedit — manage the SAM database (Database of Samba Users)</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">pdbedit</code> [-a] [-b passdb-backend] [-c account-control] [-C value] [-d debuglevel] [-D drive] [-e passdb-backend] [-f fullname] [--force-initialized-passwords] [-g] [-h homedir] [-i passdb-backend] [-I domain] [-K] [-L ] [-m] [-M SID|RID] [-N description] [-P account-policy] [-p profile] [--policies-reset] [-r] [-s configfile] [-S script] [-t] [--time-format] [-u username] [-U SID|RID] [-v] [-V] [-w] [-x] [-y] [-z] [-Z]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483670"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The pdbedit program is used to manage the users accounts1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>pdbedit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="pdbedit"><a name="pdbedit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>pdbedit — manage the SAM database (Database of Samba Users)</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">pdbedit</code> [-a] [-b passdb-backend] [-c account-control] [-C value] [-d debuglevel] [-D drive] [-e passdb-backend] [-f fullname] [--force-initialized-passwords] [-g] [-h homedir] [-i passdb-backend] [-I domain] [-K] [-L ] [-m] [-M SID|RID] [-N description] [-P account-policy] [-p profile] [--policies-reset] [-r] [-s configfile] [-S script] [-t] [--time-format] [-u username] [-U SID|RID] [-v] [-V] [-w] [-x] [-y] [-z] [-Z]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id265862"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The pdbedit program is used to manage the users accounts 2 2 stored in the sam database and can only be run by root.</p><p>The pdbedit tool uses the passdb modular interface and is 3 3 independent from the kind of users database used (currently there … … 5 5 without changing the tool).</p><p>There are five main ways to use pdbedit: adding a user account, 6 6 removing a user account, modifing a user account, listing user 7 accounts, importing users accounts.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483707"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-L|--list</span></dt><dd><p>This option lists all the user accounts7 accounts, importing users accounts.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id265895"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-L|--list</span></dt><dd><p>This option lists all the user accounts 8 8 present in the users database. 9 9 This option prints a list of user/uid pairs separated by … … 70 70 account. It will specify the users' account control property. Possible flags are listed below. 71 71 </p><p> 72 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>N: No password required</p></li><li><p>D: Account disabled</p></li><li><p>H: Home directory required</p></li><li><p>T: Temporary duplicate of other account</p></li><li><p>U: Regular user account</p></li><li><p>M: MNS logon user account</p></li><li><p>W: Workstation Trust Account</p></li><li><p>S: Server Trust Account</p></li><li><p>L: Automatic Locking</p></li><li><p>X: Password does not expire</p></li><li><p>I: Domain Trust Account</p></li></ul></div><p>72 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>N: No password required</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>D: Account disabled</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>H: Home directory required</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>T: Temporary duplicate of other account</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>U: Regular user account</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>M: MNS logon user account</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>W: Workstation Trust Account</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>S: Server Trust Account</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>L: Automatic Locking</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>X: Password does not expire</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>I: Domain Trust Account</p></li></ul></div><p> 73 73 </p><p>Example: <code class="literal">-c "[X ]"</code></p></dd><dt><span class="term">-K|--kickoff-time</span></dt><dd><p>This option is used to modify the kickoff 74 74 time for a certain user. Use "never" as argument to set the … … 81 81 retype new password 82 82 </pre><p> 83 </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>pdbedit does not call the unix password syncronisation83 </p><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>pdbedit does not call the unix password syncronisation 84 84 script if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC" target="_top">unix password sync</a> 85 85 has been set. It only updates the data in the Samba … … 164 164 <code class="constant">".progname"</code> will be appended (e.g. log.smbclient, 165 165 log.smbd, etc...). The log file is never removed by the client. 166 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532991"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>This command may be used only by root.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2533001"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of167 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2533012"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2533034"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities166 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="NOTES"><a name="id307998"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>This command may be used only by root.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id308007"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of 167 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id308017"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id308039"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 168 168 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 169 169 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/profiles.1.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>profiles</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="profiles.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>profiles — A utility to report and change SIDs in registry files2 </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" ><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">profiles</code> [-v] [-c SID] [-n SID] {file}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522943"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">profiles</code> is a utility that1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>profiles</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="profiles"><a name="profiles.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>profiles — A utility to report and change SIDs in registry files 2 </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">profiles</code> [-v] [-c SID] [-n SID] {file}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266827"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">profiles</code> is a utility that 3 3 reports and changes SIDs in windows registry files. It currently only 4 4 supports NT. 5 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483337"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">file</span></dt><dd><p>Registry file to view or edit. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-v,--verbose</span></dt><dd><p>Increases verbosity of messages.5 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266854"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">file</span></dt><dd><p>Registry file to view or edit. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-v,--verbose</span></dt><dd><p>Increases verbosity of messages. 6 6 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-c SID1 -n SID2</span></dt><dd><p>Change all occurences of SID1 in <code class="filename">file</code> by SID2. 7 7 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. 8 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483521"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba9 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483532"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities8 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id265711"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba 9 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id265721"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 10 10 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 11 11 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/rpcclient.1.html
r427 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>rpcclient</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="rpcclient.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>rpcclient — tool for executing client side2 MS-RPC functions</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" ><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">rpcclient</code> [-A authfile] [-c <command string>] [-d debuglevel] [-h] [-l logdir] [-N] [-s <smb config file>] [-U username[%password]] [-W workgroup] [-I destinationIP] {server}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483364"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">rpcclient</code> is a utility initially developed1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>rpcclient</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="rpcclient"><a name="rpcclient.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>rpcclient — tool for executing client side 2 MS-RPC functions</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">rpcclient</code> [-A authfile] [-c <command string>] [-d debuglevel] [-h] [-l logdir] [-N] [-s <smb config file>] [-U username[%password]] [-W workgroup] [-I destinationIP] {server}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266881"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">rpcclient</code> is a utility initially developed 3 3 to test MS-RPC functionality in Samba itself. It has undergone 4 4 several stages of development and stability. Many system administrators 5 5 have now written scripts around it to manage Windows NT clients from 6 their UNIX workstation. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483521"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">server</span></dt><dd><p>NetBIOS name of Server to which to connect.6 their UNIX workstation. </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id265705"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">server</span></dt><dd><p>NetBIOS name of Server to which to connect. 7 7 The server can be any SMB/CIFS server. The name is 8 8 resolved using the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMERESOLVEORDER" target="_top">name resolve order</a> line from <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-c|--command='command string'</span></dt><dd><p>execute semicolon separated commands (listed … … 95 95 the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> manual page for the list of valid 96 96 options. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. 97 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481745"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2481751"></a><h3>LSARPC</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">lsaquery</span></dt><dd><p>Query info policy</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lookupsids</span></dt><dd><p>Resolve a list97 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="COMMANDS"><a name="id307263"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><div class="refsect2" title="LSARPC"><a name="id307268"></a><h3>LSARPC</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">lsaquery</span></dt><dd><p>Query info policy</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lookupsids</span></dt><dd><p>Resolve a list 98 98 of SIDs to usernames. 99 99 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">lookupnames</span></dt><dd><p>Resolve a list 100 100 of usernames to SIDs. 101 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumtrusts</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate trusted domains</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumprivs</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate privileges</p></dd><dt><span class="term">getdispname</span></dt><dd><p>Get the privilege name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaenumsid</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate the LSA SIDS</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaenumprivsaccount</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate the privileges of an SID</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaenumacctrights</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate the rights of an SID</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaenumacctwithright</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate accounts with a right</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaaddacctrights</span></dt><dd><p>Add rights to an account</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaremoveacctrights</span></dt><dd><p>Remove rights from an account</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsalookupprivvalue</span></dt><dd><p>Get a privilege value given its name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaquerysecobj</span></dt><dd><p>Query LSA security object</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2481875"></a><h3>LSARPC-DS</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">dsroledominfo</span></dt><dd><p>Get Primary Domain Information</p></dd></dl></div><p> </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>DFS</em></span></p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">dfsexist</span></dt><dd><p>Query DFS support</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dfsadd</span></dt><dd><p>Add a DFS share</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dfsremove</span></dt><dd><p>Remove a DFS share</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dfsgetinfo</span></dt><dd><p>Query DFS share info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dfsenum</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate dfs shares</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2481944"></a><h3>REG</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">shutdown</span></dt><dd><p>Remote Shutdown</p></dd><dt><span class="term">abortshutdown</span></dt><dd><p>Abort Shutdown</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2481970"></a><h3>SRVSVC</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">srvinfo</span></dt><dd><p>Server query info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">netshareenum</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate shares</p></dd><dt><span class="term">netfileenum</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate open files</p></dd><dt><span class="term">netremotetod</span></dt><dd><p>Fetch remote time of day</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2482012"></a><h3>SAMR</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">queryuser</span></dt><dd><p>Query user info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">querygroup</span></dt><dd><p>Query group info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">queryusergroups</span></dt><dd><p>Query user groups</p></dd><dt><span class="term">querygroupmem</span></dt><dd><p>Query group membership</p></dd><dt><span class="term">queryaliasmem</span></dt><dd><p>Query alias membership</p></dd><dt><span class="term">querydispinfo</span></dt><dd><p>Query display info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">querydominfo</span></dt><dd><p>Query domain info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumdomusers</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate domain users</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumdomgroups</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate domain groups</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumalsgroups</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate alias groups</p></dd><dt><span class="term">createdomuser</span></dt><dd><p>Create domain user</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samlookupnames</span></dt><dd><p>Look up names</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samlookuprids</span></dt><dd><p>Look up names</p></dd><dt><span class="term">deletedomuser</span></dt><dd><p>Delete domain user</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samquerysecobj</span></dt><dd><p>Query SAMR security object</p></dd><dt><span class="term">getdompwinfo</span></dt><dd><p>Retrieve domain password info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lookupdomain</span></dt><dd><p>Look up domain</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2532616"></a><h3>SPOOLSS</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">adddriver <arch> <config> [<version>]</span></dt><dd><p>101 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumtrusts</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate trusted domains</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumprivs</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate privileges</p></dd><dt><span class="term">getdispname</span></dt><dd><p>Get the privilege name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaenumsid</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate the LSA SIDS</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaenumprivsaccount</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate the privileges of an SID</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaenumacctrights</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate the rights of an SID</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaenumacctwithright</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate accounts with a right</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaaddacctrights</span></dt><dd><p>Add rights to an account</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaremoveacctrights</span></dt><dd><p>Remove rights from an account</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsalookupprivvalue</span></dt><dd><p>Get a privilege value given its name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaquerysecobj</span></dt><dd><p>Query LSA security object</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" title="LSARPC-DS"><a name="id307382"></a><h3>LSARPC-DS</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">dsroledominfo</span></dt><dd><p>Get Primary Domain Information</p></dd></dl></div><p> </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>DFS</em></span></p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">dfsexist</span></dt><dd><p>Query DFS support</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dfsadd</span></dt><dd><p>Add a DFS share</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dfsremove</span></dt><dd><p>Remove a DFS share</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dfsgetinfo</span></dt><dd><p>Query DFS share info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dfsenum</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate dfs shares</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" title="REG"><a name="id307447"></a><h3>REG</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">shutdown</span></dt><dd><p>Remote Shutdown</p></dd><dt><span class="term">abortshutdown</span></dt><dd><p>Abort Shutdown</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" title="SRVSVC"><a name="id307472"></a><h3>SRVSVC</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">srvinfo</span></dt><dd><p>Server query info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">netshareenum</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate shares</p></dd><dt><span class="term">netfileenum</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate open files</p></dd><dt><span class="term">netremotetod</span></dt><dd><p>Fetch remote time of day</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" title="SAMR"><a name="id307511"></a><h3>SAMR</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">queryuser</span></dt><dd><p>Query user info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">querygroup</span></dt><dd><p>Query group info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">queryusergroups</span></dt><dd><p>Query user groups</p></dd><dt><span class="term">querygroupmem</span></dt><dd><p>Query group membership</p></dd><dt><span class="term">queryaliasmem</span></dt><dd><p>Query alias membership</p></dd><dt><span class="term">querydispinfo</span></dt><dd><p>Query display info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">querydominfo</span></dt><dd><p>Query domain info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumdomusers</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate domain users</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumdomgroups</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate domain groups</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumalsgroups</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate alias groups</p></dd><dt><span class="term">createdomuser</span></dt><dd><p>Create domain user</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samlookupnames</span></dt><dd><p>Look up names</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samlookuprids</span></dt><dd><p>Look up names</p></dd><dt><span class="term">deletedomuser</span></dt><dd><p>Delete domain user</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samquerysecobj</span></dt><dd><p>Query SAMR security object</p></dd><dt><span class="term">getdompwinfo</span></dt><dd><p>Retrieve domain password info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lookupdomain</span></dt><dd><p>Look up domain</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" title="SPOOLSS"><a name="id307648"></a><h3>SPOOLSS</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">adddriver <arch> <config> [<version>]</span></dt><dd><p> 102 102 Execute an AddPrinterDriver() RPC to install the printer driver 103 103 information on the server. Note that the driver files should … … 184 184 <code class="literal">enumdrivers</code> commands for obtaining a list of 185 185 of installed printers and drivers.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">addform</span></dt><dd><p>Add form</p></dd><dt><span class="term">setform</span></dt><dd><p>Set form</p></dd><dt><span class="term">getform</span></dt><dd><p>Get form</p></dd><dt><span class="term">deleteform</span></dt><dd><p>Delete form</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumforms</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate form</p></dd><dt><span class="term">setprinter</span></dt><dd><p>Set printer comment</p></dd><dt><span class="term">setprinterdata</span></dt><dd><p>Set REG_SZ printer data</p></dd><dt><span class="term">setprintername <printername> 186 <newprintername></span></dt><dd><p>Set printer name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">rffpcnex</span></dt><dd><p>Rffpcnex test</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533012"></a><h3>NETLOGON</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">logonctrl2</span></dt><dd><p>Logon Control 2</p></dd><dt><span class="term">logonctrl</span></dt><dd><p>Logon Control</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samsync</span></dt><dd><p>Sam Synchronisation</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samdeltas</span></dt><dd><p>Query Sam Deltas</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samlogon</span></dt><dd><p>Sam Logon</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533069"></a><h3>GENERAL COMMANDS</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p>Set the current186 <newprintername></span></dt><dd><p>Set printer name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">rffpcnex</span></dt><dd><p>Rffpcnex test</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" title="NETLOGON"><a name="id307998"></a><h3>NETLOGON</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">logonctrl2</span></dt><dd><p>Logon Control 2</p></dd><dt><span class="term">logonctrl</span></dt><dd><p>Logon Control</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samsync</span></dt><dd><p>Sam Synchronisation</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samdeltas</span></dt><dd><p>Query Sam Deltas</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samlogon</span></dt><dd><p>Sam Logon</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" title="GENERAL COMMANDS"><a name="id308055"></a><h3>GENERAL COMMANDS</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p>Set the current 187 187 debug level used to log information.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">help (?)</span></dt><dd><p>Print a listing of all 188 188 known commands or extended help on a particular command. 189 189 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">quit (exit)</span></dt><dd><p>Exit <code class="literal">rpcclient 190 </code>.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2533110"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p><code class="literal">rpcclient</code> is designed as a developer testing tool190 </code>.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="BUGS"><a name="id308094"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p><code class="literal">rpcclient</code> is designed as a developer testing tool 191 191 and may not be robust in certain areas (such as command line parsing). 192 192 It has been known to generate a core dump upon failures when invalid … … 201 201 the developers are sending reports to Microsoft, and problems found 202 202 or reported to Microsoft are fixed in Service Packs, which may 203 result in incompatibilities.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2533168"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba204 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2533179"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities203 result in incompatibilities.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id308143"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba 204 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id308153"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 205 205 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 206 206 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/samba.7.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>samba</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="samba.7"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>samba — A Windows SMB/CIFS fileserver for UNIX</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">samba</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522905"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>The Samba software suite is a collection of programs1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>samba</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="samba"><a name="samba.7"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>samba — A Windows SMB/CIFS fileserver for UNIX</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">samba</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266338"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>The Samba software suite is a collection of programs 2 2 that implements the Server Message Block (commonly abbreviated 3 3 as SMB) protocol for UNIX systems. This protocol is sometimes … … 64 64 mount CIFS/SMB shares on Linux. 65 65 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="smbcquotas.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbcquotas</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> is a tool that 66 can set remote QUOTA's on server with NTFS 5. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481790"></a><h2>COMPONENTS</h2><p>The Samba suite is made up of several components. Each66 can set remote QUOTA's on server with NTFS 5. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="COMPONENTS"><a name="id307331"></a><h2>COMPONENTS</h2><p>The Samba suite is made up of several components. Each 67 67 component is described in a separate manual page. It is strongly 68 68 recommended that you read the documentation that comes with Samba … … 73 73 <a class="ulink" href="http://samba.org/" target="_top">http://www.samba.org/</a> and 74 74 explore the many option available to you. 75 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481823"></a><h2>AVAILABILITY</h2><p>The Samba software suite is licensed under the75 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AVAILABILITY"><a name="id307357"></a><h2>AVAILABILITY</h2><p>The Samba software suite is licensed under the 76 76 GNU Public License(GPL). A copy of that license should 77 77 have come with the package in the file COPYING. You are … … 87 87 or Konqueror) then you will also find lots of useful information, 88 88 including back issues of the Samba mailing list, at 89 <a class="ulink" href="http://lists.samba.org/" target="_top">http://lists.samba.org</a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481867"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the90 Samba suite. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481878"></a><h2>CONTRIBUTIONS</h2><p>If you wish to contribute to the Samba project,89 <a class="ulink" href="http://lists.samba.org/" target="_top">http://lists.samba.org</a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id307393"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the 90 Samba suite. </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="CONTRIBUTIONS"><a name="id307402"></a><h2>CONTRIBUTIONS</h2><p>If you wish to contribute to the Samba project, 91 91 then I suggest you join the Samba mailing list at 92 92 <a class="ulink" href="http://lists.samba.org/" target="_top">http://lists.samba.org</a>. … … 94 94 <a class="ulink" href="http://devel.samba.org/" target="_top">http://devel.samba.org/</a> 95 95 for information on how to do it properly. We prefer patches 96 in <code class="literal">diff -u</code> format.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481912"></a><h2>CONTRIBUTORS</h2><p>Contributors to the project are now too numerous96 in <code class="literal">diff -u</code> format.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="CONTRIBUTORS"><a name="id307432"></a><h2>CONTRIBUTORS</h2><p>Contributors to the project are now too numerous 97 97 to mention here but all deserve the thanks of all Samba 98 98 users. To see a full list, look at the … … 102 102 for the contributors to Samba post-CVS. CVS is the Open Source 103 103 source code control system used by the Samba Team to develop 104 Samba. The project would have been unmanageable without it.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481940"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities104 Samba. The project would have been unmanageable without it.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id307456"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 105 105 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 106 106 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/sharesec.1.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>sharesec</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="sharesec.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>sharesec — Set or get share ACLs</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">sharesec</code> {sharename} [-r, --remove=ACL] [-m, --modify=ACL] [-a, --add=ACL] [-R, --replace=ACLs] [-D, --delete] [-v, --view] [-M, --machine-sid] [-F, --force] [-d, --debuglevel=DEBUGLEVEL] [-s, --configfile=CONFIGFILE] [-l, --log-basename=LOGFILEBASE] [-V, --version] [-?, --help] [--usage]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483516"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">sharesec</code> program manipulates share permissions2 on SMB file shares.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483544"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>The following options are available to the <code class="literal">sharesec</code> program.1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>sharesec</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="sharesec"><a name="sharesec.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>sharesec — Set or get share ACLs</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">sharesec</code> {sharename} [-r, --remove=ACL] [-m, --modify=ACL] [-a, --add=ACL] [-R, --replace=ACLs] [-D, --delete] [-v, --view] [-M, --machine-sid] [-F, --force] [-d, --debuglevel=DEBUGLEVEL] [-s, --configfile=CONFIGFILE] [-l, --log-basename=LOGFILEBASE] [-V, --version] [-?, --help] [--usage]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id265708"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">sharesec</code> program manipulates share permissions 2 on SMB file shares.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id265736"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>The following options are available to the <code class="literal">sharesec</code> program. 3 3 The format of ACLs is described in the section ACL FORMAT </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-a|--add=ACL</span></dt><dd><p>Add the ACEs specified to the ACL list. 4 4 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-D|--delete</span></dt><dd><p>Delete the entire security descriptor. … … 34 34 <code class="constant">".progname"</code> will be appended (e.g. log.smbclient, 35 35 log.smbd, etc...). The log file is never removed by the client. 36 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483760"></a><h2>ACL FORMAT</h2><p>The format of an ACL is one or more ACL entries separated by36 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="ACL FORMAT"><a name="id307092"></a><h2>ACL FORMAT</h2><p>The format of an ACL is one or more ACL entries separated by 37 37 either commas or newlines. An ACL entry is one of the following: </p><pre class="programlisting"> 38 38 REVISION:<revision number> … … 55 55 granted to the SID. It can be given as a decimal or hexadecimal value, 56 56 or by using one of the following text strings which map to the NT 57 file permissions of the same name.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>R</em></span> - Allow read access </p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>W</em></span> - Allow write access</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>X</em></span> - Execute permission on the object</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>D</em></span> - Delete the object</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>P</em></span> - Change permissions</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>O</em></span> - Take ownership</p></li></ul></div><p>The following combined permissions can be specified:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>READ</em></span> - Equivalent to 'RX'58 permissions</p></li><li ><p><span class="emphasis"><em>CHANGE</em></span> - Equivalent to 'RXWD' permissions59 </p></li><li ><p><span class="emphasis"><em>FULL</em></span> - Equivalent to 'RWXDPO'60 permissions</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481664"></a><h2>EXIT STATUS</h2><p>The <code class="literal">sharesec</code> program sets the exit status57 file permissions of the same name.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><em>R</em></span> - Allow read access </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><em>W</em></span> - Allow write access</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><em>X</em></span> - Execute permission on the object</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><em>D</em></span> - Delete the object</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><em>P</em></span> - Change permissions</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><em>O</em></span> - Take ownership</p></li></ul></div><p>The following combined permissions can be specified:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><em>READ</em></span> - Equivalent to 'RX' 58 permissions</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><em>CHANGE</em></span> - Equivalent to 'RXWD' permissions 59 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><em>FULL</em></span> - Equivalent to 'RWXDPO' 60 permissions</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXIT STATUS"><a name="id307204"></a><h2>EXIT STATUS</h2><p>The <code class="literal">sharesec</code> program sets the exit status 61 61 depending on the success or otherwise of the operations performed. 62 62 The exit status may be one of the following values. </p><p>If the operation succeeded, sharesec returns and exit … … 64 64 or there was an error getting or setting the ACLs, an exit status 65 65 of 1 is returned. If there was an error parsing any command line 66 arguments, an exit status of 2 is returned. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481696"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Add full access for SID66 arguments, an exit status of 2 is returned. </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id307231"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Add full access for SID 67 67 <em class="parameter"><code>S-1-5-21-1866488690-1365729215-3963860297-17724</code></em> on 68 68 <em class="parameter"><code>share</code></em>: … … 77 77 ACL:S-1-1-0:ALLOWED/0/0x101f01ff 78 78 ACL:S-1-5-21-1866488690-1365729215-3963860297-17724:ALLOWED/0/FULL 79 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481745"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481756"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities79 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id307272"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id307282"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 80 80 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 81 81 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smb.conf.5.html
r478 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smb.conf</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smb.conf.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smb.conf — The configuration file for the Samba suite</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522900"></a><h2>SYNOPSIS</h2><p>1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smb.conf</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="smb.conf"><a name="smb.conf.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smb.conf — The configuration file for the Samba suite</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SYNOPSIS"><a name="id266327"></a><h2>SYNOPSIS</h2><p> 2 2 The <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file is a configuration file for the Samba suite. <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> contains runtime configuration information for the Samba programs. The 3 3 <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file is designed to be configured and administered by the 4 4 <a class="citerefentry" href="swat.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">swat</span>(8)</span></a> program. The 5 5 complete description of the file format and possible parameters held within are here for reference purposes. 6 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="FILEFORMATSECT"></a><h2>FILE FORMAT</h2><p>6 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="FILE FORMAT"><a name="FILEFORMATSECT"></a><h2>FILE FORMAT</h2><p> 7 7 The file consists of sections and parameters. A section begins with the name of the section in square brackets 8 8 and continues until the next section begins. Sections contain parameters of the form: … … 19 19 retained verbatim. 20 20 </p><p> 21 Any line beginning with a semicolon ( “<span class="quote">;</span>”) or a hash (“<span class="quote">#</span>”)21 Any line beginning with a semicolon (<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">;</span>”</span>) or a hash (<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">#</span>”</span>) 22 22 character is ignored, as are lines containing only whitespace. 23 23 </p><p> 24 Any line ending in a “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">\</code></span>”is continued on the next line in the customary UNIX fashion.24 Any line ending in a <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"><code class="literal">\</code></span>”</span> is continued on the next line in the customary UNIX fashion. 25 25 </p><p> 26 26 The values following the equals sign in parameters are all either a string (no quotes needed) or a boolean, 27 27 which may be given as yes/no, 1/0 or true/false. Case is not significant in boolean values, but is preserved 28 28 in string values. Some items such as create masks are numeric. 29 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483384"></a><h2>SECTION DESCRIPTIONS</h2><p>29 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SECTION DESCRIPTIONS"><a name="id266888"></a><h2>SECTION DESCRIPTIONS</h2><p> 30 30 Each section in the configuration file (except for the [global] section) describes a shared resource (known as 31 a “<span class="quote">share</span>”). The section name is the name of the shared resource and the parameters within the31 a <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">share</span>”</span>). The section name is the name of the shared resource and the parameters within the 32 32 section define the shares attributes. 33 33 </p><p> … … 70 70 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK" target="_top">guest ok = yes</a> 71 71 </pre><p> 72 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481464"></a><h2>SPECIAL SECTIONS</h2><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2481470"></a><h3>The [global] section</h3><p>72 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SPECIAL SECTIONS"><a name="id265957"></a><h2>SPECIAL SECTIONS</h2><div class="refsect2" title="The [global] section"><a name="id265962"></a><h3>The [global] section</h3><p> 73 73 Parameters in this section apply to the server as a whole, or are defaults for sections that do not 74 74 specifically define certain items. See the notes under PARAMETERS for more information. 75 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="HOMESECT"></a><h3>The [homes] section</h3><p>75 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="The [homes] section"><a name="HOMESECT"></a><h3>The [homes] section</h3><p> 76 76 If a section called [homes] is included in the configuration file, services connecting clients 77 77 to their home directories can be created on the fly by the server. … … 83 83 </p><p> 84 84 Some modifications are then made to the newly created share: 85 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>85 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> 86 86 The share name is changed from homes to the located username. 87 </p></li><li ><p>87 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 88 88 If no path was given, the path is set to the user's home directory. 89 89 </p></li></ul></div><p> … … 98 98 of fuss. 99 99 </p><p> 100 A similar process occurs if the requested section name is “<span class="quote">homes</span>”, except that the share100 A similar process occurs if the requested section name is <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">homes</span>”</span>, except that the share 101 101 name is not changed to that of the requesting user. This method of using the [homes] section works well if 102 102 different users share a client PC. … … 116 116 flag, not the [homes] browseable flag. This is useful as it means setting <span class="emphasis"><em>browseable = no</em></span> in 117 117 the [homes] section will hide the [homes] share but make any auto home directories visible. 118 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="PRINTERSSECT"></a><h3>The [printers] section</h3><p>118 </p></div><div class="refsect2" title="The [printers] section"><a name="PRINTERSSECT"></a><h3>The [printers] section</h3><p> 119 119 This section works like [homes], but for printers. 120 120 </p><p> … … 129 129 </p><p> 130 130 A few modifications are then made to the newly created share: 131 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The share name is set to the located printer name</p></li><li><p>If no printer name was given, the printer name is set to the located printer name</p></li><li><p>If the share does not permit guest access and no username was given, the username is set131 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>The share name is set to the located printer name</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>If no printer name was given, the printer name is set to the located printer name</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>If the share does not permit guest access and no username was given, the username is set 132 132 to the located printer name.</p></li></ul></div><p> 133 133 The [printers] service MUST be printable - if you specify otherwise, the server will refuse … … 157 157 An alias, by the way, is defined as any component of the first entry of a printcap record. Records are separated by newlines, 158 158 components (if there are more than one) are separated by vertical bar symbols (<code class="literal">|</code>). 159 </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>159 </p><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> 160 160 On SYSV systems which use lpstat to determine what printers are defined on the system you may be able to use 161 161 <code class="literal">printcap name = lpstat</code> to automatically obtain a list of printers. See the 162 162 <code class="literal">printcap name</code> option for more details. 163 </p></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481784"></a><h2>USERSHARES</h2><p>Starting with Samba version 3.0.23 the capability for non-root users to add, modify, and delete163 </p></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="USERSHARES"><a name="id307273"></a><h2>USERSHARES</h2><p>Starting with Samba version 3.0.23 the capability for non-root users to add, modify, and delete 164 164 their own share definitions has been added. This capability is called <span class="emphasis"><em>usershares</em></span> and 165 165 is controlled by a set of parameters in the [global] section of the smb.conf. … … 185 185 to the global 186 186 section of your <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>. Members of the group foo may then manipulate the user defined shares 187 using the following commands.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">net usershare add sharename path [comment] [acl] [guest_ok=[y|n]]</span></dt><dd><p>To create or modify (overwrite) a user defined share.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare delete sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To delete a user defined share.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare list wildcard-sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To list user defined shares.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare info wildcard-sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To print information about user defined shares.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2482011"></a><h2>PARAMETERS</h2><p>Parameters define the specific attributes of sections.</p><p>187 using the following commands.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">net usershare add sharename path [comment] [acl] [guest_ok=[y|n]]</span></dt><dd><p>To create or modify (overwrite) a user defined share.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare delete sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To delete a user defined share.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare list wildcard-sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To list user defined shares.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare info wildcard-sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To print information about user defined shares.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="PARAMETERS"><a name="id307466"></a><h2>PARAMETERS</h2><p>Parameters define the specific attributes of sections.</p><p> 188 188 Some parameters are specific to the [global] section (e.g., <span class="emphasis"><em>security</em></span>). Some parameters 189 189 are usable in all sections (e.g., <span class="emphasis"><em>create mask</em></span>). All others are permissible only in normal … … 197 197 find them! Where there are synonyms, the preferred synonym is described, others refer to the preferred 198 198 synonym. 199 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532525"></a><h2>VARIABLE SUBSTITUTIONS</h2><p>199 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VARIABLE SUBSTITUTIONS"><a name="id307505"></a><h2>VARIABLE SUBSTITUTIONS</h2><p> 200 200 Many of the strings that are settable in the config file can take substitutions. For example the option 201 “<span class="quote">path = /tmp/%u</span>” is interpreted as “<span class="quote">path = /tmp/john</span>”if the user connected with the201 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">path = /tmp/%u</span>”</span> is interpreted as <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">path = /tmp/john</span>”</span> if the user connected with the 202 202 username john. 203 203 </p><p> … … 211 211 functionality to function as it did with Samba 2.x. 212 212 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">%L</span></dt><dd><p>the NetBIOS name of the server. This allows you to change your config based on what 213 the client calls you. Your server can have a “<span class="quote">dual personality</span>”.213 the client calls you. Your server can have a <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">dual personality</span>”</span>. 214 214 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">%M</span></dt><dd><p>the Internet name of the client machine. 215 215 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">%R</span></dt><dd><p>the selected protocol level after protocol negotiation. It can be one of CORE, COREPLUS, … … 239 239 There are some quite creative things that can be done with these substitutions and other 240 240 <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> options. 241 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="NAMEMANGLINGSECT"></a><h2>NAME MANGLING</h2><p>241 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="NAME MANGLING"><a name="NAMEMANGLINGSECT"></a><h2>NAME MANGLING</h2><p> 242 242 Samba supports <code class="literal">name mangling</code> so that DOS and Windows clients can use files that don't 243 243 conform to the 8.3 format. It can also be set to adjust the case of 8.3 format filenames. … … 277 277 then the "default case" option will be applied and will modify all filenames sent from the client 278 278 when accessing this share. 279 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="VALIDATIONSECT"></a><h2>NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</h2><p>279 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION"><a name="VALIDATIONSECT"></a><h2>NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</h2><p> 280 280 There are a number of ways in which a user can connect to a service. The server uses the following steps 281 281 in determining if it will allow a connection to a specified service. If all the steps fail, the connection 282 282 request is rejected. However, if one of the steps succeeds, the following steps are not checked. 283 283 </p><p> 284 If the service is marked “<span class="quote">guest only = yes</span>”and the server is running with share-level285 security ( “<span class="quote">security = share</span>”, steps 1 to 5 are skipped.286 </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>284 If the service is marked <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">guest only = yes</span>”</span> and the server is running with share-level 285 security (<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">security = share</span>”</span>, steps 1 to 5 are skipped. 286 </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p> 287 287 If the client has passed a username/password pair and that username/password pair is validated by the UNIX 288 288 system's password programs, the connection is made as that username. This includes the 289 289 <code class="literal">\\server\service</code>%<em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em> method of passing a username. 290 </p></li><li ><p>290 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 291 291 If the client has previously registered a username with the system and now supplies a correct password for that 292 292 username, the connection is allowed. 293 </p></li><li ><p>293 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 294 294 The client's NetBIOS name and any previously used usernames are checked against the supplied password. If 295 295 they match, the connection is allowed as the corresponding user. 296 </p></li><li ><p>296 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 297 297 If the client has previously validated a username/password pair with the server and the client has passed 298 298 the validation token, that username is used. 299 </p></li><li ><p>299 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 300 300 If a <code class="literal">user = </code> field is given in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file for the 301 301 service and the client has supplied a password, and that password matches (according to the UNIX system's … … 303 303 the username in the <code class="literal">user =</code> line. If one of the usernames in the <code class="literal">user =</code> list 304 304 begins with a <code class="literal">@</code>, that name expands to a list of names in the group of the same name. 305 </p></li><li ><p>305 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 306 306 If the service is a guest service, a connection is made as the username given in the <code class="literal">guest account 307 307 =</code> for the service, irrespective of the supplied password. 308 </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2533226"></a><h2>REGISTRY-BASED CONFIGURATION</h2><p>308 </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="REGISTRY-BASED CONFIGURATION"><a name="id308130"></a><h2>REGISTRY-BASED CONFIGURATION</h2><p> 309 309 Starting with Samba version 3.2.0, the capability to 310 310 store Samba configuration in the registry is available. … … 312 312 <span class="emphasis"><em><code class="literal">HKLM\Software\Samba\smbconf</code></em></span>. 313 313 There are two levels of registry configuration: 314 </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Share definitions stored in registry are used.314 </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Share definitions stored in registry are used. 315 315 This is triggered by setting the global 316 316 parameter <em class="parameter"><code>registry shares</code></em> 317 to “<span class="quote">yes</span>”in <span class="emphasis"><em>smb.conf</em></span>.317 to <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">yes</span>”</span> in <span class="emphasis"><em>smb.conf</em></span>. 318 318 </p><p>The registry shares are loaded not at startup but 319 319 on demand at runtime by <span class="emphasis"><em>smbd</em></span>. 320 320 Shares defined in <span class="emphasis"><em>smb.conf</em></span> take 321 321 priority over shares of the same name defined in 322 registry.</p></li><li ><p>Global <span class="emphasis"><em>smb.conf</em></span>322 registry.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Global <span class="emphasis"><em>smb.conf</em></span> 323 323 options stored in registry are used. This can be activated 324 324 in two different ways:</p><p>Firstly, a registry only configuration is triggered … … 361 361 accessing the database file, circumventing the 362 362 server. 363 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2533401"></a><h2>EXPLANATION OF EACH PARAMETER</h2><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2533412"></a>363 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXPLANATION OF EACH PARAMETER"><a name="id308284"></a><h2>EXPLANATION OF EACH PARAMETER</h2><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="section" title="abort shutdown script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308293"></a> 364 364 365 365 abort shutdown script (G) 366 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2533413"></a><a name="ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This a full path name to a script called by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> that366 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308294"></a><a name="ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This a full path name to a script called by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> that 367 367 should stop a shutdown procedure issued by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SHUTDOWNSCRIPT" target="_top">shutdown script</a>.</p><p>If the connected user posseses the <code class="constant">SeRemoteShutdownPrivilege</code>, 368 368 right, this command will be run as root.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>abort shutdown script</code></em> = <code class="literal">""</code> … … 370 370 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>abort shutdown script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/sbin/shutdown -c</code> 371 371 </em></span> 372 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2533492"></a>372 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="access based share enum (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308368"></a> 373 373 374 374 access based share enum (S) 375 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2533493"></a><a name="ACCESSBASEDSHAREENUM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for a375 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308369"></a><a name="ACCESSBASEDSHAREENUM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for a 376 376 service, then the share hosted by the service will only be visible 377 377 to users who have read or write access to the share during share … … 382 382 computing enumeration access rights.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>access based share enum</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 383 383 </em></span> 384 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2533540"></a>384 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="acl check permissions (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308412"></a> 385 385 386 386 acl check permissions (S) 387 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2533541"></a><a name="ACLCHECKPERMISSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls what <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>does on receiving a protocol request of "open for delete"387 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308413"></a><a name="ACLCHECKPERMISSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls what <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>does on receiving a protocol request of "open for delete" 388 388 from a Windows client. If a Windows client doesn't have permissions to delete a file then they 389 389 expect this to be denied at open time. POSIX systems normally only detect restrictions on delete by … … 405 405 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>acl check permissions</code></em> = <code class="literal">True</code> 406 406 </em></span> 407 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2533636"></a>407 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="acl compatibility (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308483"></a> 408 408 409 409 acl compatibility (G) 410 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2533637"></a><a name="ACLCOMPATIBILITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies what OS ACL semantics should410 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308484"></a><a name="ACLCOMPATIBILITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies what OS ACL semantics should 411 411 be compatible with. Possible values are <span class="emphasis"><em>winnt</em></span> for Windows NT 4, 412 412 <span class="emphasis"><em>win2k</em></span> for Windows 2000 and above and <span class="emphasis"><em>auto</em></span>. … … 417 417 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>acl compatibility</code></em> = <code class="literal">win2k</code> 418 418 </em></span> 419 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2533707"></a>419 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="acl group control (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308550"></a> 420 420 421 421 acl group control (S) 422 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2533708"></a><a name="ACLGROUPCONTROL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>422 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308552"></a><a name="ACLGROUPCONTROL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 423 423 In a POSIX filesystem, only the owner of a file or directory and the superuser can modify the permissions 424 424 and ACLs on a file. If this parameter is set, then Samba overrides this restriction, and also allows the … … 447 447 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>acl group control</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 448 448 </em></span> 449 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2533803"></a>449 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="acl map full control (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308632"></a> 450 450 451 451 acl map full control (S) 452 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2533804"></a><a name="ACLMAPFULLCONTROL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>453 This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> maps a POSIX ACE entry of "rwx" (read/write/execute), the maximum452 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308633"></a><a name="ACLMAPFULLCONTROL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 453 This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> maps a POSIX ACE entry of "rwx" (read/write/execute), the maximum 454 454 allowed POSIX permission set, into a Windows ACL of "FULL CONTROL". If this parameter is set to true any POSIX 455 455 ACE entry of "rwx" will be returned in a Windows ACL as "FULL CONTROL", is this parameter is set to false any … … 458 458 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>acl map full control</code></em> = <code class="literal">True</code> 459 459 </em></span> 460 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2533854"></a>460 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="add group script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308680"></a> 461 461 462 462 add group script (G) 463 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2533855"></a><a name="ADDGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>463 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308681"></a><a name="ADDGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 464 464 This is the full pathname to a script that will be run <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when a new group is requested. It 465 465 will expand any <em class="parameter"><code>%g</code></em> to the group name passed. This script is only useful … … 471 471 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add group script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/sbin/groupadd %g</code> 472 472 </em></span> 473 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2533929"></a>473 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="add machine script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308750"></a> 474 474 475 475 add machine script (G) 476 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2533930"></a><a name="ADDMACHINESCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>476 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308751"></a><a name="ADDMACHINESCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 477 477 This is the full pathname to a script that will be run by 478 478 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when a machine is … … 485 485 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add machine script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/sbin/adduser -n -g machines -c Machine -d /var/lib/nobody -s /bin/false %u</code> 486 486 </em></span> 487 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2534008"></a>487 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="add port command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308823"></a> 488 488 489 489 add port command (G) 490 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2534009"></a><a name="ADDPORTCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Samba 3.0.23 introduced support for adding printer ports490 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308824"></a><a name="ADDPORTCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Samba 3.0.23 introduced support for adding printer ports 491 491 remotely using the Windows "Add Standard TCP/IP Port Wizard". 492 492 This option defines an external program to be executed when 493 493 smbd receives a request to add a new Port to the system. 494 The script is passed two parameters:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>port name</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>device URI</code></em></p></li></ul></div><p>The deviceURI is in the for of socket://<hostname>[:<portnumber>]494 The script is passed two parameters:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>port name</code></em></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>device URI</code></em></p></li></ul></div><p>The deviceURI is in the for of socket://<hostname>[:<portnumber>] 495 495 or lpd://<hostname>/<queuename>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add port command</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 496 496 </em></span> 497 497 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add port command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/etc/samba/scripts/addport.sh</code> 498 498 </em></span> 499 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2534091"></a>499 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="addprinter command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308901"></a> 500 500 501 501 addprinter command (G) 502 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2534092"></a><a name="ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing502 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308902"></a><a name="ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing 503 503 support for Windows NT/2000 clients in Samba 2.2, The MS Add 504 504 Printer Wizard (APW) icon is now also available in the … … 514 514 shared by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>.</p><p>The <em class="parameter"><code>addprinter command</code></em> is 515 515 automatically invoked with the following parameter (in 516 order):</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>printer name</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>share name</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>port name</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>driver name</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>location</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>Windows 9x driver location</code></em></p></li></ul></div><p>All parameters are filled in from the PRINTER_INFO_2 structure sent516 order):</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>printer name</code></em></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>share name</code></em></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>port name</code></em></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>driver name</code></em></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>location</code></em></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>Windows 9x driver location</code></em></p></li></ul></div><p>All parameters are filled in from the PRINTER_INFO_2 structure sent 517 517 by the Windows NT/2000 client with one exception. The "Windows 9x 518 518 driver location" parameter is included for backwards compatibility … … 531 531 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>addprinter command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/addprinter</code> 532 532 </em></span> 533 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2534279"></a>533 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="add share command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309076"></a> 534 534 535 535 add share command (G) 536 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2534280"></a><a name="ADDSHARECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>536 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309077"></a><a name="ADDSHARECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 537 537 Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server 538 538 Manager. The <em class="parameter"><code>add share command</code></em> is used to define an external program … … 550 550 When executed, <code class="literal">smbd</code> will automatically invoke the 551 551 <em class="parameter"><code>add share command</code></em> with five parameters. 552 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>configFile</code></em> - the location of the global <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.553 </p></li><li ><p><em class="parameter"><code>shareName</code></em> - the name of the new share.554 </p></li><li ><p><em class="parameter"><code>pathName</code></em> - path to an **existing**552 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>configFile</code></em> - the location of the global <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file. 553 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>shareName</code></em> - the name of the new share. 554 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>pathName</code></em> - path to an **existing** 555 555 directory on disk. 556 </p></li><li ><p><em class="parameter"><code>comment</code></em> - comment string to associate with the new556 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>comment</code></em> - comment string to associate with the new 557 557 share. 558 </p></li><li ><p><em class="parameter"><code>max558 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>max 559 559 connections</code></em> 560 560 Number of maximum simultaneous connections to this … … 566 566 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add share command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/bin/addshare</code> 567 567 </em></span> 568 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2534465"></a>568 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="add user script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309253"></a> 569 569 570 570 add user script (G) 571 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2534466"></a><a name="ADDUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>571 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309254"></a><a name="ADDUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 572 572 This is the full pathname to a script that will be run <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> by 573 573 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> … … 604 604 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add user script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/bin/add_user %u</code> 605 605 </em></span> 606 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2534676"></a>606 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="add user to group script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309441"></a> 607 607 608 608 add user to group script (G) 609 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2534677"></a><a name="ADDUSERTOGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>609 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309442"></a><a name="ADDUSERTOGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 610 610 Full path to the script that will be called when a user is added to a group using the Windows NT domain administration 611 611 tools. It will be run by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> … … 619 619 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add user to group script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/sbin/adduser %u %g</code> 620 620 </em></span> 621 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2534763"></a>621 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="administrative share (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309524"></a> 622 622 623 623 administrative share (S) 624 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2534764"></a><a name="ADMINISTRATIVESHARE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is set to <code class="constant">yes</code> for624 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309526"></a><a name="ADMINISTRATIVESHARE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is set to <code class="constant">yes</code> for 625 625 a share, then the share will be an administrative share. The Administrative 626 626 Shares are the default network shares created by all Windows NT-based … … 629 629 information about this option.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>administrative share</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 630 630 </em></span> 631 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2534821"></a>631 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="admin users (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309577"></a> 632 632 633 633 admin users (S) 634 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2534822"></a><a name="ADMINUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users who will be granted634 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309578"></a><a name="ADMINUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users who will be granted 635 635 administrative privileges on the share. This means that they 636 636 will do all file operations as the super-user (root).</p><p>You should use this option very carefully, as any user in … … 641 641 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>admin users</code></em> = <code class="literal">jason</code> 642 642 </em></span> 643 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2534894"></a>643 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="afs share (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309646"></a> 644 644 645 645 afs share (S) 646 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2534895"></a><a name="AFSSHARE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether special AFS features are enabled646 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309647"></a><a name="AFSSHARE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether special AFS features are enabled 647 647 for this share. If enabled, it assumes that the directory exported via 648 648 the <em class="parameter"><code>path</code></em> parameter is a local AFS import. The … … 651 651 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>afs share</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 652 652 </em></span> 653 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2534941"></a>653 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="afs username map (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309690"></a> 654 654 655 655 afs username map (G) 656 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2534942"></a><a name="AFSUSERNAMEMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If you are using the fake kaserver AFS feature, you might656 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309691"></a><a name="AFSUSERNAMEMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If you are using the fake kaserver AFS feature, you might 657 657 want to hand-craft the usernames you are creating tokens for. 658 658 For example this is necessary if you have users from several domain … … 664 664 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>afs username map</code></em> = <code class="literal">%u@afs.samba.org</code> 665 665 </em></span> 666 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2535003"></a>666 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="aio read size (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309749"></a> 667 667 668 668 aio read size (S) 669 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2535004"></a><a name="AIOREADSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba has been built with asynchronous I/O support and this669 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309750"></a><a name="AIOREADSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba has been built with asynchronous I/O support and this 670 670 integer parameter is set to non-zero value, 671 671 Samba will read from file asynchronously when size of request is bigger … … 678 678 request size</code> 679 679 </em></span> 680 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2535090"></a>680 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="aio write behind (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309827"></a> 681 681 682 682 aio write behind (S) 683 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2535092"></a><a name="AIOWRITEBEHIND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba has been built with asynchronous I/O support,683 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309828"></a><a name="AIOWRITEBEHIND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba has been built with asynchronous I/O support, 684 684 Samba will not wait until write requests are finished before returning 685 685 the result to the client for files listed in this parameter. … … 696 696 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>aio write behind</code></em> = <code class="literal">/*.tmp/</code> 697 697 </em></span> 698 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2535169"></a>698 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="aio write size (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309898"></a> 699 699 700 700 aio write size (S) 701 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2535170"></a><a name="AIOWRITESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba has been built with asynchronous I/O support and this701 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309899"></a><a name="AIOWRITESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba has been built with asynchronous I/O support and this 702 702 integer parameter is set to non-zero value, 703 703 Samba will write to file asynchronously when size of request is bigger … … 710 710 request size</code> 711 711 </em></span> 712 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2535255"></a>712 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="algorithmic rid base (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309976"></a> 713 713 714 714 algorithmic rid base (G) 715 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2535256"></a><a name="ALGORITHMICRIDBASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This determines how Samba will use its715 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309977"></a><a name="ALGORITHMICRIDBASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This determines how Samba will use its 716 716 algorithmic mapping from uids/gid to the RIDs needed to construct 717 717 NT Security Identifiers. … … 728 728 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>algorithmic rid base</code></em> = <code class="literal">100000</code> 729 729 </em></span> 730 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2535325"></a>730 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="allocation roundup size (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310041"></a> 731 731 732 732 allocation roundup size (S) 733 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2535326"></a><a name="ALLOCATIONROUNDUPSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows an administrator to tune the733 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310042"></a><a name="ALLOCATIONROUNDUPSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows an administrator to tune the 734 734 allocation size reported to Windows clients. The default 735 735 size of 1Mb generally results in improved Windows client … … 743 743 # (to disable roundups)</code> 744 744 </em></span> 745 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2535389"></a>745 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="allow trusted domains (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310101"></a> 746 746 747 747 allow trusted domains (G) 748 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2535390"></a><a name="ALLOWTRUSTEDDOMAINS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>748 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310102"></a><a name="ALLOWTRUSTEDDOMAINS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 749 749 This option only takes effect when the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">security</a> option is set to 750 750 <code class="constant">server</code>, <code class="constant">domain</code> or <code class="constant">ads</code>. … … 761 761 can make implementing a security boundary difficult.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>allow trusted domains</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 762 762 </em></span> 763 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2535462"></a>763 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="announce as (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310166"></a> 764 764 765 765 announce as (G) 766 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2535463"></a><a name="ANNOUNCEAS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies what type of server <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will announce itself as, to a network neighborhood browse766 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310167"></a><a name="ANNOUNCEAS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies what type of server <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will announce itself as, to a network neighborhood browse 767 767 list. By default this is set to Windows NT. The valid options 768 768 are : "NT Server" (which can also be written as "NT"), … … 776 776 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>announce as</code></em> = <code class="literal">Win95</code> 777 777 </em></span> 778 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2535531"></a>778 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="announce version (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310230"></a> 779 779 780 780 announce version (G) 781 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2535532"></a><a name="ANNOUNCEVERSION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies the major and minor version numbers781 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310231"></a><a name="ANNOUNCEVERSION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies the major and minor version numbers 782 782 that nmbd will use when announcing itself as a server. The default 783 783 is 4.9. Do not change this parameter unless you have a specific … … 786 786 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>announce version</code></em> = <code class="literal">2.0</code> 787 787 </em></span> 788 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2535588"></a>788 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="auth methods (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310285"></a> 789 789 790 790 auth methods (G) 791 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2535589"></a><a name="AUTHMETHODS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>791 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310286"></a><a name="AUTHMETHODS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 792 792 This option allows the administrator to chose what authentication methods <code class="literal">smbd</code> 793 793 will use when authenticating a user. This option defaults to sensible values based on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">security</a>. … … 810 810 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>auth methods</code></em> = <code class="literal">guest sam winbind</code> 811 811 </em></span> 812 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2535694"></a>812 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="available (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310379"></a> 813 813 814 814 available (S) 815 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2535695"></a><a name="AVAILABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter lets you "turn off" a service. If815 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310380"></a><a name="AVAILABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter lets you "turn off" a service. If 816 816 <em class="parameter"><code>available = no</code></em>, then <span class="emphasis"><em>ALL</em></span> 817 817 attempts to connect to the service will fail. Such failures are 818 818 logged.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>available</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 819 819 </em></span> 820 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2535741"></a>820 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="bind interfaces only (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310425"></a> 821 821 822 822 bind interfaces only (G) 823 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2535742"></a><a name="BINDINTERFACESONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This global parameter allows the Samba admin823 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310426"></a><a name="BINDINTERFACESONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This global parameter allows the Samba admin 824 824 to limit what interfaces on a machine will serve SMB requests. It 825 825 affects file service <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and name service <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> in a slightly different ways.</p><p> … … 862 862 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>bind interfaces only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 863 863 </em></span> 864 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2536069"></a>864 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="blocking locks (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310722"></a> 865 865 866 866 blocking locks (S) 867 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2536070"></a><a name="BLOCKINGLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the behavior867 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310724"></a><a name="BLOCKINGLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the behavior 868 868 of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when given a request by a client 869 869 to obtain a byte range lock on a region of an open file, and the … … 876 876 cannot be obtained.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>blocking locks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 877 877 </em></span> 878 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2536133"></a>878 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="block size (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310781"></a> 879 879 880 880 block size (S) 881 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2536134"></a><a name="BLOCKSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the behavior of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when reporting disk free881 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310782"></a><a name="BLOCKSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the behavior of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when reporting disk free 882 882 sizes. By default, this reports a disk block size of 1024 bytes. 883 883 </p><p>Changing this parameter may have some effect on the … … 893 893 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>block size</code></em> = <code class="literal">4096</code> 894 894 </em></span> 895 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2536211"></a>895 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="browsable"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310853"></a> 896 896 897 897 <a name="BROWSABLE"></a>browsable 898 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2536212"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#BROWSEABLE">browseable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2536238"></a>898 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310854"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#BROWSEABLE">browseable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="browseable (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310879"></a> 899 899 900 900 browseable (S) 901 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2536239"></a><a name="BROWSEABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether this share is seen in901 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310880"></a><a name="BROWSEABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether this share is seen in 902 902 the list of available shares in a net view and in the browse list.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>browseable</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 903 903 </em></span> 904 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2536276"></a>904 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="browse list (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310917"></a> 905 905 906 906 browse list (G) 907 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2536278"></a><a name="BROWSELIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will serve a browse list to907 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310918"></a><a name="BROWSELIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will serve a browse list to 908 908 a client doing a <code class="literal">NetServerEnum</code> call. Normally 909 909 set to <code class="constant">yes</code>. You should never need to change 910 910 this.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>browse list</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 911 911 </em></span> 912 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2536331"></a>912 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="cache directory (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310970"></a> 913 913 914 914 cache directory (G) 915 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2536332"></a><a name="CACHEDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Usually, most of the TDB files are stored in the <em class="parameter"><code>lock directory</code></em>. Since Samba 3.4.0, it is915 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310971"></a><a name="CACHEDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Usually, most of the TDB files are stored in the <em class="parameter"><code>lock directory</code></em>. Since Samba 3.4.0, it is 916 916 possible to differentiate between TDB files with persistent data and 917 917 TDB files with non-persistent data using the … … 924 924 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>cache directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/var/run/samba/locks/cache</code> 925 925 </em></span> 926 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2536408"></a>926 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="casesignames"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311043"></a> 927 927 928 928 <a name="CASESIGNAMES"></a>casesignames 929 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2536409"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#CASESENSITIVE">case sensitive</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2536434"></a>929 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311044"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#CASESENSITIVE">case sensitive</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="case sensitive (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311070"></a> 930 930 931 931 case sensitive (S) 932 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2536436"></a><a name="CASESENSITIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>See the discussion in the section <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING" target="_top">name mangling</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>case sensitive</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>933 </em></span> 934 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2536481"></a>932 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311071"></a><a name="CASESENSITIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>See the discussion in the section <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING" target="_top">name mangling</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>case sensitive</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 933 </em></span> 934 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="change notify (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311114"></a> 935 935 936 936 change notify (S) 937 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2536482"></a><a name="CHANGENOTIFY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should reply937 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311115"></a><a name="CHANGENOTIFY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should reply 938 938 to a client's file change notify requests. 939 939 </p><p>You should never need to change this parameter</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>change notify</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 940 940 </em></span> 941 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2536524"></a>941 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="change share command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311155"></a> 942 942 943 943 change share command (G) 944 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2536525"></a><a name="CHANGESHARECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>944 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311156"></a><a name="CHANGESHARECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 945 945 Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server 946 946 Manager. The <em class="parameter"><code>change share command</code></em> is used to define an external … … 957 957 When executed, <code class="literal">smbd</code> will automatically invoke the 958 958 <em class="parameter"><code>change share command</code></em> with five parameters. 959 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>configFile</code></em> - the location959 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>configFile</code></em> - the location 960 960 of the global <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file. 961 </p></li><li ><p><em class="parameter"><code>shareName</code></em> - the name of the new961 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>shareName</code></em> - the name of the new 962 962 share. 963 </p></li><li ><p><em class="parameter"><code>pathName</code></em> - path to an **existing**963 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>pathName</code></em> - path to an **existing** 964 964 directory on disk. 965 </p></li><li ><p><em class="parameter"><code>comment</code></em> - comment string to associate965 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>comment</code></em> - comment string to associate 966 966 with the new share. 967 </p></li><li ><p><em class="parameter"><code>max967 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>max 968 968 connections</code></em> 969 969 Number of maximum simultaneous connections to this … … 977 977 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>change share command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/bin/changeshare</code> 978 978 </em></span> 979 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2536703"></a>979 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="check password script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311325"></a> 980 980 981 981 check password script (G) 982 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2536704"></a><a name="CHECKPASSWORDSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The name of a program that can be used to check password982 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311326"></a><a name="CHECKPASSWORDSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The name of a program that can be used to check password 983 983 complexity. The password is sent to the program's standard input.</p><p>The program must return 0 on a good password, or any other value 984 984 if the password is bad. … … 989 989 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>check password script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/sbin/crackcheck</code> 990 990 </em></span> 991 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2536776"></a>991 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="client lanman auth (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311393"></a> 992 992 993 993 client lanman auth (G) 994 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2536777"></a><a name="CLIENTLANMANAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(8)</span></a> and other samba client994 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311394"></a><a name="CLIENTLANMANAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(8)</span></a> and other samba client 995 995 tools will attempt to authenticate itself to servers using the 996 996 weaker LANMAN password hash. If disabled, only server which support NT … … 1003 1003 attempted.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client lanman auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1004 1004 </em></span> 1005 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2536852"></a>1005 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="client ldap sasl wrapping (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311462"></a> 1006 1006 1007 1007 client ldap sasl wrapping (G) 1008 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2536853"></a><a name="CLIENTLDAPSASLWRAPPING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1008 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311464"></a><a name="CLIENTLDAPSASLWRAPPING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1009 1009 The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CLIENTLDAPSASLWRAPPING" target="_top">client ldap sasl wrapping</a> defines whether 1010 1010 ldap traffic will be signed or signed and encrypted (sealed). … … 1034 1034 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client ldap sasl wrapping</code></em> = <code class="literal">plain</code> 1035 1035 </em></span> 1036 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2536968"></a>1036 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="client ntlmv2 auth (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311568"></a> 1037 1037 1038 1038 client ntlmv2 auth (G) 1039 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2536969"></a><a name="CLIENTNTLMV2AUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to1039 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311569"></a><a name="CLIENTNTLMV2AUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to 1040 1040 authenticate itself to servers using the NTLMv2 encrypted password 1041 1041 response.</p><p>If enabled, only an NTLMv2 and LMv2 response (both much more … … 1049 1049 responses, and not the weaker LM or NTLM.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client ntlmv2 auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1050 1050 </em></span> 1051 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537055"></a>1051 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="client plaintext auth (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311648"></a> 1052 1052 1053 1053 client plaintext auth (G) 1054 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2537056"></a><a name="CLIENTPLAINTEXTAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether a client should send a plaintext1054 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311649"></a><a name="CLIENTPLAINTEXTAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether a client should send a plaintext 1055 1055 password if the server does not support encrypted passwords.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client plaintext auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1056 1056 </em></span> 1057 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537094"></a>1057 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="client schannel (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311686"></a> 1058 1058 1059 1059 client schannel (G) 1060 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2537095"></a><a name="CLIENTSCHANNEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1060 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311687"></a><a name="CLIENTSCHANNEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1061 1061 This controls whether the client offers or even demands the use of the netlogon schannel. 1062 1062 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CLIENTSCHANNEL" target="_top">client schannel = no</a> does not offer the schannel, … … 1068 1068 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client schannel</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1069 1069 </em></span> 1070 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537178"></a>1070 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="client signing (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311761"></a> 1071 1071 1072 1072 client signing (G) 1073 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2537179"></a><a name="CLIENTSIGNING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the client is allowed or required to use SMB signing. Possible values1073 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311762"></a><a name="CLIENTSIGNING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the client is allowed or required to use SMB signing. Possible values 1074 1074 are <span class="emphasis"><em>auto</em></span>, <span class="emphasis"><em>mandatory</em></span> 1075 1075 and <span class="emphasis"><em>disabled</em></span>. … … 1079 1079 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client signing</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code> 1080 1080 </em></span> 1081 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537233"></a>1081 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="client use spnego (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311813"></a> 1082 1082 1083 1083 client use spnego (G) 1084 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2537234"></a><a name="CLIENTUSESPNEGO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This variable controls whether Samba clients will try1084 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311814"></a><a name="CLIENTUSESPNEGO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This variable controls whether Samba clients will try 1085 1085 to use Simple and Protected NEGOciation (as specified by rfc2478) with 1086 1086 supporting servers (including WindowsXP, Windows2000 and Samba … … 1088 1088 mechanism. This enables Kerberos authentication in particular.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client use spnego</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1089 1089 </em></span> 1090 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537275"></a>1090 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="cluster addresses (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311852"></a> 1091 1091 1092 1092 cluster addresses (G) 1093 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2537276"></a><a name="CLUSTERADDRESSES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With this parameter you can add additional addresses1093 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311853"></a><a name="CLUSTERADDRESSES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With this parameter you can add additional addresses 1094 1094 nmbd will register with a WINS server. These addresses are not 1095 1095 necessarily present on all nodes simultaneously, but they will … … 1100 1100 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>cluster addresses</code></em> = <code class="literal">10.0.0.1 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.3</code> 1101 1101 </em></span> 1102 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537331"></a>1102 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="clustering (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311906"></a> 1103 1103 1104 1104 clustering (G) 1105 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2537332"></a><a name="CLUSTERING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should contact1105 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311907"></a><a name="CLUSTERING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should contact 1106 1106 ctdb for accessing its tdb files and use ctdb as a backend 1107 1107 for its messaging backend. … … 1110 1110 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>clustering</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1111 1111 </em></span> 1112 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537380"></a>1112 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="comment (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311953"></a> 1113 1113 1114 1114 comment (S) 1115 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2537381"></a><a name="COMMENT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a text field that is seen next to a share1115 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311954"></a><a name="COMMENT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a text field that is seen next to a share 1116 1116 when a client does a queries the server, either via the network 1117 1117 neighborhood or via <code class="literal">net view</code> to list what shares … … 1122 1122 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>comment</code></em> = <code class="literal">Fred's Files</code> 1123 1123 </em></span> 1124 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537454"></a>1124 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="config backend (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312024"></a> 1125 1125 1126 1126 config backend (G) 1127 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2537455"></a><a name="CONFIGBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1127 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312025"></a><a name="CONFIGBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1128 1128 This controls the backend for storing the configuration. 1129 1129 Possible values are <span class="emphasis"><em>file</em></span> (the default) … … 1143 1143 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>config backend</code></em> = <code class="literal">registry</code> 1144 1144 </em></span> 1145 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537543"></a>1145 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="config file (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312108"></a> 1146 1146 1147 1147 config file (G) 1148 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2537544"></a><a name="CONFIGFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the config file1148 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312109"></a><a name="CONFIGFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the config file 1149 1149 to use, instead of the default (usually <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>). 1150 1150 There is a chicken and egg problem here as this option is set … … 1156 1156 clients).</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>config file</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.%m</code> 1157 1157 </em></span> 1158 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537608"></a>1158 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="copy (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312168"></a> 1159 1159 1160 1160 copy (S) 1161 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2537610"></a><a name="COPY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows you to "clone" service1161 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312169"></a><a name="COPY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows you to "clone" service 1162 1162 entries. The specified service is simply duplicated under the 1163 1163 current service's name. Any parameters specified in the current … … 1169 1169 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>copy</code></em> = <code class="literal">otherservice</code> 1170 1170 </em></span> 1171 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537671"></a>1171 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="create krb5 conf (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312227"></a> 1172 1172 1173 1173 create krb5 conf (G) 1174 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2537672"></a><a name="CREATEKRB5CONF"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1174 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312228"></a><a name="CREATEKRB5CONF"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1175 1175 Setting this paramter to <code class="literal">no</code> prevents 1176 1176 winbind from creating custom krb5.conf files. Winbind normally does … … 1185 1185 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>create krb5 conf</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1186 1186 </em></span> 1187 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537724"></a>1187 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="create mode"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312276"></a> 1188 1188 1189 1189 <a name="CREATEMODE"></a>create mode 1190 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2537725"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#CREATEMASK">create mask</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537751"></a>1190 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312278"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#CREATEMASK">create mask</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="create mask (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312303"></a> 1191 1191 1192 1192 create mask (S) 1193 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2537752"></a><a name="CREATEMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1193 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312304"></a><a name="CREATEMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1194 1194 When a file is created, the necessary permissions are calculated according to the mapping from DOS modes to 1195 1195 UNIX permissions, and the resulting UNIX mode is then bit-wise 'AND'ed with this parameter. This parameter may … … 1212 1212 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>create mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0775</code> 1213 1213 </em></span> 1214 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2481437"></a>1214 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="csc policy (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312411"></a> 1215 1215 1216 1216 csc policy (S) 1217 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2481438"></a><a name="CSCPOLICY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1217 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312412"></a><a name="CSCPOLICY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1218 1218 This stands for <span class="emphasis"><em>client-side caching policy</em></span>, and specifies how clients capable of offline 1219 1219 caching will cache the files in the share. The valid values are: manual, documents, programs, disable. … … 1227 1227 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>csc policy</code></em> = <code class="literal">programs</code> 1228 1228 </em></span> 1229 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538100"></a>1229 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ctdbd socket (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312483"></a> 1230 1230 1231 1231 ctdbd socket (G) 1232 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2538102"></a><a name="CTDBDSOCKET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If you set <code class="literal">clustering=yes</code>,1232 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312484"></a><a name="CTDBDSOCKET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If you set <code class="literal">clustering=yes</code>, 1233 1233 you need to tell Samba where ctdbd listens on its unix domain 1234 1234 socket. The default path as of ctdb 1.0 is /tmp/ctdb.socket which … … 1238 1238 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ctdbd socket</code></em> = <code class="literal">/tmp/ctdb.socket</code> 1239 1239 </em></span> 1240 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538160"></a>1240 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ctdb timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312542"></a> 1241 1241 1242 1242 ctdb timeout (G) 1243 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2538161"></a><a name="CTDBTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a timeout in seconds for the1243 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312543"></a><a name="CTDBTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a timeout in seconds for the 1244 1244 connection between Samba and ctdb. It is only valid if you 1245 1245 have compiled Samba with clustering and if you have … … 1267 1267 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ctdb timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 1268 1268 </em></span> 1269 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538238"></a>1269 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="cups connection timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312614"></a> 1270 1270 1271 1271 cups connection timeout (G) 1272 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2538240"></a><a name="CUPSCONNECTIONTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1272 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312616"></a><a name="CUPSCONNECTIONTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1273 1273 This parameter is only applicable if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING" target="_top">printing</a> is set to <code class="constant">cups</code>. 1274 1274 </p><p> … … 1280 1280 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>cups connection timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">60</code> 1281 1281 </em></span> 1282 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538310"></a>1282 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="cups encrypt (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312682"></a> 1283 1283 1284 1284 cups encrypt (G) 1285 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2538311"></a><a name="CUPSENCRYPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1285 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312684"></a><a name="CUPSENCRYPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1286 1286 This parameter is only applicable if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING" target="_top">printing</a> 1287 1287 is set to <code class="constant">cups</code> and if you use CUPS newer than … … 1296 1296 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>cups encrypt</code></em> = <code class="literal">"no"</code> 1297 1297 </em></span> 1298 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538377"></a>1298 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="cups options (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312745"></a> 1299 1299 1300 1300 cups options (S) 1301 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2538378"></a><a name="CUPSOPTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1301 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312746"></a><a name="CUPSOPTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1302 1302 This parameter is only applicable if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING" target="_top">printing</a> is 1303 1303 set to <code class="constant">cups</code>. Its value is a free form string of options … … 1321 1321 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>cups options</code></em> = <code class="literal">"raw media=a4"</code> 1322 1322 </em></span> 1323 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538475"></a>1323 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="cups server (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312835"></a> 1324 1324 1325 1325 cups server (G) 1326 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2538476"></a><a name="CUPSSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1326 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312836"></a><a name="CUPSSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1327 1327 This parameter is only applicable if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING" target="_top">printing</a> is set to <code class="constant">cups</code>. 1328 1328 </p><p> … … 1338 1338 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>cups server</code></em> = <code class="literal">mycupsserver:1631</code> 1339 1339 </em></span> 1340 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538573"></a>1340 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="deadtime (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312927"></a> 1341 1341 1342 1342 deadtime (G) 1343 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2538574"></a><a name="DEADTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a decimal integer)1343 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312928"></a><a name="DEADTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a decimal integer) 1344 1344 represents the number of minutes of inactivity before a connection 1345 1345 is considered dead, and it is disconnected. The deadtime only takes … … 1353 1353 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>deadtime</code></em> = <code class="literal">15</code> 1354 1354 </em></span> 1355 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538650"></a>1355 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debug class (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312998"></a> 1356 1356 1357 1357 debug class (G) 1358 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2538651"></a><a name="DEBUGCLASS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1358 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312999"></a><a name="DEBUGCLASS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1359 1359 With this boolean parameter enabled, the debug class (DBGC_CLASS) 1360 1360 will be displayed in the debug header. … … 1364 1364 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug class</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1365 1365 </em></span> 1366 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538702"></a>1366 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debug hires timestamp (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313048"></a> 1367 1367 1368 1368 debug hires timestamp (G) 1369 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2538703"></a><a name="DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1369 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313049"></a><a name="DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1370 1370 Sometimes the timestamps in the log messages are needed with a resolution of higher that seconds, this 1371 1371 boolean parameter adds microsecond resolution to the timestamp message header when turned on. … … 1374 1374 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug hires timestamp</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1375 1375 </em></span> 1376 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538756"></a>1376 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debug pid (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313097"></a> 1377 1377 1378 1378 debug pid (G) 1379 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2538757"></a><a name="DEBUGPID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1379 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313098"></a><a name="DEBUGPID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1380 1380 When using only one log file for more then one forked <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>-process there may be hard to follow which process outputs which 1381 1381 message. This boolean parameter is adds the process-id to the timestamp message headers in the … … 1385 1385 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug pid</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1386 1386 </em></span> 1387 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538818"></a>1387 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debug prefix timestamp (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313154"></a> 1388 1388 1389 1389 debug prefix timestamp (G) 1390 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2538819"></a><a name="DEBUGPREFIXTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1390 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313155"></a><a name="DEBUGPREFIXTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1391 1391 With this option enabled, the timestamp message header is prefixed to the debug message without the 1392 1392 filename and function information that is included with the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP" target="_top">debug timestamp</a> … … 1396 1396 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug prefix timestamp</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1397 1397 </em></span> 1398 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538882"></a>1398 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="timestamp logs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313211"></a> 1399 1399 1400 1400 <a name="TIMESTAMPLOGS"></a>timestamp logs 1401 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2538883"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP">debug timestamp</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538909"></a>1401 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313212"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP">debug timestamp</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debug timestamp (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313237"></a> 1402 1402 1403 1403 debug timestamp (G) 1404 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2538910"></a><a name="DEBUGTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1404 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313238"></a><a name="DEBUGTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1405 1405 Samba debug log messages are timestamped by default. If you are running at a high 1406 1406 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGLEVEL" target="_top">debug level</a> these timestamps can be distracting. This … … 1408 1408 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug timestamp</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1409 1409 </em></span> 1410 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538957"></a>1410 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debug uid (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313283"></a> 1411 1411 1412 1412 debug uid (G) 1413 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2538958"></a><a name="DEBUGUID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1413 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313284"></a><a name="DEBUGUID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1414 1414 Samba is sometimes run as root and sometime run as the connected user, this boolean parameter inserts the 1415 1415 current euid, egid, uid and gid to the timestamp message headers in the log file if turned on. … … 1418 1418 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug uid</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1419 1419 </em></span> 1420 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539011"></a>1420 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dedicated keytab file (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313332"></a> 1421 1421 1422 1422 dedicated keytab file (G) 1423 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2539012"></a><a name="DEDICATEDKEYTABFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1423 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313334"></a><a name="DEDICATEDKEYTABFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1424 1424 Specifies the path to the kerberos keytab file when 1425 1425 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#KERBEROSMETHOD" target="_top">kerberos method</a> is set to "dedicated … … 1429 1429 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dedicated keytab file</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/etc/krb5.keytab</code> 1430 1430 </em></span> 1431 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539073"></a>1431 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="default case (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313392"></a> 1432 1432 1433 1433 default case (S) 1434 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2539074"></a><a name="DEFAULTCASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>See the section on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING" target="_top">name mangling</a>.1434 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313393"></a><a name="DEFAULTCASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>See the section on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING" target="_top">name mangling</a>. 1435 1435 Also note the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SHORTPRESERVECASE" target="_top">short preserve case</a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>default case</code></em> = <code class="literal">lower</code> 1436 1436 </em></span> 1437 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539127"></a>1437 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="default devmode (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313443"></a> 1438 1438 1439 1439 default devmode (S) 1440 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2539128"></a><a name="DEFAULTDEVMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only applicable to <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTABLE" target="_top">printable</a> services.1440 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313444"></a><a name="DEFAULTDEVMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only applicable to <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTABLE" target="_top">printable</a> services. 1441 1441 When smbd is serving Printer Drivers to Windows NT/2k/XP clients, each printer on the Samba 1442 1442 server has a Device Mode which defines things such as paper size and … … 1461 1461 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>default devmode</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1462 1462 </em></span> 1463 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539215"></a>1463 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="default"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313517"></a> 1464 1464 1465 1465 <a name="DEFAULT"></a>default 1466 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2539216"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DEFAULTSERVICE">default service</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539242"></a>1466 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313518"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DEFAULTSERVICE">default service</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="default service (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313544"></a> 1467 1467 1468 1468 default service (G) 1469 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2539243"></a><a name="DEFAULTSERVICE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a service1469 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313545"></a><a name="DEFAULTSERVICE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a service 1470 1470 which will be connected to if the service actually requested cannot 1471 1471 be found. Note that the square brackets are <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> … … 1481 1481 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>default service</code></em> = <code class="literal">pub</code> 1482 1482 </em></span> 1483 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539344"></a>1483 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="defer sharing violations (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313637"></a> 1484 1484 1485 1485 defer sharing violations (G) 1486 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2539345"></a><a name="DEFERSHARINGVIOLATIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1486 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313638"></a><a name="DEFERSHARINGVIOLATIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1487 1487 Windows allows specifying how a file will be shared with 1488 1488 other processes when it is opened. Sharing violations occur when … … 1497 1497 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>defer sharing violations</code></em> = <code class="literal">True</code> 1498 1498 </em></span> 1499 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539399"></a>1499 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="delete group script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313686"></a> 1500 1500 1501 1501 delete group script (G) 1502 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2539400"></a><a name="DELETEGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will1502 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313687"></a><a name="DELETEGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will 1503 1503 be run <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when a group is requested to be deleted. 1504 1504 It will expand any <em class="parameter"><code>%g</code></em> to the group name passed. … … 1506 1506 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete group script</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 1507 1507 </em></span> 1508 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539455"></a>1508 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="deleteprinter command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313740"></a> 1509 1509 1510 1510 deleteprinter command (G) 1511 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2539456"></a><a name="DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printer1511 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313741"></a><a name="DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printer 1512 1512 support for Windows NT/2000 clients in Samba 2.2, it is now 1513 1513 possible to delete a printer at run time by issuing the … … 1527 1527 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>deleteprinter command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/removeprinter</code> 1528 1528 </em></span> 1529 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539582"></a>1529 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="delete readonly (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313856"></a> 1530 1530 1531 1531 delete readonly (S) 1532 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2539583"></a><a name="DELETEREADONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows readonly files to be deleted.1532 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313857"></a><a name="DELETEREADONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows readonly files to be deleted. 1533 1533 This is not normal DOS semantics, but is allowed by UNIX.</p><p>This option may be useful for running applications such 1534 1534 as rcs, where UNIX file ownership prevents changing file 1535 1535 permissions, and DOS semantics prevent deletion of a read only file.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete readonly</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1536 1536 </em></span> 1537 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539627"></a>1537 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="delete share command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313898"></a> 1538 1538 1539 1539 delete share command (G) 1540 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2539628"></a><a name="DELETESHARECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1540 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313900"></a><a name="DELETESHARECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1541 1541 Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server 1542 1542 Manager. The <em class="parameter"><code>delete share command</code></em> is used to define an external … … 1553 1553 When executed, <code class="literal">smbd</code> will automatically invoke the 1554 1554 <em class="parameter"><code>delete share command</code></em> with two parameters. 1555 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>configFile</code></em> - the location1555 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>configFile</code></em> - the location 1556 1556 of the global <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file. 1557 </p></li><li ><p><em class="parameter"><code>shareName</code></em> - the name of1557 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>shareName</code></em> - the name of 1558 1558 the existing service. 1559 1559 </p></li></ul></div><p> … … 1564 1564 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete share command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/bin/delshare</code> 1565 1565 </em></span> 1566 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539779"></a>1566 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="delete user from group script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314042"></a> 1567 1567 1568 1568 delete user from group script (G) 1569 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2539780"></a><a name="DELETEUSERFROMGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Full path to the script that will be called when1569 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314043"></a><a name="DELETEUSERFROMGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Full path to the script that will be called when 1570 1570 a user is removed from a group using the Windows NT domain administration 1571 1571 tools. It will be run by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span>. … … 1576 1576 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete user from group script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/sbin/deluser %u %g</code> 1577 1577 </em></span> 1578 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539859"></a>1578 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="delete user script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314116"></a> 1579 1579 1580 1580 delete user script (G) 1581 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2539860"></a><a name="DELETEUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will1581 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314117"></a><a name="DELETEUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will 1582 1582 be run by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when managing users 1583 1583 with remote RPC (NT) tools. … … 1588 1588 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete user script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/bin/del_user %u</code> 1589 1589 </em></span> 1590 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539935"></a>1590 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="delete veto files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314188"></a> 1591 1591 1592 1592 delete veto files (S) 1593 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2539936"></a><a name="DELETEVETOFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used when Samba is attempting to1593 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314189"></a><a name="DELETEVETOFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used when Samba is attempting to 1594 1594 delete a directory that contains one or more vetoed directories 1595 1595 (see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VETOFILES" target="_top">veto files</a> … … 1605 1605 is deleted (so long as the user has permissions to do so).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete veto files</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1606 1606 </em></span> 1607 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540021"></a>1607 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dfree cache time (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314264"></a> 1608 1608 1609 1609 dfree cache time (S) 1610 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2540022"></a><a name="DFREECACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1610 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314265"></a><a name="DFREECACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1611 1611 The <em class="parameter"><code>dfree cache time</code></em> should only be used on systems where a problem 1612 1612 occurs with the internal disk space calculations. This has been known to happen with Ultrix, but may occur … … 1621 1621 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dfree cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">dfree cache time = 60</code> 1622 1622 </em></span> 1623 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540093"></a>1623 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dfree command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314329"></a> 1624 1624 1625 1625 dfree command (S) 1626 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2540094"></a><a name="DFREECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1626 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314330"></a><a name="DFREECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1627 1627 The <em class="parameter"><code>dfree command</code></em> setting should only be used on systems where a 1628 1628 problem occurs with the internal disk space calculations. This has been known to happen with Ultrix, but may … … 1662 1662 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dfree command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/bin/dfree</code> 1663 1663 </em></span> 1664 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540215"></a>1664 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="directory mode"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314435"></a> 1665 1665 1666 1666 <a name="DIRECTORYMODE"></a>directory mode 1667 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2540216"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DIRECTORYMASK">directory mask</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540242"></a>1667 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314436"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DIRECTORYMASK">directory mask</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="directory mask (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314462"></a> 1668 1668 1669 1669 directory mask (S) 1670 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2540243"></a><a name="DIRECTORYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is the octal modes which are1670 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314463"></a><a name="DIRECTORYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is the octal modes which are 1671 1671 used when converting DOS modes to UNIX modes when creating UNIX 1672 1672 directories.</p><p>When a directory is created, the necessary permissions are … … 1686 1686 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>directory mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0775</code> 1687 1687 </em></span> 1688 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540347"></a>1688 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="directory name cache size (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314556"></a> 1689 1689 1690 1690 directory name cache size (S) 1691 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2540348"></a><a name="DIRECTORYNAMECACHESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1691 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314557"></a><a name="DIRECTORYNAMECACHESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1692 1692 This parameter specifies the the size of the directory name cache. 1693 1693 It will be needed to turn this off for *BSD systems. 1694 1694 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>directory name cache size</code></em> = <code class="literal">100</code> 1695 1695 </em></span> 1696 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540387"></a>1696 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="directory security mask (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314594"></a> 1697 1697 1698 1698 directory security mask (S) 1699 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2540388"></a><a name="DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits1699 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314595"></a><a name="DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits 1700 1700 will be set when a Windows NT client is manipulating the UNIX 1701 1701 permission on a directory using the native NT security dialog … … 1717 1717 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>directory security mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0700</code> 1718 1718 </em></span> 1719 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540487"></a>1719 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="disable netbios (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314682"></a> 1720 1720 1721 1721 disable netbios (G) 1722 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2540488"></a><a name="DISABLENETBIOS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable netbios support1722 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314683"></a><a name="DISABLENETBIOS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable netbios support 1723 1723 in Samba. Netbios is the only available form of browsing in 1724 all windows versions except for 2000 and XP. </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Clients that only support netbios won't be able to1724 all windows versions except for 2000 and XP. </p><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Clients that only support netbios won't be able to 1725 1725 see your samba server when netbios support is disabled. 1726 1726 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>disable netbios</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1727 1727 </em></span> 1728 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540533"></a>1728 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="disable spoolss (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314725"></a> 1729 1729 1730 1730 disable spoolss (G) 1731 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2540534"></a><a name="DISABLESPOOLSS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable Samba's support1731 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314726"></a><a name="DISABLESPOOLSS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable Samba's support 1732 1732 for the SPOOLSS set of MS-RPC's and will yield identical behavior 1733 1733 as Samba 2.0.x. Windows NT/2000 clients will downgrade to using … … 1741 1741 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>disable spoolss</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1742 1742 </em></span> 1743 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540584"></a>1743 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="display charset (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314770"></a> 1744 1744 1745 1745 display charset (G) 1746 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2540585"></a><a name="DISPLAYCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1746 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314772"></a><a name="DISPLAYCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1747 1747 Specifies the charset that samba will use to print messages to stdout and stderr. 1748 1748 The default value is "LOCALE", which means automatically set, depending on the … … 1753 1753 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>display charset</code></em> = <code class="literal">UTF8</code> 1754 1754 </em></span> 1755 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540651"></a>1755 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dmapi support (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314832"></a> 1756 1756 1757 1757 dmapi support (S) 1758 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2540652"></a><a name="DMAPISUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should use DMAPI to1758 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314834"></a><a name="DMAPISUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should use DMAPI to 1759 1759 determine whether a file is offline or not. This would typically 1760 1760 be used in conjunction with a hierarchical storage system that … … 1771 1771 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dmapi support</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1772 1772 </em></span> 1773 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540710"></a>1773 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dns proxy (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314885"></a> 1774 1774 1775 1775 dns proxy (G) 1776 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2540711"></a><a name="DNSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies that <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server and1776 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314886"></a><a name="DNSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies that <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server and 1777 1777 finding that a NetBIOS name has not been registered, should treat the 1778 1778 NetBIOS name word-for-word as a DNS name and do a lookup with the DNS server … … 1783 1783 action.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dns proxy</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1784 1784 </em></span> 1785 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540773"></a>1785 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="domain logons (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314945"></a> 1786 1786 1787 1787 domain logons (G) 1788 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2540774"></a><a name="DOMAINLOGONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1788 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314946"></a><a name="DOMAINLOGONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1789 1789 If set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, the Samba server will 1790 1790 provide the netlogon service for Windows 9X network logons for the … … 1796 1796 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>domain logons</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1797 1797 </em></span> 1798 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540827"></a>1798 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="domain master (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314995"></a> 1799 1799 1800 1800 domain master (G) 1801 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2540828"></a><a name="DOMAINMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1801 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314996"></a><a name="DOMAINMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1802 1802 Tell <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> to enable 1803 1803 WAN-wide browse list collation. Setting this option causes <code class="literal">nmbd</code> to claim a … … 1825 1825 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>domain master</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code> 1826 1826 </em></span> 1827 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541018"></a>1827 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dont descend (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315162"></a> 1828 1828 1829 1829 dont descend (S) 1830 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2541019"></a><a name="DONTDESCEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>There are certain directories on some systems1830 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315163"></a><a name="DONTDESCEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>There are certain directories on some systems 1831 1831 (e.g., the <code class="filename">/proc</code> tree under Linux) that are either not 1832 1832 of interest to clients or are infinitely deep (recursive). This … … 1839 1839 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dont descend</code></em> = <code class="literal">/proc,/dev</code> 1840 1840 </em></span> 1841 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541096"></a>1841 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dos charset (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315236"></a> 1842 1842 1843 1843 dos charset (G) 1844 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2541097"></a><a name="DOSCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>DOS SMB clients assume the server has1844 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315237"></a><a name="DOSCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>DOS SMB clients assume the server has 1845 1845 the same charset as they do. This option specifies which 1846 1846 charset Samba should talk to DOS clients. 1847 1847 </p><p>The default depends on which charsets you have installed. 1848 1848 Samba tries to use charset 850 but falls back to ASCII in 1849 case it is not available. Run <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a> to check the default on your system.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541137"></a>1849 case it is not available. Run <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a> to check the default on your system.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dos filemode (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315274"></a> 1850 1850 1851 1851 dos filemode (S) 1852 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2541138"></a><a name="DOSFILEMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> The default behavior in Samba is to provide1852 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315275"></a><a name="DOSFILEMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> The default behavior in Samba is to provide 1853 1853 UNIX-like behavior where only the owner of a file/directory is 1854 1854 able to change the permissions on it. However, this behavior … … 1867 1867 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dos filemode</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1868 1868 </em></span> 1869 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541202"></a>1869 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dos filetime resolution (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315325"></a> 1870 1870 1871 1871 dos filetime resolution (S) 1872 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2541203"></a><a name="DOSFILETIMERESOLUTION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Under the DOS and Windows FAT filesystem, the finest1872 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315326"></a><a name="DOSFILETIMERESOLUTION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Under the DOS and Windows FAT filesystem, the finest 1873 1873 granularity on time resolution is two seconds. Setting this parameter 1874 1874 for a share causes Samba to round the reported time down to the … … 1885 1885 happy.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dos filetime resolution</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1886 1886 </em></span> 1887 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541265"></a>1887 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dos filetimes (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315380"></a> 1888 1888 1889 1889 dos filetimes (S) 1890 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2541266"></a><a name="DOSFILETIMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Under DOS and Windows, if a user can write to a1890 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315381"></a><a name="DOSFILETIMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Under DOS and Windows, if a user can write to a 1891 1891 file they can change the timestamp on it. Under POSIX semantics, 1892 1892 only the owner of the file or root may change the timestamp. By … … 1901 1901 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dos filetimes</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1902 1902 </em></span> 1903 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541319"></a>1903 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ea support (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315428"></a> 1904 1904 1905 1905 ea support (S) 1906 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2541320"></a><a name="EASUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will allow clients to attempt to store OS/2 style Extended1906 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315429"></a><a name="EASUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will allow clients to attempt to store OS/2 style Extended 1907 1907 attributes on a share. In order to enable this parameter the underlying filesystem exported by 1908 1908 the share must support extended attributes (such as provided on XFS and EXT3 on Linux, with the … … 1911 1911 extended attributes must be compiled into the Linux kernel.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ea support</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1912 1912 </em></span> 1913 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541372"></a>1913 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="enable asu support (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315476"></a> 1914 1914 1915 1915 enable asu support (G) 1916 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2541373"></a><a name="ENABLEASUSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Hosts running the "Advanced Server for Unix (ASU)" product1916 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315477"></a><a name="ENABLEASUSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Hosts running the "Advanced Server for Unix (ASU)" product 1917 1917 require some special accomodations such as creating a builtin [ADMIN$] 1918 1918 share that only supports IPC connections. The has been the default … … 1922 1922 an [ADMIN$] file share in smb.conf.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enable asu support</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1923 1923 </em></span> 1924 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541417"></a>1924 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="enable core files (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315517"></a> 1925 1925 1926 1926 enable core files (G) 1927 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2541418"></a><a name="ENABLECOREFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether core dumps should be written1927 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315518"></a><a name="ENABLECOREFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether core dumps should be written 1928 1928 on internal exits. Normally set to <code class="constant">yes</code>. 1929 1929 You should never need to change this. … … 1932 1932 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enable core files</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1933 1933 </em></span> 1934 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541475"></a>1934 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="enable privileges (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315574"></a> 1935 1935 1936 1936 enable privileges (G) 1937 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2541476"></a><a name="ENABLEPRIVILEGES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1937 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315575"></a><a name="ENABLEPRIVILEGES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1938 1938 This parameter controls whether or not smbd will honor privileges assigned to specific SIDs via either 1939 1939 <code class="literal">net rpc rights</code> or one of the Windows user and group manager tools. This parameter is … … 1948 1948 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enable privileges</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1949 1949 </em></span> 1950 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541536"></a>1950 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="enable spoolss (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315628"></a> 1951 1951 1952 1952 enable spoolss (G) 1953 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2541537"></a><a name="ENABLESPOOLSS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Inverted synonym for <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DISABLESPOOLSS" target="_top">disable spoolss</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enable spoolss</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>1954 </em></span> 1955 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541582"></a>1953 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315629"></a><a name="ENABLESPOOLSS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Inverted synonym for <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DISABLESPOOLSS" target="_top">disable spoolss</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enable spoolss</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1954 </em></span> 1955 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="encrypt passwords (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315673"></a> 1956 1956 1957 1957 encrypt passwords (G) 1958 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2541583"></a><a name="ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls whether encrypted passwords1958 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315674"></a><a name="ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls whether encrypted passwords 1959 1959 will be negotiated with the client. Note that Windows NT 4.0 SP3 and 1960 1960 above and also Windows 98 will by default expect encrypted passwords … … 1979 1979 server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>encrypt passwords</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1980 1980 </em></span> 1981 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541685"></a>1981 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="enhanced browsing (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315837"></a> 1982 1982 1983 1983 enhanced browsing (G) 1984 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2541686"></a><a name="ENHANCEDBROWSING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option enables a couple of enhancements to1984 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315838"></a><a name="ENHANCEDBROWSING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option enables a couple of enhancements to 1985 1985 cross-subnet browse propagation that have been added in Samba 1986 1986 but which are not standard in Microsoft implementations. … … 1995 1995 cross-subnet browse propagation much more reliable.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enhanced browsing</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1996 1996 </em></span> 1997 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541747"></a>1997 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="enumports command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315891"></a> 1998 1998 1999 1999 enumports command (G) 2000 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2541748"></a><a name="ENUMPORTSCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The concept of a "port" is fairly foreign2000 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315892"></a><a name="ENUMPORTSCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The concept of a "port" is fairly foreign 2001 2001 to UNIX hosts. Under Windows NT/2000 print servers, a port 2002 2002 is associated with a port monitor and generally takes the form of … … 2015 2015 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enumports command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/listports</code> 2016 2016 </em></span> 2017 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541827"></a>2017 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="eventlog list (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315971"></a> 2018 2018 2019 2019 eventlog list (G) 2020 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2541828"></a><a name="EVENTLOGLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option defines a list of log names that Samba will2020 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315972"></a><a name="EVENTLOGLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option defines a list of log names that Samba will 2021 2021 report to the Microsoft EventViewer utility. The listed 2022 2022 eventlogs will be associated with tdb file on disk in the … … 2031 2031 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>eventlog list</code></em> = <code class="literal">Security Application Syslog Apache</code> 2032 2032 </em></span> 2033 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541907"></a>2033 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="fake directory create times (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316046"></a> 2034 2034 2035 2035 fake directory create times (S) 2036 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2541908"></a><a name="FAKEDIRECTORYCREATETIMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>NTFS and Windows VFAT file systems keep a create2036 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316047"></a><a name="FAKEDIRECTORYCREATETIMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>NTFS and Windows VFAT file systems keep a create 2037 2037 time for all files and directories. This is not the same as the 2038 2038 ctime - status change time - that Unix keeps, so Samba by default … … 2056 2056 will proceed as expected.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>fake directory create times</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2057 2057 </em></span> 2058 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541979"></a>2058 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="fake oplocks (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316106"></a> 2059 2059 2060 2060 fake oplocks (S) 2061 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2541980"></a><a name="FAKEOPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Oplocks are the way that SMB clients get permission2061 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316107"></a><a name="FAKEOPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Oplocks are the way that SMB clients get permission 2062 2062 from a server to locally cache file operations. If a server grants 2063 2063 an oplock (opportunistic lock) then the client is free to assume … … 2075 2075 this option carefully!</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>fake oplocks</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2076 2076 </em></span> 2077 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2542071"></a>2077 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="follow symlinks (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316188"></a> 2078 2078 2079 2079 follow symlinks (S) 2080 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2542072"></a><a name="FOLLOWSYMLINKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2080 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316189"></a><a name="FOLLOWSYMLINKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2081 2081 This parameter allows the Samba administrator to stop <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> from following symbolic links in a particular share. Setting this 2082 2082 parameter to <code class="constant">no</code> prevents any file or directory that is a symbolic link from being … … 2088 2088 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>follow symlinks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2089 2089 </em></span> 2090 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2542146"></a>2090 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force create mode (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316258"></a> 2091 2091 2092 2092 force create mode (S) 2093 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2542147"></a><a name="FORCECREATEMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit2093 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316259"></a><a name="FORCECREATEMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit 2094 2094 permissions that will <span class="emphasis"><em>always</em></span> be set on a 2095 2095 file created by Samba. This is done by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto … … 2103 2103 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force create mode</code></em> = <code class="literal">0755</code> 2104 2104 </em></span> 2105 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2542227"></a>2105 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force directory mode (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316334"></a> 2106 2106 2107 2107 force directory mode (S) 2108 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2542228"></a><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit2108 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316335"></a><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit 2109 2109 permissions that will <span class="emphasis"><em>always</em></span> be set on a directory 2110 2110 created by Samba. This is done by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto the … … 2119 2119 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force directory mode</code></em> = <code class="literal">0755</code> 2120 2120 </em></span> 2121 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2542308"></a>2121 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force directory security mode (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316409"></a> 2122 2122 2123 2123 force directory security mode (S) 2124 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2542309"></a><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2124 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316410"></a><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2125 2125 This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating 2126 2126 the UNIX permission on a directory using the native NT security dialog box. … … 2135 2135 If not set explicitly this parameter is 0000, which allows a user to modify all the user/group/world 2136 2136 permissions on a directory without restrictions. 2137 </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>2137 </p><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> 2138 2138 Users who can access the Samba server through other means can easily bypass this restriction, so it is 2139 2139 primarily useful for standalone "appliance" systems. Administrators of most normal systems will … … 2143 2143 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force directory security mode</code></em> = <code class="literal">700</code> 2144 2144 </em></span> 2145 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2542412"></a>2145 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="group"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316502"></a> 2146 2146 2147 2147 <a name="GROUP"></a>group 2148 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2542413"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#FORCEGROUP">force group</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2542445"></a>2148 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316503"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#FORCEGROUP">force group</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force group (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316534"></a> 2149 2149 2150 2150 force group (S) 2151 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2542446"></a><a name="FORCEGROUP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX group name that will be2151 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316535"></a><a name="FORCEGROUP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX group name that will be 2152 2152 assigned as the default primary group for all users connecting 2153 2153 to this service. This is useful for sharing files by ensuring … … 2173 2173 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force group</code></em> = <code class="literal">agroup</code> 2174 2174 </em></span> 2175 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2542560"></a>2175 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force printername (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316636"></a> 2176 2176 2177 2177 force printername (S) 2178 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2542561"></a><a name="FORCEPRINTERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When printing from Windows NT (or later),2178 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316637"></a><a name="FORCEPRINTERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When printing from Windows NT (or later), 2179 2179 each printer in <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> has two 2180 2180 associated names which can be used by the client. The first … … 2199 2199 folder.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force printername</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2200 2200 </em></span> 2201 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2542652"></a>2201 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force security mode (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316716"></a> 2202 2202 2203 2203 force security mode (S) 2204 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2542653"></a><a name="FORCESECURITYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2204 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316717"></a><a name="FORCESECURITYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2205 2205 This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating 2206 2206 the UNIX permission on a file using the native NT security dialog box. … … 2222 2222 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force security mode</code></em> = <code class="literal">700</code> 2223 2223 </em></span> 2224 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2542753"></a>2224 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force unknown acl user (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316807"></a> 2225 2225 2226 2226 force unknown acl user (S) 2227 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2542754"></a><a name="FORCEUNKNOWNACLUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2227 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316808"></a><a name="FORCEUNKNOWNACLUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2228 2228 If this parameter is set, a Windows NT ACL that contains an unknown SID (security descriptor, or 2229 2229 representation of a user or group id) as the owner or group owner of the file will be silently … … 2239 2239 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force unknown acl user</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2240 2240 </em></span> 2241 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2542816"></a>2241 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force user (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316861"></a> 2242 2242 2243 2243 force user (S) 2244 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2542817"></a><a name="FORCEUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX user name that will be2244 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316862"></a><a name="FORCEUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX user name that will be 2245 2245 assigned as the default user for all users connecting to this service. 2246 2246 This is useful for sharing files. You should also use it carefully … … 2256 2256 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force user</code></em> = <code class="literal">auser</code> 2257 2257 </em></span> 2258 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2542892"></a>2258 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="fstype (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316931"></a> 2259 2259 2260 2260 fstype (S) 2261 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2542893"></a><a name="FSTYPE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2261 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316932"></a><a name="FSTYPE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2262 2262 This parameter allows the administrator to configure the string that specifies the type of filesystem a share 2263 2263 is using that is reported by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> … … 2269 2269 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>fstype</code></em> = <code class="literal">Samba</code> 2270 2270 </em></span> 2271 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2542974"></a>2271 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="get quota command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317010"></a> 2272 2272 2273 2273 get quota command (G) 2274 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2542975"></a><a name="GETQUOTACOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">get quota command</code> should only be used2274 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317011"></a><a name="GETQUOTACOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">get quota command</code> should only be used 2275 2275 whenever there is no operating system API available from the OS that 2276 2276 samba can use.</p><p>This option is only available you have compiled Samba with the … … 2280 2280 queries the quota information for the specified 2281 2281 user/group for the partition that 2282 the specified directory is on.</p><p>Such a script should take 3 arguments:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>directory</p></li><li><p>type of query</p></li><li><p>uid of user or gid of group</p></li></ul></div><p>The type of query can be one of :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>1 - user quotas</p></li><li><p>2 - user default quotas (uid = -1)</p></li><li><p>3 - group quotas</p></li><li><p>4 - group default quotas (gid = -1)</p></li></ul></div><p>This script should print one line as output with spaces between the arguments. The arguments are:2283 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Arg 1 - quota flags (0 = no quotas, 1 = quotas enabled, 2 = quotas enabled and enforced)</p></li><li><p>Arg 2 - number of currently used blocks</p></li><li><p>Arg 3 - the softlimit number of blocks</p></li><li><p>Arg 4 - the hardlimit number of blocks</p></li><li><p>Arg 5 - currently used number of inodes</p></li><li><p>Arg 6 - the softlimit number of inodes</p></li><li><p>Arg 7 - the hardlimit number of inodes</p></li><li><p>Arg 8(optional) - the number of bytes in a block(default is 1024)</p></li></ul></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>get quota command</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>2282 the specified directory is on.</p><p>Such a script should take 3 arguments:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>directory</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>type of query</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>uid of user or gid of group</p></li></ul></div><p>The type of query can be one of :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>1 - user quotas</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 - user default quotas (uid = -1)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>3 - group quotas</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>4 - group default quotas (gid = -1)</p></li></ul></div><p>This script should print one line as output with spaces between the arguments. The arguments are: 2283 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Arg 1 - quota flags (0 = no quotas, 1 = quotas enabled, 2 = quotas enabled and enforced)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Arg 2 - number of currently used blocks</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Arg 3 - the softlimit number of blocks</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Arg 4 - the hardlimit number of blocks</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Arg 5 - currently used number of inodes</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Arg 6 - the softlimit number of inodes</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Arg 7 - the hardlimit number of inodes</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Arg 8(optional) - the number of bytes in a block(default is 1024)</p></li></ul></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>get quota command</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 2284 2284 </em></span> 2285 2285 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>get quota command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/sbin/query_quota</code> 2286 2286 </em></span> 2287 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2543160"></a>2287 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="getwd cache (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317186"></a> 2288 2288 2289 2289 getwd cache (G) 2290 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2543162"></a><a name="GETWDCACHE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a tuning option. When this is enabled a2290 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317187"></a><a name="GETWDCACHE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a tuning option. When this is enabled a 2291 2291 caching algorithm will be used to reduce the time taken for getwd() 2292 2292 calls. This can have a significant impact on performance, especially 2293 2293 when the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WIDESMBCONFOPTIONS" target="_top">wide smbconfoptions</a> parameter is set to <code class="constant">no</code>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>getwd cache</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2294 2294 </em></span> 2295 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2543221"></a>2295 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="guest account (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317244"></a> 2296 2296 2297 2297 guest account (G) 2298 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2543222"></a><a name="GUESTACCOUNT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a username which will be used for access2298 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317245"></a><a name="GUESTACCOUNT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a username which will be used for access 2299 2299 to services which are specified as <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK" target="_top">guest ok</a> (see below). Whatever privileges this 2300 2300 user has will be available to any client connecting to the guest service. … … 2314 2314 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>guest account</code></em> = <code class="literal">ftp</code> 2315 2315 </em></span> 2316 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2543329"></a>2316 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="public"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317343"></a> 2317 2317 2318 2318 <a name="PUBLIC"></a>public 2319 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2543330"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#GUESTOK">guest ok</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2543360"></a>2319 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317344"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#GUESTOK">guest ok</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="guest ok (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317374"></a> 2320 2320 2321 2321 guest ok (S) 2322 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2543361"></a><a name="GUESTOK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for2322 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317375"></a><a name="GUESTOK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for 2323 2323 a service, then no password is required to connect to the service. 2324 2324 Privileges will be those of the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT" target="_top">guest account</a>.</p><p>This paramater nullifies the benifits of setting … … 2327 2327 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>guest ok</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2328 2328 </em></span> 2329 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2543448"></a>2329 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="only guest"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317459"></a> 2330 2330 2331 2331 <a name="ONLYGUEST"></a>only guest 2332 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2543449"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#GUESTONLY">guest only</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2543481"></a>2332 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317460"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#GUESTONLY">guest only</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="guest only (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317492"></a> 2333 2333 2334 2334 guest only (S) 2335 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2543482"></a><a name="GUESTONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for2335 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317493"></a><a name="GUESTONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for 2336 2336 a service, then only guest connections to the service are permitted. 2337 2337 This parameter will have no effect if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK" target="_top">guest ok</a> is not set for the service.</p><p>See the section below on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">security</a> for more information about this option. 2338 2338 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>guest only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2339 2339 </em></span> 2340 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2543553"></a>2340 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hide dot files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317561"></a> 2341 2341 2342 2342 hide dot files (S) 2343 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2543554"></a><a name="HIDEDOTFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls whether2343 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317562"></a><a name="HIDEDOTFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls whether 2344 2344 files starting with a dot appear as hidden files.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hide dot files</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2345 2345 </em></span> 2346 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2543596"></a>2346 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hide files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317602"></a> 2347 2347 2348 2348 hide files (S) 2349 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2543597"></a><a name="HIDEFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of files or directories that are not2349 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317603"></a><a name="HIDEFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of files or directories that are not 2350 2350 visible but are accessible. The DOS 'hidden' attribute is applied 2351 2351 to any files or directories that match.</p><p>Each entry in the list must be separated by a '/', … … 2369 2369 # no file are hidden</code> 2370 2370 </em></span> 2371 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2543685"></a>2371 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hide special files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317681"></a> 2372 2372 2373 2373 hide special files (S) 2374 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2543686"></a><a name="HIDESPECIALFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2374 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317682"></a><a name="HIDESPECIALFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2375 2375 This parameter prevents clients from seeing special files such as sockets, devices and 2376 2376 fifo's in directory listings. 2377 2377 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hide special files</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2378 2378 </em></span> 2379 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2543728"></a>2379 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hide unreadable (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317722"></a> 2380 2380 2381 2381 hide unreadable (S) 2382 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2543729"></a><a name="HIDEUNREADABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter prevents clients from seeing the2382 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317723"></a><a name="HIDEUNREADABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter prevents clients from seeing the 2383 2383 existance of files that cannot be read. Defaults to off.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hide unreadable</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2384 2384 </em></span> 2385 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2543770"></a>2385 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hide unwriteable files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317764"></a> 2386 2386 2387 2387 hide unwriteable files (S) 2388 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2543771"></a><a name="HIDEUNWRITEABLEFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2388 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317765"></a><a name="HIDEUNWRITEABLEFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2389 2389 This parameter prevents clients from seeing the existance of files that cannot be written to. 2390 2390 Defaults to off. Note that unwriteable directories are shown as usual. 2391 2391 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hide unwriteable files</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2392 2392 </em></span> 2393 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2543815"></a>2393 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="homedir map (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317805"></a> 2394 2394 2395 2395 homedir map (G) 2396 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2543816"></a><a name="HOMEDIRMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2396 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317806"></a><a name="HOMEDIRMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2397 2397 If <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NISHOMEDIR" target="_top">nis homedir</a> is <code class="constant">yes</code>, and <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> is also acting as a Win95/98 <em class="parameter"><code>logon server</code></em> 2398 2398 then this parameter specifies the NIS (or YP) map from which the server for the user's home directory should be extracted. … … 2403 2403 and the program will extract the servername from before the first ':'. There should probably be a better parsing system 2404 2404 that copes with different map formats and also Amd (another automounter) maps. 2405 </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>2405 </p><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> 2406 2406 A working NIS client is required on the system for this option to work. 2407 2407 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>homedir map</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> … … 2409 2409 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>homedir map</code></em> = <code class="literal">amd.homedir</code> 2410 2410 </em></span> 2411 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2543928"></a>2411 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="host msdfs (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317912"></a> 2412 2412 2413 2413 host msdfs (G) 2414 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2543929"></a><a name="HOSTMSDFS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2414 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317913"></a><a name="HOSTMSDFS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2415 2415 If set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, Samba will act as a Dfs server, and allow Dfs-aware clients to browse 2416 2416 Dfs trees hosted on the server. … … 2420 2420 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>host msdfs</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2421 2421 </em></span> 2422 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2543992"></a>2422 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hostname lookups (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317974"></a> 2423 2423 2424 2424 hostname lookups (G) 2425 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2543993"></a><a name="HOSTNAMELOOKUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether samba should use (expensive)2425 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317975"></a><a name="HOSTNAMELOOKUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether samba should use (expensive) 2426 2426 hostname lookups or use the ip addresses instead. An example place 2427 2427 where hostname lookups are currently used is when checking … … 2431 2431 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hostname lookups</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2432 2432 </em></span> 2433 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2544066"></a>2433 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="allow hosts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318045"></a> 2434 2434 2435 2435 <a name="ALLOWHOSTS"></a>allow hosts 2436 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2544067"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#HOSTSALLOW">hosts allow</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2544098"></a>2436 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318046"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#HOSTSALLOW">hosts allow</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hosts allow (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318077"></a> 2437 2437 2438 2438 hosts allow (S) 2439 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2544099"></a><a name="HOSTSALLOW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>A synonym for this parameter is <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ALLOWHOSTS" target="_top">allow hosts</a>.</p><p>This parameter is a comma, space, or tab delimited2439 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318078"></a><a name="HOSTSALLOW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>A synonym for this parameter is <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ALLOWHOSTS" target="_top">allow hosts</a>.</p><p>This parameter is a comma, space, or tab delimited 2440 2440 set of hosts which are permitted to access a service.</p><p>If specified in the [global] section then it will 2441 2441 apply to all services, regardless of whether the individual … … 2451 2451 <span class="emphasis"><em>EXCEPT</em></span> keyword can also be used to limit a 2452 2452 wildcard list. The following examples may provide some help:</p><p>Example 1: allow all IPs in 150.203.*.*; except one</p><p><code class="literal">hosts allow = 150.203. EXCEPT 150.203.6.66</code></p><p>Example 2: allow hosts that match the given network/netmask</p><p><code class="literal">hosts allow = 150.203.15.0/255.255.255.0</code></p><p>Example 3: allow a couple of hosts</p><p><code class="literal">hosts allow = lapland, arvidsjaur</code></p><p>Example 4: allow only hosts in NIS netgroup "foonet", but 2453 deny access from one particular host</p><p><code class="literal">hosts allow = @foonet</code></p><p><code class="literal">hosts deny = pirate</code></p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Note that access still requires suitable user-level passwords.</p></div><p>See <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a> for a way of testing your host access2453 deny access from one particular host</p><p><code class="literal">hosts allow = @foonet</code></p><p><code class="literal">hosts deny = pirate</code></p><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Note that access still requires suitable user-level passwords.</p></div><p>See <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a> for a way of testing your host access 2454 2454 to see if it does what you expect.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hosts allow</code></em> = <code class="literal"> 2455 2455 # none (i.e., all hosts permitted access)</code> … … 2457 2457 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hosts allow</code></em> = <code class="literal">150.203.5. myhost.mynet.edu.au</code> 2458 2458 </em></span> 2459 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2544300"></a>2459 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="deny hosts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318265"></a> 2460 2460 2461 2461 <a name="DENYHOSTS"></a>deny hosts 2462 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2544301"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#HOSTSDENY">hosts deny</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2544331"></a>2462 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318266"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#HOSTSDENY">hosts deny</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hosts deny (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318296"></a> 2463 2463 2464 2464 hosts deny (S) 2465 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2544332"></a><a name="HOSTSDENY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The opposite of <em class="parameter"><code>hosts allow</code></em>2465 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318297"></a><a name="HOSTSDENY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The opposite of <em class="parameter"><code>hosts allow</code></em> 2466 2466 - hosts listed here are <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> permitted access to 2467 2467 services unless the specific services have their own lists to override … … 2477 2477 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hosts deny</code></em> = <code class="literal">150.203.4. badhost.mynet.edu.au</code> 2478 2478 </em></span> 2479 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2544433"></a>2479 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap alloc backend (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318393"></a> 2480 2480 2481 2481 idmap alloc backend (G) 2482 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2544434"></a><a name="IDMAPALLOCBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2482 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318394"></a><a name="IDMAPALLOCBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2483 2483 The idmap alloc backend provides a plugin interface for Winbind to use 2484 2484 when allocating Unix uids/gids for Windows SIDs. This option refers … … 2497 2497 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap alloc backend</code></em> = <code class="literal">tdb</code> 2498 2498 </em></span> 2499 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2544539"></a>2499 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap alloc config (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318490"></a> 2500 2500 2501 2501 idmap alloc config (G) 2502 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2544540"></a><a name="IDMAPALLOCCONFIG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2502 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318491"></a><a name="IDMAPALLOCCONFIG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2503 2503 The idmap alloc config prefix provides a means of managing settings 2504 2504 for the backend defined by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPALLOCBACKEND" target="_top">idmap alloc backend</a> 2505 2505 parameter. Refer to the man page for each idmap plugin regarding 2506 2506 specific configuration details. 2507 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2544583"></a>2507 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap backend (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318530"></a> 2508 2508 2509 2509 idmap backend (G) 2510 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2544584"></a><a name="IDMAPBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2510 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318532"></a><a name="IDMAPBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2511 2511 The idmap backend provides a plugin interface for Winbind to use 2512 2512 varying backends to store SID/uid/gid mapping tables. … … 2529 2529 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap backend</code></em> = <code class="literal">tdb</code> 2530 2530 </em></span> 2531 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2544755"></a>2531 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap cache time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318694"></a> 2532 2532 2533 2533 idmap cache time (G) 2534 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2544756"></a><a name="IDMAPCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of seconds that Winbind's2534 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318695"></a><a name="IDMAPCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of seconds that Winbind's 2535 2535 idmap interface will cache positive SID/uid/gid query results. 2536 2536 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">604800 (one week)</code> 2537 2537 </em></span> 2538 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2544799"></a>2538 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap config (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318736"></a> 2539 2539 2540 2540 idmap config (G) 2541 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2544800"></a><a name="IDMAPCONFIG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2541 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318737"></a><a name="IDMAPCONFIG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2542 2542 The idmap config prefix provides a means of managing each trusted 2543 2543 domain separately. The idmap config prefix should be followed by the … … 2571 2571 idmap config CORP : backend = ad 2572 2572 idmap config CORP : range = 1000-999999 2573 </pre><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2544932"></a>2573 </pre><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind gid"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318858"></a> 2574 2574 2575 2575 <a name="WINBINDGID"></a>winbind gid 2576 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2544933"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#IDMAPGID">idmap gid</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2544964"></a>2576 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318859"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#IDMAPGID">idmap gid</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap gid (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318889"></a> 2577 2577 2578 2578 idmap gid (G) 2579 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2544965"></a><a name="IDMAPGID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The idmap gid parameter specifies the range of group ids2579 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318890"></a><a name="IDMAPGID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The idmap gid parameter specifies the range of group ids 2580 2580 that are allocated for the purpose of mapping UNX groups to NT group 2581 2581 SIDs. This range of group ids should have no … … 2587 2587 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap gid</code></em> = <code class="literal">10000-20000</code> 2588 2588 </em></span> 2589 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2545050"></a>2589 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap negative cache time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318972"></a> 2590 2590 2591 2591 idmap negative cache time (G) 2592 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2545051"></a><a name="IDMAPNEGATIVECACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of seconds that Winbind's2592 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318973"></a><a name="IDMAPNEGATIVECACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of seconds that Winbind's 2593 2593 idmap interface will cache negative SID/uid/gid query results. 2594 2594 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap negative cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">120</code> 2595 2595 </em></span> 2596 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2545094"></a>2596 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind uid"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319015"></a> 2597 2597 2598 2598 <a name="WINBINDUID"></a>winbind uid 2599 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2545095"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#IDMAPUID">idmap uid</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2545125"></a>2599 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319016"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#IDMAPUID">idmap uid</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap uid (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319046"></a> 2600 2600 2601 2601 idmap uid (G) 2602 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2545126"></a><a name="IDMAPUID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2602 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319047"></a><a name="IDMAPUID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2603 2603 The idmap uid parameter specifies the range of user ids that are 2604 2604 allocated for use in mapping UNIX users to NT user SIDs. This … … 2610 2610 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap uid</code></em> = <code class="literal">10000-20000</code> 2611 2611 </em></span> 2612 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2545212"></a>2612 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="include (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319129"></a> 2613 2613 2614 2614 include (G) 2615 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2545213"></a><a name="INCLUDE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2615 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319130"></a><a name="INCLUDE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2616 2616 This allows you to include one config file inside another. The file is included literally, as though typed 2617 2617 in place. … … 2631 2631 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>include</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/lib/admin_smb.conf</code> 2632 2632 </em></span> 2633 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2545312"></a>2633 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="inherit acls (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319225"></a> 2634 2634 2635 2635 inherit acls (S) 2636 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2545314"></a><a name="INHERITACLS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter can be used to ensure that if default acls2636 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319226"></a><a name="INHERITACLS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter can be used to ensure that if default acls 2637 2637 exist on parent directories, they are always honored when creating a 2638 2638 new file or subdirectory in these parent directories. The default … … 2647 2647 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>inherit acls</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2648 2648 </em></span> 2649 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2545363"></a>2649 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="inherit owner (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319271"></a> 2650 2650 2651 2651 inherit owner (S) 2652 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2545364"></a><a name="INHERITOWNER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The ownership of new files and directories2652 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319272"></a><a name="INHERITOWNER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The ownership of new files and directories 2653 2653 is normally governed by effective uid of the connected user. 2654 2654 This option allows the Samba administrator to specify that … … 2659 2659 roaming profile directory are actually owner by the user.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>inherit owner</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2660 2660 </em></span> 2661 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2545416"></a>2661 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="inherit permissions (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319319"></a> 2662 2662 2663 2663 inherit permissions (S) 2664 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2545417"></a><a name="INHERITPERMISSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2664 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319320"></a><a name="INHERITPERMISSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2665 2665 The permissions on new files and directories are normally governed by <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK" target="_top">create mask</a>, 2666 2666 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DIRECTORYMASK" target="_top">directory mask</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCECREATEMODE" target="_top">force create mode</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE" target="_top">force directory mode</a> but the boolean inherit permissions parameter overrides this. … … 2674 2674 share to be used flexibly by each user.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>inherit permissions</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2675 2675 </em></span> 2676 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2545566"></a>2676 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="init logon delayed hosts (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319457"></a> 2677 2677 2678 2678 init logon delayed hosts (G) 2679 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2545567"></a><a name="INITLOGONDELAYEDHOSTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2679 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319458"></a><a name="INITLOGONDELAYEDHOSTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2680 2680 This parameter takes a list of host names, addresses or networks for 2681 2681 which the initial samlogon reply should be delayed (so other DCs get … … 2688 2688 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>init logon delayed hosts</code></em> = <code class="literal">150.203.5. myhost.mynet.de</code> 2689 2689 </em></span> 2690 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2545644"></a>2690 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="init logon delay (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319531"></a> 2691 2691 2692 2692 init logon delay (G) 2693 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2545645"></a><a name="INITLOGONDELAY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2693 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319532"></a><a name="INITLOGONDELAY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2694 2694 This parameter specifies a delay in milliseconds for the hosts configured 2695 2695 for delayed initial samlogon with … … 2697 2697 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>init logon delay</code></em> = <code class="literal">100</code> 2698 2698 </em></span> 2699 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2545698"></a>2699 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="interfaces (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319582"></a> 2700 2700 2701 2701 interfaces (G) 2702 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2545699"></a><a name="INTERFACES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to override the default2702 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319583"></a><a name="INTERFACES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to override the default 2703 2703 network interfaces list that Samba will use for browsing, name 2704 2704 registration and other NetBIOS over TCP/IP (NBT) traffic. By default Samba will query 2705 2705 the kernel for the list of all active interfaces and use any 2706 2706 interfaces except 127.0.0.1 that are broadcast capable.</p><p>The option takes a list of interface strings. Each string 2707 can be in any of the following forms:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>a network interface name (such as eth0).2707 can be in any of the following forms:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>a network interface name (such as eth0). 2708 2708 This may include shell-like wildcards so eth* will match 2709 any interface starting with the substring "eth"</p></li><li ><p>an IP address. In this case the netmask is2709 any interface starting with the substring "eth"</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>an IP address. In this case the netmask is 2710 2710 determined from the list of interfaces obtained from the 2711 kernel</p></li><li ><p>an IP/mask pair. </p></li><li><p>a broadcast/mask pair.</p></li></ul></div><p>The "mask" parameters can either be a bit length (such2711 kernel</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>an IP/mask pair. </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>a broadcast/mask pair.</p></li></ul></div><p>The "mask" parameters can either be a bit length (such 2712 2712 as 24 for a C class network) or a full netmask in dotted 2713 2713 decimal form.</p><p>The "IP" parameters above can either be a full dotted … … 2724 2724 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>interfaces</code></em> = <code class="literal">eth0 192.168.2.10/24 192.168.3.10/255.255.255.0</code> 2725 2725 </em></span> 2726 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2545815"></a>2726 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="invalid users (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319688"></a> 2727 2727 2728 2728 invalid users (S) 2729 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2545816"></a><a name="INVALIDUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users that should not be allowed2729 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319689"></a><a name="INVALIDUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users that should not be allowed 2730 2730 to login to this service. This is really a <span class="emphasis"><em>paranoid</em></span> 2731 2731 check to absolutely ensure an improper setting does not breach … … 2747 2747 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>invalid users</code></em> = <code class="literal">root fred admin @wheel</code> 2748 2748 </em></span> 2749 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2545930"></a>2749 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="iprint server (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319789"></a> 2750 2750 2751 2751 iprint server (G) 2752 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2545931"></a><a name="IPRINTSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2752 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319790"></a><a name="IPRINTSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2753 2753 This parameter is only applicable if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING" target="_top">printing</a> is set to <code class="constant">iprint</code>. 2754 2754 </p><p> … … 2759 2759 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>iprint server</code></em> = <code class="literal">MYCUPSSERVER</code> 2760 2760 </em></span> 2761 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2546016"></a>2761 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="keepalive (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319872"></a> 2762 2762 2763 2763 keepalive (G) 2764 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2546017"></a><a name="KEEPALIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (an integer) represents2764 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319873"></a><a name="KEEPALIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (an integer) represents 2765 2765 the number of seconds between <em class="parameter"><code>keepalive</code></em> 2766 2766 packets. If this parameter is zero, no keepalive packets will be … … 2772 2772 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>keepalive</code></em> = <code class="literal">600</code> 2773 2773 </em></span> 2774 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2546104"></a>2774 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="kerberos method (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319953"></a> 2775 2775 2776 2776 kerberos method (G) 2777 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2546105"></a><a name="KERBEROSMETHOD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2777 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319954"></a><a name="KERBEROSMETHOD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2778 2778 Controls how kerberos tickets are verified. 2779 </p><p>Valid options are:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>secrets only - use only the secrets.tdb for2780 ticket verification (default)</p></li><li ><p>system keytab - use only the system keytab2781 for ticket verification</p></li><li ><p>dedicated keytab - use a dedicated keytab2782 for ticket verification</p></li><li ><p>secrets and keytab - use the secrets.tdb2779 </p><p>Valid options are:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>secrets only - use only the secrets.tdb for 2780 ticket verification (default)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>system keytab - use only the system keytab 2781 for ticket verification</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>dedicated keytab - use a dedicated keytab 2782 for ticket verification</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>secrets and keytab - use the secrets.tdb 2783 2783 first, then the system keytab</p></li></ul></div><p> 2784 2784 The major difference between "system keytab" and "dedicated … … 2792 2792 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>kerberos method</code></em> = <code class="literal">secrets only</code> 2793 2793 </em></span> 2794 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2546200"></a>2794 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="kernel change notify (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320042"></a> 2795 2795 2796 2796 kernel change notify (S) 2797 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2546201"></a><a name="KERNELCHANGENOTIFY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should ask the2797 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320044"></a><a name="KERNELCHANGENOTIFY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should ask the 2798 2798 kernel for change notifications in directories so that 2799 2799 SMB clients can refresh whenever the data on the server changes. … … 2802 2802 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>kernel change notify</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2803 2803 </em></span> 2804 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2546250"></a>2804 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="kernel oplocks (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320089"></a> 2805 2805 2806 2806 kernel oplocks (G) 2807 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2546251"></a><a name="KERNELOPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>For UNIXes that support kernel based <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OPLOCKS" target="_top">oplocks</a>2807 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320090"></a><a name="KERNELOPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>For UNIXes that support kernel based <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OPLOCKS" target="_top">oplocks</a> 2808 2808 (currently only IRIX and the Linux 2.4 kernel), this parameter 2809 2809 allows the use of them to be turned on or off.</p><p>Kernel oplocks support allows Samba <em class="parameter"><code>oplocks … … 2815 2815 You should never need to touch this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>kernel oplocks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2816 2816 </em></span> 2817 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2546338"></a>2817 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lanman auth (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320171"></a> 2818 2818 2819 2819 lanman auth (G) 2820 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2546339"></a><a name="LANMANAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to2820 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320172"></a><a name="LANMANAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to 2821 2821 authenticate users or permit password changes 2822 2822 using the LANMAN password hash. If disabled, only clients which support NT … … 2840 2840 special configuration to use it.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lanman auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2841 2841 </em></span> 2842 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2546444"></a>2842 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="large readwrite (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320265"></a> 2843 2843 2844 2844 large readwrite (G) 2845 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2546445"></a><a name="LARGEREADWRITE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not2845 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320266"></a><a name="LARGEREADWRITE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not 2846 2846 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> supports the new 64k 2847 2847 streaming read and write variant SMB requests introduced with … … 2852 2852 tested as some other Samba code paths.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>large readwrite</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2853 2853 </em></span> 2854 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2546507"></a>2854 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap admin dn (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320321"></a> 2855 2855 2856 2856 ldap admin dn (G) 2857 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2546508"></a><a name="LDAPADMINDN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2857 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320322"></a><a name="LDAPADMINDN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2858 2858 The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN" target="_top">ldap admin dn</a> defines the Distinguished Name (DN) name used by Samba to contact 2859 2859 the ldap server when retreiving user account information. The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN" target="_top">ldap admin dn</a> is used … … 2863 2863 </p><p> 2864 2864 The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN" target="_top">ldap admin dn</a> requires a fully specified DN. The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap suffix</a> is not appended to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN" target="_top">ldap admin dn</a>. 2865 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2546617"></a>2865 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap connection timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320424"></a> 2866 2866 2867 2867 ldap connection timeout (G) 2868 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2546618"></a><a name="LDAPCONNECTIONTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2868 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320425"></a><a name="LDAPCONNECTIONTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2869 2869 This parameter tells the LDAP library calls which timeout in seconds 2870 2870 they should honor during initial connection establishments to LDAP servers. … … 2878 2878 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap connection timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">2</code> 2879 2879 </em></span> 2880 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2546682"></a>2880 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap debug level (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320482"></a> 2881 2881 2882 2882 ldap debug level (G) 2883 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2546683"></a><a name="LDAPDEBUGLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2883 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320483"></a><a name="LDAPDEBUGLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2884 2884 This parameter controls the debug level of the LDAP library 2885 2885 calls. In the case of OpenLDAP, it is the same … … 2898 2898 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap debug level</code></em> = <code class="literal">1</code> 2899 2899 </em></span> 2900 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2546770"></a>2900 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap debug threshold (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320566"></a> 2901 2901 2902 2902 ldap debug threshold (G) 2903 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2546771"></a><a name="LDAPDEBUGTHRESHOLD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2903 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320567"></a><a name="LDAPDEBUGTHRESHOLD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2904 2904 This parameter controls the Samba debug level at which 2905 2905 the ldap library debug output is … … 2910 2910 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap debug threshold</code></em> = <code class="literal">5</code> 2911 2911 </em></span> 2912 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2546837"></a>2912 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap delete dn (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320630"></a> 2913 2913 2914 2914 ldap delete dn (G) 2915 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2546838"></a><a name="LDAPDELETEDN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This parameter specifies whether a delete2915 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320632"></a><a name="LDAPDELETEDN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This parameter specifies whether a delete 2916 2916 operation in the ldapsam deletes the complete entry or only the attributes 2917 2917 specific to Samba. 2918 2918 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap delete dn</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2919 2919 </em></span> 2920 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2546881"></a>2920 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap deref (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320672"></a> 2921 2921 2922 2922 ldap deref (G) 2923 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2546882"></a><a name="LDAPDEREF"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls whether Samba should tell the LDAP library2923 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320674"></a><a name="LDAPDEREF"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls whether Samba should tell the LDAP library 2924 2924 to use a certain alias dereferencing method. The default is 2925 2925 <span class="emphasis"><em>auto</em></span>, which means that the default setting of the … … 2932 2932 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap deref</code></em> = <code class="literal">searching</code> 2933 2933 </em></span> 2934 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2546962"></a>2934 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap follow referral (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320750"></a> 2935 2935 2936 2936 ldap follow referral (G) 2937 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2546963"></a><a name="LDAPFOLLOWREFERRAL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls whether to follow LDAP referrals or not when2937 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320751"></a><a name="LDAPFOLLOWREFERRAL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls whether to follow LDAP referrals or not when 2938 2938 searching for entries in the LDAP database. Possible values are 2939 2939 <span class="emphasis"><em>on</em></span> to enable following referrals, … … 2946 2946 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap follow referral</code></em> = <code class="literal">off</code> 2947 2947 </em></span> 2948 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2547037"></a>2948 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap group suffix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320821"></a> 2949 2949 2950 2950 ldap group suffix (G) 2951 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2547038"></a><a name="LDAPGROUPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the suffix that is2951 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320822"></a><a name="LDAPGROUPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the suffix that is 2952 2952 used for groups when these are added to the LDAP directory. 2953 2953 If this parameter is unset, the value of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap suffix</a> will be used instead. The suffix string is pre-pended to the … … 2956 2956 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap group suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">ou=Groups</code> 2957 2957 </em></span> 2958 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2547121"></a>2958 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap idmap suffix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320901"></a> 2959 2959 2960 2960 ldap idmap suffix (G) 2961 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2547122"></a><a name="LDAPIDMAPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2961 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320902"></a><a name="LDAPIDMAPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2962 2962 This parameters specifies the suffix that is used when storing idmap mappings. If this parameter 2963 2963 is unset, the value of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap suffix</a> will be used instead. The suffix … … 2967 2967 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap idmap suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">ou=Idmap</code> 2968 2968 </em></span> 2969 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2547203"></a>2969 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap machine suffix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320980"></a> 2970 2970 2971 2971 ldap machine suffix (G) 2972 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2547204"></a><a name="LDAPMACHINESUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2972 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320981"></a><a name="LDAPMACHINESUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2973 2973 It specifies where machines should be added to the ldap tree. If this parameter is unset, the value of 2974 2974 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap suffix</a> will be used instead. The suffix string is pre-pended to the … … 2978 2978 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap machine suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">ou=Computers</code> 2979 2979 </em></span> 2980 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2547286"></a>2980 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap page size (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321059"></a> 2981 2981 2982 2982 ldap page size (G) 2983 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2547287"></a><a name="LDAPPAGESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2983 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321060"></a><a name="LDAPPAGESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2984 2984 This parameter specifies the number of entries per page. 2985 2985 </p><p>If the LDAP server supports paged results, clients can … … 2990 2990 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap page size</code></em> = <code class="literal">512</code> 2991 2991 </em></span> 2992 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2547352"></a>2992 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap passwd sync (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321122"></a> 2993 2993 2994 2994 ldap passwd sync (G) 2995 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2547353"></a><a name="LDAPPASSWDSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2995 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321123"></a><a name="LDAPPASSWDSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2996 2996 This option is used to define whether or not Samba should sync the LDAP password with the NT 2997 2997 and LM hashes for normal accounts (NOT for workstation, server or domain trusts) on a password … … 2999 2999 </p><p> 3000 3000 The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPPASSWDSYNC" target="_top">ldap passwd sync</a> can be set to one of three values: 3001 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>Yes</code></em> = Try3002 to update the LDAP, NT and LM passwords and update the pwdLastSet time.</p></li><li ><p><em class="parameter"><code>No</code></em> = Update NT and3003 LM passwords and update the pwdLastSet time.</p></li><li ><p><em class="parameter"><code>Only</code></em> = Only update3001 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>Yes</code></em> = Try 3002 to update the LDAP, NT and LM passwords and update the pwdLastSet time.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>No</code></em> = Update NT and 3003 LM passwords and update the pwdLastSet time.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>Only</code></em> = Only update 3004 3004 the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest.</p></li></ul></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap passwd sync</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3005 3005 </em></span> 3006 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2547453"></a>3006 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap replication sleep (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321217"></a> 3007 3007 3008 3008 ldap replication sleep (G) 3009 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2547454"></a><a name="LDAPREPLICATIONSLEEP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3009 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321218"></a><a name="LDAPREPLICATIONSLEEP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3010 3010 When Samba is asked to write to a read-only LDAP replica, we are redirected to talk to the read-write master server. 3011 3011 This server then replicates our changes back to the 'local' server, however the replication might take some seconds, … … 3020 3020 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap replication sleep</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 3021 3021 </em></span> 3022 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2547517"></a>3022 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldapsam:editposix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321273"></a> 3023 3023 3024 3024 ldapsam:editposix (G) 3025 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2547518"></a><a name="LDAPSAM:EDITPOSIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3025 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321274"></a><a name="LDAPSAM:EDITPOSIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3026 3026 Editposix is an option that leverages ldapsam:trusted to make it simpler to manage a domain controller 3027 3027 eliminating the need to set up custom scripts to add and manage the posix users and groups. This option … … 3101 3101 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldapsam:editposix</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3102 3102 </em></span> 3103 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2547654"></a>3103 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldapsam:trusted (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321384"></a> 3104 3104 3105 3105 ldapsam:trusted (G) 3106 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2547655"></a><a name="LDAPSAM:TRUSTED"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3106 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321385"></a><a name="LDAPSAM:TRUSTED"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3107 3107 By default, Samba as a Domain Controller with an LDAP backend needs to use the Unix-style NSS subsystem to 3108 3108 access user and group information. Due to the way Unix stores user information in /etc/passwd and /etc/group … … 3122 3122 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldapsam:trusted</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3123 3123 </em></span> 3124 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2547743"></a>3124 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap ssl ads (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321459"></a> 3125 3125 3126 3126 ldap ssl ads (G) 3127 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2547744"></a><a name="LDAPSSLADS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used to define whether or not Samba should3127 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321460"></a><a name="LDAPSSLADS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used to define whether or not Samba should 3128 3128 use SSL when connecting to the ldap server using 3129 3129 <span class="emphasis"><em>ads</em></span> methods. … … 3135 3135 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap ssl ads</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3136 3136 </em></span> 3137 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2547828"></a>3137 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap ssl (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321541"></a> 3138 3138 3139 3139 ldap ssl (G) 3140 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2547829"></a><a name="LDAPSSL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used to define whether or not Samba should3140 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321542"></a><a name="LDAPSSL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used to define whether or not Samba should 3141 3141 use SSL when connecting to the ldap server 3142 3142 This is <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> related to … … 3149 3149 <span class="emphasis"><em>or</em></span> by specifying <em class="parameter"><code>ldaps://</code></em> in 3150 3150 the URL argument of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSDBBACKEND" target="_top">passdb backend</a>.</p><p>The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSSL" target="_top">ldap ssl</a> can be set to one of 3151 two values:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>Off</code></em> = Never3152 use SSL when querying the directory.</p></li><li ><p><em class="parameter"><code>start tls</code></em> = Use3151 two values:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>Off</code></em> = Never 3152 use SSL when querying the directory.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>start tls</code></em> = Use 3153 3153 the LDAPv3 StartTLS extended operation (RFC2830) for 3154 3154 communicating with the directory server.</p></li></ul></div><p> … … 3163 3163 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap ssl</code></em> = <code class="literal">start tls</code> 3164 3164 </em></span> 3165 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2548021"></a>3165 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap suffix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321725"></a> 3166 3166 3167 3167 ldap suffix (G) 3168 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2548022"></a><a name="LDAPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the base for all ldap suffixes and for storing the sambaDomain object.</p><p>3168 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321726"></a><a name="LDAPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the base for all ldap suffixes and for storing the sambaDomain object.</p><p> 3169 3169 The ldap suffix will be appended to the values specified for the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPUSERSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap user suffix</a>, 3170 3170 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPGROUPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap group suffix</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPMACHINESUFFIX" target="_top">ldap machine suffix</a>, and the … … 3175 3175 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">dc=samba,dc=org</code> 3176 3176 </em></span> 3177 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2548144"></a>3177 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321841"></a> 3178 3178 3179 3179 ldap timeout (G) 3180 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2548145"></a><a name="LDAPTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3180 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321842"></a><a name="LDAPTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3181 3181 This parameter defines the number of seconds that Samba should use as timeout for LDAP operations. 3182 3182 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">15</code> 3183 3183 </em></span> 3184 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2548186"></a>3184 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap user suffix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321881"></a> 3185 3185 3186 3186 ldap user suffix (G) 3187 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2548187"></a><a name="LDAPUSERSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3187 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321882"></a><a name="LDAPUSERSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3188 3188 This parameter specifies where users are added to the tree. If this parameter is unset, 3189 3189 the value of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap suffix</a> will be used instead. The suffix … … 3193 3193 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap user suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">ou=people</code> 3194 3194 </em></span> 3195 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2548268"></a>3195 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="level2 oplocks (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321960"></a> 3196 3196 3197 3197 level2 oplocks (S) 3198 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2548269"></a><a name="LEVEL2OPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether Samba supports3198 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321962"></a><a name="LEVEL2OPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether Samba supports 3199 3199 level2 (read-only) oplocks on a share.</p><p>Level2, or read-only oplocks allow Windows NT clients 3200 3200 that have an oplock on a file to downgrade from a read-write oplock … … 3216 3216 this parameter to have any effect.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>level2 oplocks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3217 3217 </em></span> 3218 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2548375"></a>3218 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lm announce (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322056"></a> 3219 3219 3220 3220 lm announce (G) 3221 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2548376"></a><a name="LMANNOUNCE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will produce Lanman announce3221 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322057"></a><a name="LMANNOUNCE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will produce Lanman announce 3222 3222 broadcasts that are needed by OS/2 clients in order for them to see 3223 3223 the Samba server in their browse list. This parameter can have three … … 3235 3235 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lm announce</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3236 3236 </em></span> 3237 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2548497"></a>3237 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lm interval (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322171"></a> 3238 3238 3239 3239 lm interval (G) 3240 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2548498"></a><a name="LMINTERVAL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba is set to produce Lanman announce3240 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322172"></a><a name="LMINTERVAL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba is set to produce Lanman announce 3241 3241 broadcasts needed by OS/2 clients (see the 3242 3242 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LMANNOUNCE" target="_top">lm announce</a> parameter) then this … … 3248 3248 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lm interval</code></em> = <code class="literal">120</code> 3249 3249 </em></span> 3250 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2548581"></a>3250 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="load printers (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322252"></a> 3251 3251 3252 3252 load printers (G) 3253 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2548582"></a><a name="LOADPRINTERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>A boolean variable that controls whether all3253 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322253"></a><a name="LOADPRINTERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>A boolean variable that controls whether all 3254 3254 printers in the printcap will be loaded for browsing by default. 3255 3255 See the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTERS" target="_top">printers</a> section for 3256 3256 more details.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>load printers</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3257 3257 </em></span> 3258 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2548638"></a>3258 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="local master (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322306"></a> 3259 3259 3260 3260 local master (G) 3261 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2548639"></a><a name="LOCALMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to try and become a local master browser3261 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322307"></a><a name="LOCALMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to try and become a local master browser 3262 3262 on a subnet. If set to <code class="constant">no</code> then <code class="literal"> 3263 3263 nmbd</code> will not attempt to become a local master browser … … 3269 3269 master browser.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>local master</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3270 3270 </em></span> 3271 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2548737"></a>3271 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lock dir"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322402"></a> 3272 3272 3273 3273 <a name="LOCKDIR"></a>lock dir 3274 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2548738"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#LOCKDIRECTORY">lock directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2548769"></a>3274 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322403"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#LOCKDIRECTORY">lock directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lock directory (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322434"></a> 3275 3275 3276 3276 lock directory (G) 3277 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2548770"></a><a name="LOCKDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the directory where lock3277 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322435"></a><a name="LOCKDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the directory where lock 3278 3278 files will be placed. The lock files are used to implement the 3279 3279 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAXCONNECTIONS" target="_top">max connections</a> option. … … 3285 3285 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lock directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/var/run/samba/locks</code> 3286 3286 </em></span> 3287 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2548847"></a>3287 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="locking (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322508"></a> 3288 3288 3289 3289 locking (S) 3290 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2548848"></a><a name="LOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether or not locking will be3290 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322509"></a><a name="LOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether or not locking will be 3291 3291 performed by the server in response to lock requests from the 3292 3292 client.</p><p>If <code class="literal">locking = no</code>, all lock and unlock … … 3298 3298 is not really recommended even in this case.</p><p>Be careful about disabling locking either globally or in a 3299 3299 specific service, as lack of locking may result in data corruption. 3300 You should never need to set this parameter.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2548923"></a>3300 You should never need to set this parameter.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lock spin count (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322577"></a> 3301 3301 3302 3302 lock spin count (G) 3303 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2548924"></a><a name="LOCKSPINCOUNT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter has been made inoperative in Samba 3.0.24.3303 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322578"></a><a name="LOCKSPINCOUNT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter has been made inoperative in Samba 3.0.24. 3304 3304 The functionality it contolled is now controlled by the parameter 3305 3305 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOCKSPINTIME" target="_top">lock spin time</a>. 3306 3306 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lock spin count</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 3307 3307 </em></span> 3308 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2548979"></a>3308 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lock spin time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322630"></a> 3309 3309 3310 3310 lock spin time (G) 3311 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2548980"></a><a name="LOCKSPINTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The time in milliseconds that smbd should3311 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322631"></a><a name="LOCKSPINTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The time in milliseconds that smbd should 3312 3312 keep waiting to see if a failed lock request can 3313 3313 be granted. This parameter has changed in default … … 3317 3317 to change the value of this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lock spin time</code></em> = <code class="literal">200</code> 3318 3318 </em></span> 3319 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2549037"></a>3319 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="log file (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322684"></a> 3320 3320 3321 3321 log file (G) 3322 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2549038"></a><a name="LOGFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3322 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322685"></a><a name="LOGFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3323 3323 This option allows you to override the name of the Samba log file (also known as the debug file). 3324 3324 </p><p> … … 3326 3326 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>log file</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/var/log.%m</code> 3327 3327 </em></span> 3328 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2549090"></a>3328 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debuglevel"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322734"></a> 3329 3329 3330 3330 <a name="DEBUGLEVEL"></a>debuglevel 3331 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2549091"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#LOGLEVEL">log level</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2549121"></a>3331 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322735"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#LOGLEVEL">log level</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="log level (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322764"></a> 3332 3332 3333 3333 log level (G) 3334 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2549122"></a><a name="LOGLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3334 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322766"></a><a name="LOGLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3335 3335 The value of the parameter (a astring) allows the debug level (logging level) to be specified in the 3336 3336 <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file. … … 3339 3339 debug classes. This is to give greater flexibility in the configuration 3340 3340 of the system. The following debug classes are currently implemented: 3341 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>all</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>tdb</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>printdrivers</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>lanman</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>smb</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>rpc_parse</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>rpc_srv</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>rpc_cli</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>passdb</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>sam</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>auth</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>winbind</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>vfs</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>idmap</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>quota</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>acls</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>locking</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>msdfs</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>dmapi</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>registry</code></em></p></li></ul></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>log level</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code>3341 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>all</code></em></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>tdb</code></em></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>printdrivers</code></em></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>lanman</code></em></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>smb</code></em></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>rpc_parse</code></em></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>rpc_srv</code></em></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>rpc_cli</code></em></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>passdb</code></em></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>sam</code></em></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>auth</code></em></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>winbind</code></em></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>vfs</code></em></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>idmap</code></em></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>quota</code></em></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>acls</code></em></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>locking</code></em></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>msdfs</code></em></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>dmapi</code></em></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>registry</code></em></p></li></ul></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>log level</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 3342 3342 </em></span> 3343 3343 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>log level</code></em> = <code class="literal">3 passdb:5 auth:10 winbind:2</code> 3344 3344 </em></span> 3345 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2549354"></a>3345 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="logon drive (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322993"></a> 3346 3346 3347 3347 logon drive (G) 3348 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2549356"></a><a name="LOGONDRIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3348 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322994"></a><a name="LOGONDRIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3349 3349 This parameter specifies the local path to which the home directory will be 3350 3350 connected (see <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONHOME" target="_top">logon home</a>) and is only used by NT … … 3356 3356 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>logon drive</code></em> = <code class="literal">h:</code> 3357 3357 </em></span> 3358 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2549430"></a>3358 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="logon home (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323066"></a> 3359 3359 3360 3360 logon home (G) 3361 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2549431"></a><a name="LOGONHOME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3361 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323067"></a><a name="LOGONHOME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3362 3362 This parameter specifies the home directory location when a Win95/98 or NT Workstation logs into a Samba PDC. 3363 3363 It allows you to do … … 3390 3390 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>logon home</code></em> = <code class="literal">\\remote_smb_server\%U</code> 3391 3391 </em></span> 3392 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2549594"></a>3392 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="logon path (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323220"></a> 3393 3393 3394 3394 logon path (G) 3395 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2549595"></a><a name="LOGONPATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3395 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323221"></a><a name="LOGONPATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3396 3396 This parameter specifies the directory where roaming profiles (Desktop, NTuser.dat, etc) are 3397 3397 stored. Contrary to previous versions of these manual pages, it has nothing to do with Win 9X roaming … … 3415 3415 </p><p> 3416 3416 This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing you to have separate logon scripts for each user or machine. 3417 </p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p>3418 Do not quote the value. Setting this as “<span class="quote">\\%N\profile\%U</span>”3417 </p><div class="warning" title="Warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> 3418 Do not quote the value. Setting this as <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">\\%N\profile\%U</span>”</span> 3419 3419 will break profile handling. Where the tdbsam or ldapsam passdb backend 3420 3420 is used, at the time the user account is created the value configured … … 3437 3437 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>logon path</code></em> = <code class="literal">\\%N\%U\profile</code> 3438 3438 </em></span> 3439 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2549763"></a>3439 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="logon script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323366"></a> 3440 3440 3441 3441 logon script (G) 3442 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2549764"></a><a name="LOGONSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3442 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323367"></a><a name="LOGONSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3443 3443 This parameter specifies the batch file (<code class="filename">.bat</code>) or NT command file 3444 3444 (<code class="filename">.cmd</code>) to be downloaded and run on a machine when a user successfully logs in. The file … … 3471 3471 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>logon script</code></em> = <code class="literal">scripts\%U.bat</code> 3472 3472 </em></span> 3473 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2549932"></a>3473 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lppause command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323524"></a> 3474 3474 3475 3475 lppause command (S) 3476 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2549934"></a><a name="LPPAUSECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be3476 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323525"></a><a name="LPPAUSECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 3477 3477 executed on the server host in order to stop printing or spooling 3478 3478 a specific print job.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes … … 3498 3498 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lppause command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/lpalt %p-%j -p0</code> 3499 3499 </em></span> 3500 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2550080"></a>3500 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lpq cache time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323660"></a> 3501 3501 3502 3502 lpq cache time (G) 3503 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2550082"></a><a name="LPQCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls how long lpq info will be cached3503 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323661"></a><a name="LPQCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls how long lpq info will be cached 3504 3504 for to prevent the <code class="literal">lpq</code> command being called too 3505 3505 often. A separate cache is kept for each variation of the <code class="literal"> … … 3514 3514 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lpq cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">10</code> 3515 3515 </em></span> 3516 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2550199"></a>3516 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lpq command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323771"></a> 3517 3517 3518 3518 lpq command (S) 3519 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2550200"></a><a name="LPQCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be3519 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323772"></a><a name="LPQCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 3520 3520 executed on the server host in order to obtain <code class="literal">lpq 3521 3521 </code>-style printer status information.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which … … 3539 3539 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lpq command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/lpq -P%p</code> 3540 3540 </em></span> 3541 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2550326"></a>3541 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lpresume command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323888"></a> 3542 3542 3543 3543 lpresume command (S) 3544 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2550327"></a><a name="LPRESUMECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be3544 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323889"></a><a name="LPRESUMECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 3545 3545 executed on the server host in order to restart or continue 3546 3546 printing or spooling a specific print job.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes … … 3555 3555 is <code class="constant">SOFTQ</code>, then the default is:</p><p><code class="literal">qstat -s -j%j -r</code></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lpresume command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/lpalt %p-%j -p2</code> 3556 3556 </em></span> 3557 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2550479"></a>3557 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lprm command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324032"></a> 3558 3558 3559 3559 lprm command (S) 3560 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2550480"></a><a name="LPRMCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be3560 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324033"></a><a name="LPRMCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 3561 3561 executed on the server host in order to delete a print job.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes 3562 3562 a printer name and job number, and deletes the print job.</p><p>If a <em class="parameter"><code>%p</code></em> is given then the printer name … … 3575 3575 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lprm command</code></em> = <code class="literal"> determined by printing parameter</code> 3576 3576 </em></span> 3577 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2550566"></a>3577 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="machine password timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324113"></a> 3578 3578 3579 3579 machine password timeout (G) 3580 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2550567"></a><a name="MACHINEPASSWORDTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3580 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324114"></a><a name="MACHINEPASSWORDTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3581 3581 If a Samba server is a member of a Windows NT Domain (see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">security = domain</a> parameter) then periodically a running smbd process will try and change 3582 3582 the MACHINE ACCOUNT PASSWORD stored in the TDB called <code class="filename">private/secrets.tdb … … 3588 3588 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>machine password timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">604800</code> 3589 3589 </em></span> 3590 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2550654"></a>3590 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="magic output (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324197"></a> 3591 3591 3592 3592 magic output (S) 3593 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2550655"></a><a name="MAGICOUTPUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3593 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324198"></a><a name="MAGICOUTPUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3594 3594 This parameter specifies the name of a file which will contain output created by a magic script (see the 3595 3595 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAGICSCRIPT" target="_top">magic script</a> parameter below). 3596 </p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p>If two clients use the same <em class="parameter"><code>magic script3596 </p><div class="warning" title="Warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p>If two clients use the same <em class="parameter"><code>magic script 3597 3597 </code></em> in the same directory the output file content is undefined. 3598 3598 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>magic output</code></em> = <code class="literal"><magic script name>.out</code> … … 3600 3600 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>magic output</code></em> = <code class="literal">myfile.txt</code> 3601 3601 </em></span> 3602 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2550738"></a>3602 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="magic script (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324277"></a> 3603 3603 3604 3604 magic script (S) 3605 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2550739"></a><a name="MAGICSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a file which,3605 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324278"></a><a name="MAGICSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a file which, 3606 3606 if opened, will be executed by the server when the file is closed. 3607 3607 This allows a UNIX script to be sent to the Samba host and … … 3619 3619 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>magic script</code></em> = <code class="literal">user.csh</code> 3620 3620 </em></span> 3621 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2550844"></a>3621 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="mangled names (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324375"></a> 3622 3622 3623 3623 mangled names (S) 3624 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2550845"></a><a name="MANGLEDNAMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether non-DOS names under UNIX3624 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324376"></a><a name="MANGLEDNAMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether non-DOS names under UNIX 3625 3625 should be mapped to DOS-compatible names ("mangled") and made visible, 3626 3626 or whether non-DOS names should simply be ignored.</p><p>See the section on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING" target="_top">name mangling</a> for 3627 details on how to control the mangling process.</p><p>If mangling is used then the mangling method is as follows:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The first (up to) five alphanumeric characters3627 details on how to control the mangling process.</p><p>If mangling is used then the mangling method is as follows:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>The first (up to) five alphanumeric characters 3628 3628 before the rightmost dot of the filename are preserved, forced 3629 3629 to upper case, and appear as the first (up to) five characters 3630 of the mangled name.</p></li><li ><p>A tilde "~" is appended to the first part of the mangled3630 of the mangled name.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>A tilde "~" is appended to the first part of the mangled 3631 3631 name, followed by a two-character unique sequence, based on the 3632 3632 original root name (i.e., the original filename minus its final … … 3635 3635 characters.</p><p>Note that the character to use may be specified using 3636 3636 the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MANGLINGCHAR" target="_top">mangling char</a> 3637 option, if you don't like '~'.</p></li><li ><p>Files whose UNIX name begins with a dot will be3637 option, if you don't like '~'.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Files whose UNIX name begins with a dot will be 3638 3638 presented as DOS hidden files. The mangled name will be created as 3639 3639 for other filenames, but with the leading dot removed and "___" as … … 3647 3647 do not change between sessions.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangled names</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3648 3648 </em></span> 3649 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2550981"></a>3649 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="mangle prefix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324494"></a> 3650 3650 3651 3651 mangle prefix (G) 3652 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2550982"></a><a name="MANGLEPREFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> controls the number of prefix3652 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324495"></a><a name="MANGLEPREFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> controls the number of prefix 3653 3653 characters from the original name used when generating 3654 3654 the mangled names. A larger value will give a weaker … … 3660 3660 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangle prefix</code></em> = <code class="literal">4</code> 3661 3661 </em></span> 3662 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551047"></a>3662 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="mangling char (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324558"></a> 3663 3663 3664 3664 mangling char (S) 3665 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2551048"></a><a name="MANGLINGCHAR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what character is used as3665 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324559"></a><a name="MANGLINGCHAR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what character is used as 3666 3666 the <span class="emphasis"><em>magic</em></span> character in <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING" target="_top">name mangling</a>. The 3667 3667 default is a '~' but this may interfere with some software. Use this option to set … … 3670 3670 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangling char</code></em> = <code class="literal">^</code> 3671 3671 </em></span> 3672 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551125"></a>3672 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="mangling method (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324632"></a> 3673 3673 3674 3674 mangling method (G) 3675 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2551126"></a><a name="MANGLINGMETHOD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> controls the algorithm used for the generating3675 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324633"></a><a name="MANGLINGMETHOD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> controls the algorithm used for the generating 3676 3676 the mangled names. Can take two different values, "hash" and 3677 3677 "hash2". "hash" is the algorithm that was used … … 3684 3684 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangling method</code></em> = <code class="literal">hash</code> 3685 3685 </em></span> 3686 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551192"></a>3686 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map acl inherit (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324694"></a> 3687 3687 3688 3688 map acl inherit (S) 3689 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2551193"></a><a name="MAPACLINHERIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map the 'inherit' and 'protected'3689 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324695"></a><a name="MAPACLINHERIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map the 'inherit' and 'protected' 3690 3690 access control entry flags stored in Windows ACLs into an extended attribute 3691 3691 called user.SAMBA_PAI. This parameter only takes effect if Samba is being run … … 3695 3695 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map acl inherit</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3696 3696 </em></span> 3697 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551249"></a>3697 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map archive (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324746"></a> 3698 3698 3699 3699 map archive (S) 3700 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2551250"></a><a name="MAPARCHIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3700 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324747"></a><a name="MAPARCHIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3701 3701 This controls whether the DOS archive attribute 3702 3702 should be mapped to the UNIX owner execute bit. The DOS archive bit … … 3711 3711 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map archive</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3712 3712 </em></span> 3713 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551324"></a>3713 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map hidden (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324815"></a> 3714 3714 3715 3715 map hidden (S) 3716 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2551326"></a><a name="MAPHIDDEN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3716 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324816"></a><a name="MAPHIDDEN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3717 3717 This controls whether DOS style hidden files should be mapped to the UNIX world execute bit. 3718 3718 </p><p> … … 3720 3720 bit is not masked out (i.e. it must include 001). See the parameter <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK" target="_top">create mask</a> 3721 3721 for details. 3722 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551382"></a>3722 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map readonly (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324870"></a> 3723 3723 3724 3724 map readonly (S) 3725 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2551383"></a><a name="MAPREADONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3725 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324871"></a><a name="MAPREADONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3726 3726 This controls how the DOS read only attribute should be mapped from a UNIX filesystem. 3727 3727 </p><p> … … 3730 3730 present. If <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#STOREDOSATTRIBUTES" target="_top">store dos attributes</a> is set to <code class="constant">yes</code> then this 3731 3731 parameter is <span class="emphasis"><em>ignored</em></span>. This is a new parameter introduced in Samba version 3.0.21. 3732 </p><p>The three settings are :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>3732 </p><p>The three settings are :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> 3733 3733 <code class="constant">Yes</code> - The read only DOS attribute is mapped to the inverse of the user 3734 3734 or owner write bit in the unix permission mode set. If the owner write bit is not set, the … … 3738 3738 If the read only DOS attribute is unset, Samba simply sets the write bit of the 3739 3739 owner to one. 3740 </p></li><li ><p>3740 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 3741 3741 <code class="constant">Permissions</code> - The read only DOS attribute is mapped to the effective permissions of 3742 3742 the connecting user, as evaluated by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> by reading the unix permissions and POSIX ACL (if present). 3743 3743 If the connecting user does not have permission to modify the file, the read only attribute 3744 3744 is reported as being set on the file. 3745 </p></li><li ><p>3745 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 3746 3746 <code class="constant">No</code> - The read only DOS attribute is unaffected by permissions, and can only be set by 3747 3747 the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#STOREDOSATTRIBUTES" target="_top">store dos attributes</a> method. This may be useful for exporting mounted CDs. 3748 3748 </p></li></ul></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map readonly</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3749 3749 </em></span> 3750 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551538"></a>3750 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map system (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325012"></a> 3751 3751 3752 3752 map system (S) 3753 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2551540"></a><a name="MAPSYSTEM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3753 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325013"></a><a name="MAPSYSTEM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3754 3754 This controls whether DOS style system files should be mapped to the UNIX group execute bit. 3755 3755 </p><p> … … 3759 3759 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map system</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3760 3760 </em></span> 3761 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551608"></a>3761 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map to guest (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325078"></a> 3762 3762 3763 3763 map to guest (G) 3764 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2551609"></a><a name="MAPTOGUEST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only useful in <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">SECURITY =3764 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325079"></a><a name="MAPTOGUEST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only useful in <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">SECURITY = 3765 3765 security</a> modes other than <em class="parameter"><code>security = share</code></em> 3766 3766 and <em class="parameter"><code>security = server</code></em> 3767 3767 - i.e. <code class="constant">user</code>, and <code class="constant">domain</code>.</p><p>This parameter can take four different values, which tell 3768 3768 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> what to do with user 3769 login requests that don't match a valid UNIX user in some way.</p><p>The four settings are :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="constant">Never</code> - Means user login3769 login requests that don't match a valid UNIX user in some way.</p><p>The four settings are :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><code class="constant">Never</code> - Means user login 3770 3770 requests with an invalid password are rejected. This is the 3771 default.</p></li><li ><p><code class="constant">Bad User</code> - Means user3771 default.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="constant">Bad User</code> - Means user 3772 3772 logins with an invalid password are rejected, unless the username 3773 3773 does not exist, in which case it is treated as a guest login and 3774 mapped into the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT" target="_top">guest account</a>.</p></li><li ><p><code class="constant">Bad Password</code> - Means user logins3774 mapped into the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT" target="_top">guest account</a>.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="constant">Bad Password</code> - Means user logins 3775 3775 with an invalid password are treated as a guest login and mapped 3776 3776 into the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT" target="_top">guest account</a>. Note that … … 3781 3781 that they got their password wrong. Helpdesk services will 3782 3782 <span class="emphasis"><em>hate</em></span> you if you set the <em class="parameter"><code>map to 3783 guest</code></em> parameter this way :-).</p></li><li ><p><code class="constant">Bad Uid</code> - Is only applicable when Samba is configured3783 guest</code></em> parameter this way :-).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="constant">Bad Uid</code> - Is only applicable when Samba is configured 3784 3784 in some type of domain mode security (security = {domain|ads}) and means that 3785 3785 user logins which are successfully authenticated but which have no valid Unix … … 3804 3804 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map to guest</code></em> = <code class="literal">Bad User</code> 3805 3805 </em></span> 3806 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551848"></a>3806 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map untrusted to domain (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325294"></a> 3807 3807 3808 3808 map untrusted to domain (G) 3809 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2551849"></a><a name="MAPUNTRUSTEDTODOMAIN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3809 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325295"></a><a name="MAPUNTRUSTEDTODOMAIN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3810 3810 If a client connects to smbd using an untrusted domain name, such as 3811 3811 BOGUS\user, smbd replaces the BOGUS domain with it's SAM name before … … 3825 3825 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map untrusted to domain</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3826 3826 </em></span> 3827 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551915"></a>3827 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max connections (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325352"></a> 3828 3828 3829 3829 max connections (S) 3830 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2551916"></a><a name="MAXCONNECTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows the number of simultaneous connections to a service to be limited.3830 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325353"></a><a name="MAXCONNECTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows the number of simultaneous connections to a service to be limited. 3831 3831 If <em class="parameter"><code>max connections</code></em> is greater than 0 then connections 3832 3832 will be refused if this number of connections to the service are already open. A value … … 3836 3836 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max connections</code></em> = <code class="literal">10</code> 3837 3837 </em></span> 3838 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552001"></a>3838 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max disk size (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325434"></a> 3839 3839 3840 3840 max disk size (G) 3841 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2552002"></a><a name="MAXDISKSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to put an upper limit3841 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325435"></a><a name="MAXDISKSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to put an upper limit 3842 3842 on the apparent size of disks. If you set this option to 100 3843 3843 then all shares will appear to be not larger than 100 MB in … … 3853 3853 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max disk size</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 3854 3854 </em></span> 3855 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552093"></a>3855 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max log size (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325519"></a> 3856 3856 3857 3857 max log size (G) 3858 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2552094"></a><a name="MAXLOGSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3858 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325520"></a><a name="MAXLOGSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3859 3859 This option (an integer in kilobytes) specifies the max size the log file should grow to. 3860 3860 Samba periodically checks the size and if it is exceeded it will rename the file, adding … … 3865 3865 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max log size</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 3866 3866 </em></span> 3867 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552164"></a>3867 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max mux (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325587"></a> 3868 3868 3869 3869 max mux (G) 3870 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2552165"></a><a name="MAXMUX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum number of3870 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325588"></a><a name="MAXMUX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum number of 3871 3871 outstanding simultaneous SMB operations that Samba tells the client 3872 3872 it will allow. You should never need to set this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max mux</code></em> = <code class="literal">50</code> 3873 3873 </em></span> 3874 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552207"></a>3874 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max open files (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325629"></a> 3875 3875 3876 3876 max open files (G) 3877 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2552208"></a><a name="MAXOPENFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of3877 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325630"></a><a name="MAXOPENFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of 3878 3878 open files that one <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> file 3879 3879 serving process may have open for a client at any one time. The … … 3886 3886 this parameter so you should never need to touch this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max open files</code></em> = <code class="literal">16404</code> 3887 3887 </em></span> 3888 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552270"></a>3888 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max print jobs (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325686"></a> 3889 3889 3890 3890 max print jobs (S) 3891 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2552271"></a><a name="MAXPRINTJOBS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of3891 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325687"></a><a name="MAXPRINTJOBS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of 3892 3892 jobs allowable in a Samba printer queue at any given moment. 3893 3893 If this number is exceeded, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will remote "Out of Space" to the client. … … 3896 3896 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max print jobs</code></em> = <code class="literal">5000</code> 3897 3897 </em></span> 3898 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552340"></a>3898 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="protocol"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325754"></a> 3899 3899 3900 3900 <a name="PROTOCOL"></a>protocol 3901 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2552341"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#MAXPROTOCOL">max protocol</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552373"></a>3901 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325755"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#MAXPROTOCOL">max protocol</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max protocol (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325786"></a> 3902 3902 3903 3903 max protocol (G) 3904 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2552374"></a><a name="MAXPROTOCOL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the highest3905 protocol level that will be supported by the server.</p><p>Possible values are :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="constant">CORE</code>: Earliest version. No3906 concept of user names.</p></li><li ><p><code class="constant">COREPLUS</code>: Slight improvements on3907 CORE for efficiency.</p></li><li ><p><code class="constant">LANMAN1</code>: First <span class="emphasis"><em>3904 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325787"></a><a name="MAXPROTOCOL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the highest 3905 protocol level that will be supported by the server.</p><p>Possible values are :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><code class="constant">CORE</code>: Earliest version. No 3906 concept of user names.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="constant">COREPLUS</code>: Slight improvements on 3907 CORE for efficiency.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="constant">LANMAN1</code>: First <span class="emphasis"><em> 3908 3908 modern</em></span> version of the protocol. Long filename 3909 support.</p></li><li ><p><code class="constant">LANMAN2</code>: Updates to Lanman1 protocol.</p></li><li><p><code class="constant">NT1</code>: Current up to date version of the protocol.3910 Used by Windows NT. Known as CIFS.</p></li><li ><p><code class="constant">SMB2</code>: Re-implementation of the SMB protocol.3909 support.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="constant">LANMAN2</code>: Updates to Lanman1 protocol.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="constant">NT1</code>: Current up to date version of the protocol. 3910 Used by Windows NT. Known as CIFS.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="constant">SMB2</code>: Re-implementation of the SMB protocol. 3911 3911 Used by Windows Vista and newer. The Samba implementation of SMB2 is 3912 3912 currently marked experimental!</p></li></ul></div><p>Normally this option should not be set as the automatic … … 3916 3916 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max protocol</code></em> = <code class="literal">LANMAN1</code> 3917 3917 </em></span> 3918 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552510"></a>3918 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max reported print jobs (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325915"></a> 3919 3919 3920 3920 max reported print jobs (S) 3921 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2552511"></a><a name="MAXREPORTEDPRINTJOBS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3921 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325916"></a><a name="MAXREPORTEDPRINTJOBS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3922 3922 This parameter limits the maximum number of jobs displayed in a port monitor for 3923 3923 Samba printer queue at any given moment. If this number is exceeded, the excess … … 3928 3928 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max reported print jobs</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 3929 3929 </em></span> 3930 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552574"></a>3930 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max smbd processes (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325974"></a> 3931 3931 3932 3932 max smbd processes (G) 3933 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2552575"></a><a name="MAXSMBDPROCESSES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> processes concurrently running on a system and is intended3933 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325975"></a><a name="MAXSMBDPROCESSES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> processes concurrently running on a system and is intended 3934 3934 as a stopgap to prevent degrading service to clients in the event that the server has insufficient 3935 3935 resources to handle more than this number of connections. Remember that under normal operating … … 3939 3939 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max smbd processes</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 3940 3940 </em></span> 3941 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552655"></a>3941 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max stat cache size (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326051"></a> 3942 3942 3943 3943 max stat cache size (G) 3944 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2552656"></a><a name="MAXSTATCACHESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the size in memory of any3944 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326052"></a><a name="MAXSTATCACHESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the size in memory of any 3945 3945 <em class="parameter"><code>stat cache</code></em> being used 3946 3946 to speed up case insensitive name mappings. It represents … … 3953 3953 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max stat cache size</code></em> = <code class="literal">100</code> 3954 3954 </em></span> 3955 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552725"></a>3955 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max ttl (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326117"></a> 3956 3956 3957 3957 max ttl (G) 3958 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2552726"></a><a name="MAXTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> what the default 'time to live'3958 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326118"></a><a name="MAXTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> what the default 'time to live' 3959 3959 of NetBIOS names should be (in seconds) when <code class="literal">nmbd</code> is 3960 3960 requesting a name using either a broadcast packet or from a WINS server. You should 3961 3961 never need to change this parameter. The default is 3 days.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max ttl</code></em> = <code class="literal">259200</code> 3962 3962 </em></span> 3963 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552784"></a>3963 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max wins ttl (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326174"></a> 3964 3964 3965 3965 max wins ttl (G) 3966 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2552785"></a><a name="MAXWINSTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server3966 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326175"></a><a name="MAXWINSTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server 3967 3967 (<a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINSSUPPORT" target="_top">wins support = yes</a>) what the maximum 3968 3968 'time to live' of NetBIOS names that <code class="literal">nmbd</code> … … 3970 3970 parameter. The default is 6 days (518400 seconds).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max wins ttl</code></em> = <code class="literal">518400</code> 3971 3971 </em></span> 3972 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552855"></a>3972 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max xmit (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326243"></a> 3973 3973 3974 3974 max xmit (G) 3975 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2552856"></a><a name="MAXXMIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum packet size3975 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326244"></a><a name="MAXXMIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum packet size 3976 3976 that will be negotiated by Samba. The default is 16644, which 3977 3977 matches the behavior of Windows 2000. A value below 2048 is likely to cause problems. … … 3981 3981 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max xmit</code></em> = <code class="literal">8192</code> 3982 3982 </em></span> 3983 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552917"></a>3983 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="message command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326303"></a> 3984 3984 3985 3985 message command (G) 3986 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2552918"></a><a name="MESSAGECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies what command to run when the3986 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326304"></a><a name="MESSAGECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies what command to run when the 3987 3987 server receives a WinPopup style message.</p><p>This would normally be a command that would 3988 3988 deliver the message somehow. How this is to be done is … … 4000 4000 %u</code></em> won't work (<em class="parameter"><code>%U</code></em> may be better 4001 4001 in this case).</p><p>Apart from the standard substitutions, some additional 4002 ones apply. In particular:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>%s</code></em> = the filename containing4003 the message.</p></li><li ><p><em class="parameter"><code>%t</code></em> = the destination that4004 the message was sent to (probably the server name).</p></li><li ><p><em class="parameter"><code>%f</code></em> = who the message4002 ones apply. In particular:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>%s</code></em> = the filename containing 4003 the message.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>%t</code></em> = the destination that 4004 the message was sent to (probably the server name).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>%f</code></em> = who the message 4005 4005 is from.</p></li></ul></div><p>You could make this command send mail, or whatever else 4006 4006 takes your fancy. Please let us know of any really interesting … … 4023 4023 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>message command</code></em> = <code class="literal">csh -c 'xedit %s; rm %s' &</code> 4024 4024 </em></span> 4025 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553128"></a>4025 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="min print space (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326495"></a> 4026 4026 4027 4027 min print space (S) 4028 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2553129"></a><a name="MINPRINTSPACE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This sets the minimum amount of free disk4028 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326496"></a><a name="MINPRINTSPACE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This sets the minimum amount of free disk 4029 4029 space that must be available before a user will be able to spool 4030 4030 a print job. It is specified in kilobytes. The default is 0, which … … 4033 4033 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>min print space</code></em> = <code class="literal">2000</code> 4034 4034 </em></span> 4035 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553190"></a>4035 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="min protocol (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326554"></a> 4036 4036 4037 4037 min protocol (G) 4038 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2553191"></a><a name="MINPROTOCOL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the4038 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326556"></a><a name="MINPROTOCOL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the 4039 4039 lowest SMB protocol dialect than Samba will support. Please refer 4040 4040 to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAXPROTOCOL" target="_top">max protocol</a> … … 4048 4048 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>min protocol</code></em> = <code class="literal">NT1</code> 4049 4049 </em></span> 4050 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553289"></a>4050 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="min receivefile size (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326647"></a> 4051 4051 4052 4052 min receivefile size (G) 4053 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2553290"></a><a name="MINRECEIVEFILESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option changes the behavior of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when processing SMBwriteX calls. Any incoming4053 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326648"></a><a name="MINRECEIVEFILESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option changes the behavior of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when processing SMBwriteX calls. Any incoming 4054 4054 SMBwriteX call on a non-signed SMB/CIFS connection greater than this value will not be processed in the normal way but will 4055 4055 be passed to any underlying kernel recvfile or splice system call (if there is no such … … 4060 4060 nonzero. The maximum value is 128k. Values greater than 128k will be silently set to 128k.</p><p>Note this option will have NO EFFECT if set on a SMB signed connection.</p><p>The default is zero, which diables this option.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>min receivefile size</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 4061 4061 </em></span> 4062 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553358"></a>4062 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="min wins ttl (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326709"></a> 4063 4063 4064 4064 min wins ttl (G) 4065 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2553359"></a><a name="MINWINSTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>4065 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326710"></a><a name="MINWINSTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> 4066 4066 when acting as a WINS server (<a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINSSUPPORT" target="_top">wins support = yes</a>) what the minimum 'time to live' 4067 4067 of NetBIOS names that <code class="literal">nmbd</code> will grant will be (in … … 4069 4069 is 6 hours (21600 seconds).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>min wins ttl</code></em> = <code class="literal">21600</code> 4070 4070 </em></span> 4071 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553429"></a>4071 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="msdfs proxy (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326776"></a> 4072 4072 4073 4073 msdfs proxy (S) 4074 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2553430"></a><a name="MSDFSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter indicates that the share is a4074 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326777"></a><a name="MSDFSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter indicates that the share is a 4075 4075 stand-in for another CIFS share whose location is specified by 4076 4076 the value of the parameter. When clients attempt to connect to … … 4080 4080 options to find out how to set up a Dfs root share.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>msdfs proxy</code></em> = <code class="literal">\otherserver\someshare</code> 4081 4081 </em></span> 4082 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553507"></a>4082 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="msdfs root (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326849"></a> 4083 4083 4084 4084 msdfs root (S) 4085 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2553508"></a><a name="MSDFSROOT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, Samba treats the4085 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326850"></a><a name="MSDFSROOT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, Samba treats the 4086 4086 share as a Dfs root and allows clients to browse the 4087 4087 distributed file system tree rooted at the share directory. … … 4091 4091 Samba, refer to the MSDFS chapter in the Samba3-HOWTO book.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>msdfs root</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4092 4092 </em></span> 4093 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553562"></a>4093 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="name cache timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326902"></a> 4094 4094 4095 4095 name cache timeout (G) 4096 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2553563"></a><a name="NAMECACHETIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the number of seconds it takes before4096 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326903"></a><a name="NAMECACHETIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the number of seconds it takes before 4097 4097 entries in samba's hostname resolve cache time out. If 4098 4098 the timeout is set to 0. the caching is disabled. … … 4101 4101 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>name cache timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 4102 4102 </em></span> 4103 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553623"></a>4103 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="name resolve order (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326961"></a> 4104 4104 4105 4105 name resolve order (G) 4106 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2553624"></a><a name="NAMERESOLVEORDER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used by the programs in the Samba4106 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326962"></a><a name="NAMERESOLVEORDER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used by the programs in the Samba 4107 4107 suite to determine what naming services to use and in what order 4108 4108 to resolve host names to IP addresses. Its main purpose to is to … … 4110 4110 separated string of name resolution options.</p><p>The options are: "lmhosts", "host", 4111 4111 "wins" and "bcast". They cause names to be 4112 resolved as follows:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>4112 resolved as follows:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> 4113 4113 <code class="constant">lmhosts</code> : Lookup an IP address in the Samba lmhosts file. If the line in lmhosts has 4114 4114 no name type attached to the NetBIOS name (see the manpage for lmhosts for details) then 4115 4115 any name type matches for lookup. 4116 </p></li><li ><p>4116 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 4117 4117 <code class="constant">host</code> : Do a standard host name to IP address resolution, using the system 4118 4118 <code class="filename">/etc/hosts </code>, NIS, or DNS lookups. This method of name resolution is … … 4121 4121 useful for active directory domains and results in a DNS query for the SRV RR entry matching 4122 4122 _ldap._tcp.domain. 4123 </p></li><li ><p><code class="constant">wins</code> : Query a name with4123 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="constant">wins</code> : Query a name with 4124 4124 the IP address listed in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINSSERVER" target="_top">WINSSERVER</a> parameter. If no WINS server has 4125 been specified this method will be ignored.</p></li><li ><p><code class="constant">bcast</code> : Do a broadcast on4125 been specified this method will be ignored.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="constant">bcast</code> : Do a broadcast on 4126 4126 each of the known local interfaces listed in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INTERFACES" target="_top">interfaces</a> 4127 4127 parameter. This is the least reliable of the name resolution … … 4135 4135 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>name resolve order</code></em> = <code class="literal">lmhosts bcast host</code> 4136 4136 </em></span> 4137 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553831"></a>4137 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="netbios aliases (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327146"></a> 4138 4138 4139 4139 netbios aliases (G) 4140 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2553832"></a><a name="NETBIOSALIASES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of NetBIOS names that nmbd will4140 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327147"></a><a name="NETBIOSALIASES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of NetBIOS names that nmbd will 4141 4141 advertise as additional names by which the Samba server is known. This allows one machine 4142 4142 to appear in browse lists under multiple names. If a machine is acting as a browse server … … 4148 4148 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>netbios aliases</code></em> = <code class="literal">TEST TEST1 TEST2</code> 4149 4149 </em></span> 4150 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553897"></a>4150 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="netbios name (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327207"></a> 4151 4151 4152 4152 netbios name (G) 4153 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2553898"></a><a name="NETBIOSNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4153 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327208"></a><a name="NETBIOSNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4154 4154 This sets the NetBIOS name by which a Samba server is known. By default it is the same as the first component 4155 4155 of the host's DNS name. If a machine is a browse server or logon server this name (or the first component of … … 4164 4164 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>netbios name</code></em> = <code class="literal">MYNAME</code> 4165 4165 </em></span> 4166 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553978"></a>4166 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="netbios scope (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327284"></a> 4167 4167 4168 4168 netbios scope (G) 4169 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2553979"></a><a name="NETBIOSSCOPE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This sets the NetBIOS scope that Samba will4169 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327285"></a><a name="NETBIOSSCOPE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This sets the NetBIOS scope that Samba will 4170 4170 operate under. This should not be set unless every machine 4171 4171 on your LAN also sets this value.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>netbios scope</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 4172 4172 </em></span> 4173 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554021"></a>4173 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="nis homedir (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327324"></a> 4174 4174 4175 4175 nis homedir (G) 4176 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2554022"></a><a name="NISHOMEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Get the home share server from a NIS map. For4176 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327326"></a><a name="NISHOMEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Get the home share server from a NIS map. For 4177 4177 UNIX systems that use an automounter, the user's home directory 4178 4178 will often be mounted on a workstation on demand from a remote … … 4193 4193 be a logon server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nis homedir</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4194 4194 </em></span> 4195 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554101"></a>4195 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="nmbd bind explicit broadcast (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327395"></a> 4196 4196 4197 4197 nmbd bind explicit broadcast (G) 4198 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2554102"></a><a name="NMBDBINDEXPLICITBROADCAST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4198 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327396"></a><a name="NMBDBINDEXPLICITBROADCAST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4199 4199 This option causes <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to explicitly bind to the 4200 4200 broadcast address of the local subnets. This is needed to make nmbd … … 4203 4203 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nmbd bind explicit broadcast</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4204 4204 </em></span> 4205 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554168"></a>4205 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="nt acl support (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327457"></a> 4206 4206 4207 4207 nt acl support (S) 4208 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2554169"></a><a name="NTACLSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map4208 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327458"></a><a name="NTACLSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map 4209 4209 UNIX permissions into Windows NT access control lists. The UNIX 4210 4210 permissions considered are the the traditional UNIX owner and … … 4213 4213 releases prior to 2.2.2.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nt acl support</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4214 4214 </em></span> 4215 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554222"></a>4215 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ntlm auth (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327509"></a> 4216 4216 4217 4217 ntlm auth (G) 4218 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2554224"></a><a name="NTLMAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to4218 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327510"></a><a name="NTLMAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to 4219 4219 authenticate users using the NTLM encrypted password response. 4220 4220 If disabled, either the lanman password hash or an NTLMv2 response … … 4224 4224 special configuration to use it.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ntlm auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4225 4225 </em></span> 4226 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554286"></a>4226 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="nt pipe support (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327569"></a> 4227 4227 4228 4228 nt pipe support (G) 4229 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2554288"></a><a name="NTPIPESUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether4229 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327570"></a><a name="NTPIPESUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether 4230 4230 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will allow Windows NT 4231 4231 clients to connect to the NT SMB specific <code class="constant">IPC$</code> … … 4233 4233 alone.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nt pipe support</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4234 4234 </em></span> 4235 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554342"></a>4235 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="nt status support (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327622"></a> 4236 4236 4237 4237 nt status support (G) 4238 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2554343"></a><a name="NTSTATUSSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will negotiate NT specific status4238 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327624"></a><a name="NTSTATUSSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will negotiate NT specific status 4239 4239 support with Windows NT/2k/XP clients. This is a developer debugging option and should be left alone. 4240 4240 If this option is set to <code class="constant">no</code> then Samba offers … … 4242 4242 reported.</p><p>You should not need to ever disable this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nt status support</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4243 4243 </em></span> 4244 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554404"></a>4244 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="null passwords (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327681"></a> 4245 4245 4246 4246 null passwords (G) 4247 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2554405"></a><a name="NULLPASSWORDS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Allow or disallow client access to accounts that have null passwords. </p><p>See also <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>null passwords</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>4248 </em></span> 4249 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554457"></a>4247 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327682"></a><a name="NULLPASSWORDS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Allow or disallow client access to accounts that have null passwords. </p><p>See also <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>null passwords</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4248 </em></span> 4249 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="obey pam restrictions (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327733"></a> 4250 4250 4251 4251 obey pam restrictions (G) 4252 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2554458"></a><a name="OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When Samba 3.0 is configured to enable PAM support4252 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327734"></a><a name="OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When Samba 3.0 is configured to enable PAM support 4253 4253 (i.e. --with-pam), this parameter will control whether or not Samba 4254 4254 should obey PAM's account and session management directives. The … … 4260 4260 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>obey pam restrictions</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4261 4261 </em></span> 4262 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554522"></a>4262 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="only user (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327790"></a> 4263 4263 4264 4264 only user (S) 4265 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2554523"></a><a name="ONLYUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean option that controls whether4265 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327791"></a><a name="ONLYUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean option that controls whether 4266 4266 connections with usernames not in the <em class="parameter"><code>user</code></em> 4267 4267 list will be allowed. By default this option is disabled so that a … … 4276 4276 name of the user.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>only user</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4277 4277 </em></span> 4278 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554611"></a>4278 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="oplock break wait time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327873"></a> 4279 4279 4280 4280 oplock break wait time (G) 4281 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2554612"></a><a name="OPLOCKBREAKWAITTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4281 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327874"></a><a name="OPLOCKBREAKWAITTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4282 4282 This is a tuning parameter added due to bugs in both Windows 9x and WinNT. If Samba responds to a client too 4283 4283 quickly when that client issues an SMB that can cause an oplock break request, then the network client can 4284 4284 fail and not respond to the break request. This tuning parameter (which is set in milliseconds) is the amount 4285 4285 of time Samba will wait before sending an oplock break request to such (broken) clients. 4286 </p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p>4286 </p><div class="warning" title="Warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> 4287 4287 DO NOT CHANGE THIS PARAMETER UNLESS YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE. 4288 4288 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>oplock break wait time</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 4289 4289 </em></span> 4290 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554666"></a>4290 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="oplock contention limit (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327922"></a> 4291 4291 4292 4292 oplock contention limit (S) 4293 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2554667"></a><a name="OPLOCKCONTENTIONLIMIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4293 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327923"></a><a name="OPLOCKCONTENTIONLIMIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4294 4294 This is a <span class="emphasis"><em>very</em></span> advanced <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> tuning option to improve the efficiency of the 4295 4295 granting of oplocks under multiple client contention for the same file. … … 4299 4299 limit. This causes <code class="literal">smbd</code> to behave in a similar 4300 4300 way to Windows NT. 4301 </p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p>4301 </p><div class="warning" title="Warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> 4302 4302 DO NOT CHANGE THIS PARAMETER UNLESS YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE. 4303 4303 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>oplock contention limit</code></em> = <code class="literal">2</code> 4304 4304 </em></span> 4305 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554748"></a>4305 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="oplocks (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328000"></a> 4306 4306 4307 4307 oplocks (S) 4308 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2554749"></a><a name="OPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4308 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328001"></a><a name="OPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4309 4309 This boolean option tells <code class="literal">smbd</code> whether to 4310 4310 issue oplocks (opportunistic locks) to file open requests on this … … 4323 4323 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>oplocks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4324 4324 </em></span> 4325 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554834"></a>4325 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="os2 driver map (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328077"></a> 4326 4326 4327 4327 os2 driver map (G) 4328 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2554835"></a><a name="OS2DRIVERMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The parameter is used to define the absolute4328 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328078"></a><a name="OS2DRIVERMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The parameter is used to define the absolute 4329 4329 path to a file containing a mapping of Windows NT printer driver 4330 4330 names to OS/2 printer driver names. The format is:</p><p><nt driver name> = <os2 driver name>.<device name></p><p>For example, a valid entry using the HP LaserJet 5 … … 4336 4336 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>os2 driver map</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 4337 4337 </em></span> 4338 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554901"></a>4338 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="os level (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328137"></a> 4339 4339 4340 4340 os level (G) 4341 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2554902"></a><a name="OSLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4341 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328138"></a><a name="OSLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4342 4342 This integer value controls what level Samba advertises itself as for browse elections. The value of this 4343 4343 parameter determines whether <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> has a chance of becoming a local master browser for the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP" target="_top">workgroup</a> in the local broadcast area. … … 4355 4355 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>os level</code></em> = <code class="literal">65</code> 4356 4356 </em></span> 4357 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555010"></a>4357 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="pam password change (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328235"></a> 4358 4358 4359 4359 pam password change (G) 4360 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2555011"></a><a name="PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the addition of better PAM support in Samba 2.2,4360 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328236"></a><a name="PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the addition of better PAM support in Samba 2.2, 4361 4361 this parameter, it is possible to use PAM's password change control 4362 4362 flag for Samba. If enabled, then PAM will be used for password … … 4366 4366 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWDCHAT" target="_top">passwd chat</a> parameter for most setups.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>pam password change</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4367 4367 </em></span> 4368 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555082"></a>4368 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="panic action (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328302"></a> 4369 4369 4370 4370 panic action (G) 4371 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2555083"></a><a name="PANICACTION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a Samba developer option that allows a4371 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328303"></a><a name="PANICACTION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a Samba developer option that allows a 4372 4372 system command to be called when either <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> or <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> crashes. This is usually used to 4373 4373 draw attention to the fact that a problem occurred. … … 4376 4376 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>panic action</code></em> = <code class="literal">"/bin/sleep 90000"</code> 4377 4377 </em></span> 4378 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555158"></a>4378 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="paranoid server security (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328376"></a> 4379 4379 4380 4380 paranoid server security (G) 4381 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2555159"></a><a name="PARANOIDSERVERSECURITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Some version of NT 4.x allow non-guest4381 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328377"></a><a name="PARANOIDSERVERSECURITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Some version of NT 4.x allow non-guest 4382 4382 users with a bad passowrd. When this option is enabled, samba will not 4383 4383 use a broken NT 4.x server as password server, but instead complain … … 4387 4387 bad logon to the remote server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>paranoid server security</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4388 4388 </em></span> 4389 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555209"></a>4389 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="passdb backend (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328424"></a> 4390 4390 4391 4391 passdb backend (G) 4392 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2555210"></a><a name="PASSDBBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows the administrator to chose which backend4392 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328425"></a><a name="PASSDBBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows the administrator to chose which backend 4393 4393 will be used for storing user and possibly group information. This allows 4394 4394 you to swap between different storage mechanisms without recompile. </p><p>The parameter value is divided into two parts, the backend's name, and a 'location' 4395 4395 string that has meaning only to that particular backed. These are separated 4396 4396 by a : character.</p><p>Available backends can include: 4397 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">smbpasswd</code> - The old plaintext passdb4397 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">smbpasswd</code> - The old plaintext passdb 4398 4398 backend. Some Samba features will not work if this passdb 4399 4399 backend is used. Takes a path to the smbpasswd file as an 4400 4400 optional argument. 4401 </p></li><li ><p><code class="literal">tdbsam</code> - The TDB based password storage4401 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">tdbsam</code> - The TDB based password storage 4402 4402 backend. Takes a path to the TDB as an optional argument (defaults to passdb.tdb 4403 in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRIVATEDIR" target="_top">private dir</a> directory.</p></li><li ><p><code class="literal">ldapsam</code> - The LDAP based passdb4403 in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRIVATEDIR" target="_top">private dir</a> directory.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">ldapsam</code> - The LDAP based passdb 4404 4404 backend. Takes an LDAP URL as an optional argument (defaults to 4405 4405 <code class="literal">ldap://localhost</code>)</p><p>LDAP connections should be secured where possible. This may be done using either … … 4425 4425 </pre><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passdb backend</code></em> = <code class="literal">tdbsam</code> 4426 4426 </em></span> 4427 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555368"></a>4427 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="passdb expand explicit (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328568"></a> 4428 4428 4429 4429 passdb expand explicit (G) 4430 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2555369"></a><a name="PASSDBEXPANDEXPLICIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4430 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328569"></a><a name="PASSDBEXPANDEXPLICIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4431 4431 This parameter controls whether Samba substitutes %-macros in the passdb fields if they are explicitly set. We 4432 4432 used to expand macros here, but this turned out to be a bug because the Windows client can expand a variable … … 4434 4434 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passdb expand explicit</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4435 4435 </em></span> 4436 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555415"></a>4436 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="passwd chat debug (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328610"></a> 4437 4437 4438 4438 passwd chat debug (G) 4439 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2555416"></a><a name="PASSWDCHATDEBUG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean specifies if the passwd chat script4439 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328611"></a><a name="PASSWDCHATDEBUG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean specifies if the passwd chat script 4440 4440 parameter is run in <span class="emphasis"><em>debug</em></span> mode. In this mode the 4441 4441 strings passed to and received from the passwd chat are printed … … 4450 4450 parameter is set. This parameter is off by default.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd chat debug</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4451 4451 </em></span> 4452 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555518"></a>4452 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="passwd chat timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328707"></a> 4453 4453 4454 4454 passwd chat timeout (G) 4455 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2555519"></a><a name="PASSWDCHATTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This integer specifies the number of seconds smbd will wait for an initial4455 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328708"></a><a name="PASSWDCHATTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This integer specifies the number of seconds smbd will wait for an initial 4456 4456 answer from a passwd chat script being run. Once the initial answer is received 4457 4457 the subsequent answers must be received in one tenth of this time. The default it 4458 4458 two seconds.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd chat timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">2</code> 4459 4459 </em></span> 4460 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555563"></a>4460 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="passwd chat (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328750"></a> 4461 4461 4462 4462 passwd chat (G) 4463 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2555564"></a><a name="PASSWDCHAT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This string controls the <span class="emphasis"><em>"chat"</em></span>4463 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328751"></a><a name="PASSWDCHAT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This string controls the <span class="emphasis"><em>"chat"</em></span> 4464 4464 conversation that takes places between <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and the local password changing 4465 4465 program to change the user's password. The string describes a … … 4492 4492 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd chat</code></em> = <code class="literal">"*Enter NEW password*" %n\n "*Reenter NEW password*" %n\n "*Password changed*"</code> 4493 4493 </em></span> 4494 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555769"></a>4494 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="passwd program (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328933"></a> 4495 4495 4496 4496 passwd program (G) 4497 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2555770"></a><a name="PASSWDPROGRAM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The name of a program that can be used to set4497 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328934"></a><a name="PASSWDPROGRAM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The name of a program that can be used to set 4498 4498 UNIX user passwords. Any occurrences of <em class="parameter"><code>%u</code></em> 4499 4499 will be replaced with the user name. The user name is checked for … … 4516 4516 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd program</code></em> = <code class="literal">/bin/passwd %u</code> 4517 4517 </em></span> 4518 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555904"></a>4518 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="password level (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329059"></a> 4519 4519 4520 4520 password level (G) 4521 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2555905"></a><a name="PASSWORDLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Some client/server combinations have difficulty4521 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329060"></a><a name="PASSWORDLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Some client/server combinations have difficulty 4522 4522 with mixed-case passwords. One offending client is Windows for 4523 4523 Workgroups, which for some reason forces passwords to upper … … 4541 4541 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>password level</code></em> = <code class="literal">4</code> 4542 4542 </em></span> 4543 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556041"></a>4543 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="password server (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329182"></a> 4544 4544 4545 4545 password server (G) 4546 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2556042"></a><a name="PASSWORDSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>By specifying the name of another SMB server4546 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329183"></a><a name="PASSWORDSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>By specifying the name of another SMB server 4547 4547 or Active Directory domain controller with this option, 4548 4548 and using <code class="literal">security = [ads|domain|server]</code> … … 4559 4559 by any method and order described in that parameter.</p><p>The password server must be a machine capable of using 4560 4560 the "LM1.2X002" or the "NT LM 0.12" protocol, and it must be in 4561 user level security mode.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Using a password server means your UNIX box (running4561 user level security mode.</p><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Using a password server means your UNIX box (running 4562 4562 Samba) is only as secure as your password server. <span class="emphasis"><em>DO NOT 4563 4563 CHOOSE A PASSWORD SERVER THAT YOU DON'T COMPLETELY TRUST</em></span>. … … 4588 4588 set to <code class="constant">server</code>, then there are different 4589 4589 restrictions that <code class="literal">security = domain</code> doesn't 4590 suffer from:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>You may list several password servers in4590 suffer from:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>You may list several password servers in 4591 4591 the <em class="parameter"><code>password server</code></em> parameter, however if an 4592 4592 <code class="literal">smbd</code> makes a connection to a password server, … … 4594 4594 to be authenticated from this <code class="literal">smbd</code>. This is a 4595 4595 restriction of the SMB/CIFS protocol when in <code class="literal">security = server 4596 </code> mode and cannot be fixed in Samba.</p></li><li ><p>If you are using a Windows NT server as your4596 </code> mode and cannot be fixed in Samba.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>If you are using a Windows NT server as your 4597 4597 password server then you will have to ensure that your users 4598 4598 are able to login from the Samba server, as when in <code class="literal"> … … 4604 4604 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>password server</code></em> = <code class="literal">windc.mydomain.com:389 192.168.1.101 *</code> 4605 4605 </em></span> 4606 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556339"></a>4606 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="directory"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329447"></a> 4607 4607 4608 4608 <a name="DIRECTORY"></a>directory 4609 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2556340"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PATH">path</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556370"></a>4609 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329448"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PATH">path</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="path (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329478"></a> 4610 4610 4611 4611 path (S) 4612 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2556371"></a><a name="PATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a directory to which4612 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329479"></a><a name="PATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a directory to which 4613 4613 the user of the service is to be given access. In the case of 4614 4614 printable services, this is where print data will spool prior to … … 4627 4627 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>path</code></em> = <code class="literal">/home/fred</code> 4628 4628 </em></span> 4629 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556474"></a>4629 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="perfcount module (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329575"></a> 4630 4630 4631 4631 perfcount module (G) 4632 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2556476"></a><a name="PERFCOUNTMODULE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the perfcount backend to be used when monitoring SMB4632 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329576"></a><a name="PERFCOUNTMODULE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the perfcount backend to be used when monitoring SMB 4633 4633 operations. Only one perfcount module may be used, and it must implement all of the 4634 4634 apis contained in the smb_perfcount_handler structure defined in smb.h. 4635 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556508"></a>4635 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="pid directory (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329606"></a> 4636 4636 4637 4637 pid directory (G) 4638 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2556509"></a><a name="PIDDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4638 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329607"></a><a name="PIDDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4639 4639 This option specifies the directory where pid files will be placed. 4640 4640 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>pid directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">${prefix}/var/locks</code> … … 4642 4642 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>pid directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">pid directory = /var/run/</code> 4643 4643 </em></span> 4644 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556568"></a>4644 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="posix locking (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329663"></a> 4645 4645 4646 4646 posix locking (S) 4647 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2556569"></a><a name="POSIXLOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4647 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329664"></a><a name="POSIXLOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4648 4648 The <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> 4649 4649 daemon maintains an database of file locks obtained by SMB clients. The default behavior is … … 4653 4653 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>posix locking</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4654 4654 </em></span> 4655 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556623"></a>4655 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="postexec (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329715"></a> 4656 4656 4657 4657 postexec (S) 4658 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2556624"></a><a name="POSTEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run4658 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329716"></a><a name="POSTEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run 4659 4659 whenever the service is disconnected. It takes the usual 4660 4660 substitutions. The command may be run as the root on some … … 4664 4664 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>postexec</code></em> = <code class="literal">echo \"%u disconnected from %S from %m (%I)\" >> /tmp/log</code> 4665 4665 </em></span> 4666 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556696"></a>4666 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="preexec close (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329784"></a> 4667 4667 4668 4668 preexec close (S) 4669 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2556697"></a><a name="PREEXECCLOSE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4669 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329785"></a><a name="PREEXECCLOSE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4670 4670 This boolean option controls whether a non-zero return code from <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PREEXEC" target="_top">preexec</a> 4671 4671 should close the service being connected to. 4672 4672 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preexec close</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4673 4673 </em></span> 4674 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556751"></a>4674 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="exec"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329837"></a> 4675 4675 4676 4676 <a name="EXEC"></a>exec 4677 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2556752"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PREEXEC">preexec</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556783"></a>4677 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329838"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PREEXEC">preexec</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="preexec (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329868"></a> 4678 4678 4679 4679 preexec (S) 4680 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2556784"></a><a name="PREEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run whenever4680 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329869"></a><a name="PREEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run whenever 4681 4681 the service is connected to. It takes the usual substitutions.</p><p>An interesting example is to send the users a welcome 4682 4682 message every time they log in. Maybe a message of the day? Here … … 4690 4690 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preexec</code></em> = <code class="literal">echo \"%u connected to %S from %m (%I)\" >> /tmp/log</code> 4691 4691 </em></span> 4692 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556891"></a>4692 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="prefered master"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329970"></a> 4693 4693 4694 4694 <a name="PREFEREDMASTER"></a>prefered master 4695 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2556892"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PREFERREDMASTER">preferred master</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556924"></a>4695 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329971"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PREFERREDMASTER">preferred master</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="preferred master (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330002"></a> 4696 4696 4697 4697 preferred master (G) 4698 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2556926"></a><a name="PREFERREDMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4698 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330003"></a><a name="PREFERREDMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4699 4699 This boolean parameter controls if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> is a preferred master browser for its workgroup. 4700 4700 </p><p> … … 4710 4710 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preferred master</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code> 4711 4711 </em></span> 4712 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557017"></a>4712 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="preload modules (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330088"></a> 4713 4713 4714 4714 preload modules (G) 4715 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2557018"></a><a name="PRELOADMODULES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of paths to modules that should4715 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330089"></a><a name="PRELOADMODULES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of paths to modules that should 4716 4716 be loaded into smbd before a client connects. This improves 4717 4717 the speed of smbd when reacting to new connections somewhat. </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preload modules</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> … … 4719 4719 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preload modules</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/lib/samba/passdb/mysql.so</code> 4720 4720 </em></span> 4721 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557078"></a>4721 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="auto services"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330146"></a> 4722 4722 4723 4723 <a name="AUTOSERVICES"></a>auto services 4724 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2557079"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRELOAD">preload</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557111"></a>4724 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330148"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRELOAD">preload</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="preload (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330178"></a> 4725 4725 4726 4726 preload (G) 4727 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2557112"></a><a name="PRELOAD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of services that you want to be4727 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330179"></a><a name="PRELOAD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of services that you want to be 4728 4728 automatically added to the browse lists. This is most useful 4729 4729 for homes and printers services that would otherwise not be … … 4736 4736 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preload</code></em> = <code class="literal">fred lp colorlp</code> 4737 4737 </em></span> 4738 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557189"></a>4738 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="preserve case (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330252"></a> 4739 4739 4740 4740 preserve case (S) 4741 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2557190"></a><a name="PRESERVECASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4741 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330253"></a><a name="PRESERVECASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4742 4742 This controls if new filenames are created with the case that the client passes, or if 4743 4743 they are forced to be the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEFAULTCASE" target="_top">default case</a>. … … 4746 4746 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preserve case</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4747 4747 </em></span> 4748 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557256"></a>4748 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="print ok"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330315"></a> 4749 4749 4750 4750 <a name="PRINTOK"></a>print ok 4751 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2557257"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTABLE">printable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557287"></a>4751 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330316"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTABLE">printable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printable (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330347"></a> 4752 4752 4753 4753 printable (S) 4754 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2557288"></a><a name="PRINTABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, then4754 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330348"></a><a name="PRINTABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, then 4755 4755 clients may open, write to and submit spool files on the directory 4756 4756 specified for the service. </p><p>Note that a printable service will ALWAYS allow writing … … 4759 4759 the resource.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printable</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4760 4760 </em></span> 4761 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557350"></a>4761 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printcap cache time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330407"></a> 4762 4762 4763 4763 printcap cache time (G) 4764 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2557351"></a><a name="PRINTCAPCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the number of seconds before the printing4764 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330408"></a><a name="PRINTCAPCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the number of seconds before the printing 4765 4765 subsystem is again asked for the known printers. If the value 4766 4766 is greater than 60 the initial waiting time is set to 60 seconds … … 4772 4772 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printcap cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">600</code> 4773 4773 </em></span> 4774 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557419"></a>4774 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printcap"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330472"></a> 4775 4775 4776 4776 <a name="PRINTCAP"></a>printcap 4777 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2557420"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTCAPNAME">printcap name</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557452"></a>4777 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330473"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTCAPNAME">printcap name</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printcap name (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330504"></a> 4778 4778 4779 4779 printcap name (G) 4780 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2557453"></a><a name="PRINTCAPNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4780 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330505"></a><a name="PRINTCAPNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4781 4781 This parameter may be used to override the compiled-in default printcap name used by the server (usually 4782 4782 <code class="filename"> /etc/printcap</code>). See the discussion of the <a class="link" href="#PRINTERSSECT" title="The [printers] section">[printers]</a> section above for reasons why you might want to do this. … … 4806 4806 where the '|' separates aliases of a printer. The fact that the second alias has a space in 4807 4807 it gives a hint to Samba that it's a comment. 4808 </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>4808 </p><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> 4809 4809 Under AIX the default printcap name is <code class="filename">/etc/qconfig</code>. Samba will 4810 4810 assume the file is in AIX <code class="filename">qconfig</code> format if the string <code class="filename">qconfig</code> appears in the printcap filename. … … 4813 4813 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printcap name</code></em> = <code class="literal">/etc/myprintcap</code> 4814 4814 </em></span> 4815 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557636"></a>4815 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="print command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330675"></a> 4816 4816 4817 4817 print command (S) 4818 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2557637"></a><a name="PRINTCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>After a print job has finished spooling to4818 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330676"></a><a name="PRINTCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>After a print job has finished spooling to 4819 4819 a service, this command will be used via a <code class="literal">system()</code> 4820 4820 call to process the spool file. Typically the command specified will … … 4858 4858 set print command will be ignored.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>print command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/bin/myprintscript %p %s</code> 4859 4859 </em></span> 4860 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557906"></a>4860 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printer admin (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330918"></a> 4861 4861 4862 4862 printer admin (S) 4863 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2557907"></a><a name="PRINTERADMIN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4863 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330919"></a><a name="PRINTERADMIN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4864 4864 This lists users who can do anything to printers 4865 4865 via the remote administration interfaces offered … … 4877 4877 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printer admin</code></em> = <code class="literal">admin, @staff</code> 4878 4878 </em></span> 4879 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557975"></a>4879 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printer"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330982"></a> 4880 4880 4881 4881 <a name="PRINTER"></a>printer 4882 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2557976"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTERNAME">printer name</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558007"></a>4882 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330983"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTERNAME">printer name</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printer name (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331012"></a> 4883 4883 4884 4884 printer name (S) 4885 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2558008"></a><a name="PRINTERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4885 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331014"></a><a name="PRINTERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4886 4886 This parameter specifies the name of the printer to which print jobs spooled through a printable service 4887 4887 will be sent. … … 4896 4896 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printer name</code></em> = <code class="literal">laserwriter</code> 4897 4897 </em></span> 4898 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558094"></a>4898 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printing (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331096"></a> 4899 4899 4900 4900 printing (S) 4901 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2558096"></a><a name="PRINTING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameters controls how printer status information is4901 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331097"></a><a name="PRINTING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameters controls how printer status information is 4902 4902 interpreted on your system. It also affects the default values for 4903 4903 the <em class="parameter"><code>print command</code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>lpq command</code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>lppause command </code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>lpresume command</code></em>, and <em class="parameter"><code>lprm command</code></em> if specified in the … … 4916 4916 <code class="literal">testparm -v.</code></code> 4917 4917 </em></span> 4918 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558248"></a>4918 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printjob username (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331242"></a> 4919 4919 4920 4920 printjob username (S) 4921 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2558249"></a><a name="PRINTJOBUSERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies which user information will be4921 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331243"></a><a name="PRINTJOBUSERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies which user information will be 4922 4922 passed to the printing system. Usually, the username is sent, 4923 4923 but in some cases, e.g. the domain prefix is useful, too.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printjob username</code></em> = <code class="literal">%U</code> … … 4925 4925 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printjob username</code></em> = <code class="literal">%D\%U</code> 4926 4926 </em></span> 4927 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558309"></a>4927 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="private dir (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331301"></a> 4928 4928 4929 4929 private dir (G) 4930 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2558310"></a><a name="PRIVATEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameters defines the directory4930 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331302"></a><a name="PRIVATEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameters defines the directory 4931 4931 smbd will use for storing such files as <code class="filename">smbpasswd</code> 4932 4932 and <code class="filename">secrets.tdb</code>. 4933 4933 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>private dir</code></em> = <code class="literal">${prefix}/private</code> 4934 4934 </em></span> 4935 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558363"></a>4935 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="profile acls (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331354"></a> 4936 4936 4937 4937 profile acls (S) 4938 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2558364"></a><a name="PROFILEACLS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4938 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331355"></a><a name="PROFILEACLS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4939 4939 This boolean parameter was added to fix the problems that people have been 4940 4940 having with storing user profiles on Samba shares from Windows 2000 or … … 4964 4964 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>profile acls</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4965 4965 </em></span> 4966 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558436"></a>4966 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="queuepause command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331414"></a> 4967 4967 4968 4968 queuepause command (S) 4969 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2558437"></a><a name="QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be4969 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331415"></a><a name="QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 4970 4970 executed on the server host in order to pause the printer queue.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes 4971 4971 a printer name as its only parameter and stops the printer queue, … … 4978 4978 server.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>queuepause command</code></em> = <code class="literal">disable %p</code> 4979 4979 </em></span> 4980 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558513"></a>4980 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="queueresume command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331485"></a> 4981 4981 4982 4982 queueresume command (S) 4983 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2558514"></a><a name="QUEUERESUMECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be4983 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331486"></a><a name="QUEUERESUMECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 4984 4984 executed on the server host in order to resume the printer queue. It 4985 4985 is the command to undo the behavior that is caused by the … … 4996 4996 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>queueresume command</code></em> = <code class="literal">enable %p</code> 4997 4997 </em></span> 4998 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558616"></a>4998 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="read list (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331579"></a> 4999 4999 5000 5000 read list (S) 5001 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2558617"></a><a name="READLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5001 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331580"></a><a name="READLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5002 5002 This is a list of users that are given read-only access to a service. If the connecting user is in this list 5003 5003 then they will not be given write access, no matter what the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" target="_top">read only</a> option is set … … 5009 5009 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>read list</code></em> = <code class="literal">mary, @students</code> 5010 5010 </em></span> 5011 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558715"></a>5011 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="read only (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331673"></a> 5012 5012 5013 5013 read only (S) 5014 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2558716"></a><a name="READONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>An inverted synonym is <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WRITEABLE" target="_top">writeable</a>.</p><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, then users5014 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331674"></a><a name="READONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>An inverted synonym is <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WRITEABLE" target="_top">writeable</a>.</p><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, then users 5015 5015 of a service may not create or modify files in the service's 5016 5016 directory.</p><p>Note that a printable service (<code class="literal">printable = yes</code>) … … 5018 5018 (user privileges permitting), but only via spooling operations.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>read only</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5019 5019 </em></span> 5020 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558792"></a>5020 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="read raw (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331746"></a> 5021 5021 5022 5022 read raw (G) 5023 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2558793"></a><a name="READRAW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server5023 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331747"></a><a name="READRAW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server 5024 5024 will support the raw read SMB requests when transferring data 5025 5025 to clients.</p><p>If enabled, raw reads allow reads of 65535 bytes in … … 5030 5030 tool and left severely alone.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>read raw</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5031 5031 </em></span> 5032 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558852"></a>5032 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="realm (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331801"></a> 5033 5033 5034 5034 realm (G) 5035 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2558854"></a><a name="REALM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the kerberos realm to use. The realm is5035 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331802"></a><a name="REALM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the kerberos realm to use. The realm is 5036 5036 used as the ADS equivalent of the NT4 <code class="literal">domain</code>. It 5037 5037 is usually set to the DNS name of the kerberos server. … … 5040 5040 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>realm</code></em> = <code class="literal">mysambabox.mycompany.com</code> 5041 5041 </em></span> 5042 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558917"></a>5042 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="registry shares (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331864"></a> 5043 5043 5044 5044 registry shares (G) 5045 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2558918"></a><a name="REGISTRYSHARES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5045 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331865"></a><a name="REGISTRYSHARES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5046 5046 This turns on or off support for share definitions read from 5047 5047 registry. Shares defined in <span class="emphasis"><em>smb.conf</em></span> take … … 5058 5058 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>registry shares</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5059 5059 </em></span> 5060 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2559004"></a>5060 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="remote announce (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331947"></a> 5061 5061 5062 5062 remote announce (G) 5063 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2559005"></a><a name="REMOTEANNOUNCE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5063 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331948"></a><a name="REMOTEANNOUNCE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5064 5064 This option allows you to setup <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to periodically announce itself 5065 5065 to arbitrary IP addresses with an arbitrary workgroup name. … … 5085 5085 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>remote announce</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 5086 5086 </em></span> 5087 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2559109"></a>5087 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="remote browse sync (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332043"></a> 5088 5088 5089 5089 remote browse sync (G) 5090 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2559110"></a><a name="REMOTEBROWSESYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5090 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332044"></a><a name="REMOTEBROWSESYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5091 5091 This option allows you to setup <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to periodically request 5092 5092 synchronization of browse lists with the master browser of a Samba … … 5120 5120 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>remote browse sync</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 5121 5121 </em></span> 5122 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2559222"></a>5122 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="rename user script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332143"></a> 5123 5123 5124 5124 rename user script (G) 5125 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2559223"></a><a name="RENAMEUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5125 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332144"></a><a name="RENAMEUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5126 5126 This is the full pathname to a script that will be run as root by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> under special circumstances described below. 5127 5127 </p><p> … … 5130 5130 <code class="literal">%unew</code>, will be substituted with the old and new usernames, respectively. The script should 5131 5131 return 0 upon successful completion, and nonzero otherwise. 5132 </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>5132 </p><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> 5133 5133 The script has all responsibility to rename all the necessary data that is accessible in this posix method. 5134 5134 This can mean different requirements for different backends. The tdbsam and smbpasswd backends will take care … … 5141 5141 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>rename user script</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5142 5142 </em></span> 5143 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2559312"></a>5143 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="reset on zero vc (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332222"></a> 5144 5144 5145 5145 reset on zero vc (G) 5146 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2559313"></a><a name="RESETONZEROVC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5146 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332224"></a><a name="RESETONZEROVC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5147 5147 This boolean option controls whether an incoming session setup 5148 5148 should kill other connections coming from the same IP. This matches … … 5163 5163 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>reset on zero vc</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5164 5164 </em></span> 5165 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2559365"></a>5165 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="restrict anonymous (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332269"></a> 5166 5166 5167 5167 restrict anonymous (G) 5168 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2559366"></a><a name="RESTRICTANONYMOUS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The setting of this parameter determines whether user and5168 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332270"></a><a name="RESTRICTANONYMOUS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The setting of this parameter determines whether user and 5169 5169 group list information is returned for an anonymous connection. 5170 5170 and mirrors the effects of the … … 5184 5184 as user and group list information can be obtained using other 5185 5185 means. 5186 </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>5186 </p><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> 5187 5187 The security advantage of using restrict anonymous = 2 is removed 5188 5188 by setting <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK" target="_top">guest ok = yes</a> on any share. 5189 5189 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>restrict anonymous</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 5190 5190 </em></span> 5191 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2559449"></a>5191 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="root"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332342"></a> 5192 5192 5193 5193 <a name="ROOT"></a>root 5194 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2559450"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#ROOTDIRECTORY">root directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2559482"></a>5194 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332343"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#ROOTDIRECTORY">root directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="root dir"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332375"></a> 5195 5195 5196 5196 <a name="ROOTDIR"></a>root dir 5197 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2559483"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#ROOTDIRECTORY">root directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2559514"></a>5197 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332376"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#ROOTDIRECTORY">root directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="root directory (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332405"></a> 5198 5198 5199 5199 root directory (G) 5200 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2559515"></a><a name="ROOTDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The server will <code class="literal">chroot()</code> (i.e.5200 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332406"></a><a name="ROOTDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The server will <code class="literal">chroot()</code> (i.e. 5201 5201 Change its root directory) to this directory on startup. This is 5202 5202 not strictly necessary for secure operation. Even without it the … … 5221 5221 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>root directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/homes/smb</code> 5222 5222 </em></span> 5223 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2559638"></a>5223 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="root postexec (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332518"></a> 5224 5224 5225 5225 root postexec (S) 5226 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2559639"></a><a name="ROOTPOSTEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5226 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332519"></a><a name="ROOTPOSTEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5227 5227 This is the same as the <em class="parameter"><code>postexec</code></em> 5228 5228 parameter except that the command is run as root. This is useful for … … 5230 5230 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>root postexec</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 5231 5231 </em></span> 5232 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2559686"></a>5232 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="root preexec close (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332565"></a> 5233 5233 5234 5234 root preexec close (S) 5235 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2559687"></a><a name="ROOTPREEXECCLOSE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the same as the <em class="parameter"><code>preexec close5235 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332566"></a><a name="ROOTPREEXECCLOSE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the same as the <em class="parameter"><code>preexec close 5236 5236 </code></em> parameter except that the command is run as root.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>root preexec close</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5237 5237 </em></span> 5238 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2559735"></a>5238 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="root preexec (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332612"></a> 5239 5239 5240 5240 root preexec (S) 5241 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2559736"></a><a name="ROOTPREEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5241 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332613"></a><a name="ROOTPREEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5242 5242 This is the same as the <em class="parameter"><code>preexec</code></em> 5243 5243 parameter except that the command is run as root. This is useful for … … 5245 5245 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>root preexec</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 5246 5246 </em></span> 5247 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2559783"></a>5247 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="security mask (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332659"></a> 5248 5248 5249 5249 security mask (S) 5250 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2559784"></a><a name="SECURITYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5250 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332660"></a><a name="SECURITYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5251 5251 This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits will be set when a Windows NT client is manipulating the 5252 5252 UNIX permission on a file using the native NT security dialog box. … … 5267 5267 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>security mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0770</code> 5268 5268 </em></span> 5269 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2559889"></a>5269 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="security (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332755"></a> 5270 5270 5271 5271 security (G) 5272 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2559890"></a><a name="SECURITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option affects how clients respond to5272 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332756"></a><a name="SECURITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option affects how clients respond to 5273 5273 Samba and is one of the most important settings in the <code class="filename"> 5274 5274 smb.conf</code> file.</p><p>The option sets the "security mode bit" in replies to … … 5309 5309 techniques to determine the correct UNIX user to use on behalf 5310 5310 of the client.</p><p>A list of possible UNIX usernames to match with the given 5311 client password is constructed using the following methods :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>If the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTONLY" target="_top">guest only</a> parameter is set, then all the other5311 client password is constructed using the following methods :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>If the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTONLY" target="_top">guest only</a> parameter is set, then all the other 5312 5312 stages are missed and only the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT" target="_top">guest account</a> username is checked. 5313 </p></li><li ><p>Is a username is sent with the share connection5313 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Is a username is sent with the share connection 5314 5314 request, then this username (after mapping - see <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USERNAMEMAP" target="_top">username map</a>), 5315 5315 is added as a potential username. 5316 </p></li><li ><p>If the client did a previous <span class="emphasis"><em>logon5316 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>If the client did a previous <span class="emphasis"><em>logon 5317 5317 </em></span> request (the SessionSetup SMB call) then the 5318 5318 username sent in this SMB will be added as a potential username. 5319 </p></li><li ><p>The name of the service the client requested is5319 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The name of the service the client requested is 5320 5320 added as a potential username. 5321 </p></li><li ><p>The NetBIOS name of the client is added to5321 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The NetBIOS name of the client is added to 5322 5322 the list as a potential username. 5323 </p></li><li ><p>Any users on the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USER" target="_top">user</a> list are added as potential usernames.5323 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Any users on the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USER" target="_top">user</a> list are added as potential usernames. 5324 5324 </p></li></ul></div><p>If the <em class="parameter"><code>guest only</code></em> parameter is 5325 5325 not set, then this list is then tried with the supplied password. … … 5367 5367 revert back to checking the UNIX password file, it must have a valid <code class="filename">smbpasswd</code> file to check users against. See the chapter about the User Database in 5368 5368 the Samba HOWTO Collection for details on how to set this up. 5369 </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>This mode of operation has5369 </p><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>This mode of operation has 5370 5370 significant pitfalls since it is more vulnerable to 5371 5371 man-in-the-middle attacks and server impersonation. In particular, … … 5375 5375 there is no way to reestablish it, and futher authentications to the 5376 5376 Samba server may fail (from a single client, till it disconnects). 5377 </p></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>From the client's point of5377 </p></div><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>From the client's point of 5378 5378 view, <code class="literal">security = server</code> is the 5379 5379 same as <code class="literal">security = user</code>. It … … 5394 5394 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>security</code></em> = <code class="literal">DOMAIN</code> 5395 5395 </em></span> 5396 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560768"></a>5396 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="server schannel (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333543"></a> 5397 5397 5398 5398 server schannel (G) 5399 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2560770"></a><a name="SERVERSCHANNEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5399 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333544"></a><a name="SERVERSCHANNEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5400 5400 This controls whether the server offers or even demands the use of the netlogon schannel. 5401 5401 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SERVERSCHANNEL" target="_top">server schannel = no</a> does not offer the schannel, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SERVERSCHANNEL" target="_top">server schannel = auto</a> offers the schannel but does not enforce it, and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SERVERSCHANNEL" target="_top">server schannel = yes</a> denies access if the client is not able to speak netlogon schannel. … … 5408 5408 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>server schannel</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5409 5409 </em></span> 5410 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560884"></a>5410 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="server signing (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333651"></a> 5411 5411 5412 5412 server signing (G) 5413 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2560885"></a><a name="SERVERSIGNING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the client is allowed or required to use SMB signing. Possible values5413 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333652"></a><a name="SERVERSIGNING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the client is allowed or required to use SMB signing. Possible values 5414 5414 are <span class="emphasis"><em>auto</em></span>, <span class="emphasis"><em>mandatory</em></span> 5415 5415 and <span class="emphasis"><em>disabled</em></span>. … … 5418 5418 to disabled, SMB signing is not offered either.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>server signing</code></em> = <code class="literal">Disabled</code> 5419 5419 </em></span> 5420 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560945"></a>5420 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="server string (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333708"></a> 5421 5421 5422 5422 server string (G) 5423 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2560946"></a><a name="SERVERSTRING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what string will show up in the printer comment box in print5423 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333709"></a><a name="SERVERSTRING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what string will show up in the printer comment box in print 5424 5424 manager and next to the IPC connection in <code class="literal">net view</code>. It 5425 5425 can be any string that you wish to show to your users.</p><p>It also sets what will appear in browse lists next … … 5430 5430 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>server string</code></em> = <code class="literal">University of GNUs Samba Server</code> 5431 5431 </em></span> 5432 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561036"></a>5432 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="set directory (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333795"></a> 5433 5433 5434 5434 set directory (S) 5435 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2561038"></a><a name="SETDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5435 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333796"></a><a name="SETDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5436 5436 If <code class="literal">set directory = no</code>, then users of the 5437 5437 service may not use the setdir command to change directory. … … 5442 5442 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>set directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5443 5443 </em></span> 5444 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561096"></a>5444 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="set primary group script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333852"></a> 5445 5445 5446 5446 set primary group script (G) 5447 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2561098"></a><a name="SETPRIMARYGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Thanks to the Posix subsystem in NT a Windows User has a5447 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333854"></a><a name="SETPRIMARYGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Thanks to the Posix subsystem in NT a Windows User has a 5448 5448 primary group in addition to the auxiliary groups. This script 5449 5449 sets the primary group in the unix userdatase when an … … 5457 5457 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>set primary group script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/sbin/usermod -g '%g' '%u'</code> 5458 5458 </em></span> 5459 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561178"></a>5459 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="set quota command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333930"></a> 5460 5460 5461 5461 set quota command (G) 5462 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2561180"></a><a name="SETQUOTACOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">set quota command</code> should only be used5462 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333931"></a><a name="SETQUOTACOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">set quota command</code> should only be used 5463 5463 whenever there is no operating system API available from the OS that 5464 5464 samba can use.</p><p>This option is only available if Samba was configured with the argument <code class="literal">--with-sys-quotas</code> or 5465 5465 on linux when <code class="literal">./configure --with-quotas</code> was used and a working quota api 5466 5466 was found in the system. Most packages are configured with these options already.</p><p>This parameter should specify the path to a script that 5467 can set quota for the specified arguments.</p><p>The specified script should take the following arguments:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>1 - quota type5468 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="circle"><li><p>1 - user quotas</p></li><li><p>2 - user default quotas (uid = -1)</p></li><li><p>3 - group quotas</p></li><li><p>4 - group default quotas (gid = -1)</p></li></ul></div></li><li><p>2 - id (uid for user, gid for group, -1 if N/A)</p></li><li><p>3 - quota state (0 = disable, 1 = enable, 2 = enable and enforce)</p></li><li><p>4 - block softlimit</p></li><li><p>5 - block hardlimit</p></li><li><p>6 - inode softlimit</p></li><li><p>7 - inode hardlimit</p></li><li><p>8(optional) - block size, defaults to 1024</p></li></ul></div><p>The script should output at least one line of data on success. And nothing on failure.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>set quota command</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>5467 can set quota for the specified arguments.</p><p>The specified script should take the following arguments:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>1 - quota type 5468 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="circle"><li class="listitem"><p>1 - user quotas</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 - user default quotas (uid = -1)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>3 - group quotas</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>4 - group default quotas (gid = -1)</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 - id (uid for user, gid for group, -1 if N/A)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>3 - quota state (0 = disable, 1 = enable, 2 = enable and enforce)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>4 - block softlimit</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>5 - block hardlimit</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>6 - inode softlimit</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>7 - inode hardlimit</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>8(optional) - block size, defaults to 1024</p></li></ul></div><p>The script should output at least one line of data on success. And nothing on failure.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>set quota command</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 5469 5469 </em></span> 5470 5470 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>set quota command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/sbin/set_quota</code> 5471 5471 </em></span> 5472 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561342"></a>5472 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="share:fake_fscaps (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334083"></a> 5473 5473 5474 5474 share:fake_fscaps (G) 5475 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2561343"></a><a name="SHARE:FAKE_FSCAPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5475 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334084"></a><a name="SHARE:FAKE_FSCAPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5476 5476 This is needed to support some special application that makes 5477 5477 QFSINFO calls to check whether we set the SPARSE_FILES bit … … 5483 5483 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>share:fake_fscaps</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 5484 5484 </em></span> 5485 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561401"></a>5485 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="share modes (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334140"></a> 5486 5486 5487 5487 share modes (S) 5488 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2561402"></a><a name="SHAREMODES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This enables or disables the honoring of5488 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334141"></a><a name="SHAREMODES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This enables or disables the honoring of 5489 5489 the <em class="parameter"><code>share modes</code></em> during a file open. These 5490 5490 modes are used by clients to gain exclusive read or write access … … 5498 5498 off as many Windows applications will break if you do so.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>share modes</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5499 5499 </em></span> 5500 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561478"></a>5500 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="short preserve case (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334210"></a> 5501 5501 5502 5502 short preserve case (S) 5503 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2561479"></a><a name="SHORTPRESERVECASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5503 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334211"></a><a name="SHORTPRESERVECASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5504 5504 This boolean parameter controls if new files which conform to 8.3 syntax, that is all in upper case and of 5505 5505 suitable length, are created upper case, or if they are forced to be the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEFAULTCASE" target="_top">default case</a>. … … 5508 5508 </p><p>See the section on <a class="link" href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">NAME MANGLING</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>short preserve case</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5509 5509 </em></span> 5510 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561557"></a>5510 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="show add printer wizard (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334284"></a> 5511 5511 5512 5512 show add printer wizard (G) 5513 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2561558"></a><a name="SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing support5513 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334285"></a><a name="SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing support 5514 5514 for Windows NT/2000 client in Samba 2.2, a "Printers..." folder will 5515 5515 appear on Samba hosts in the share listing. Normally this folder will … … 5526 5526 parameter will always cause the OpenPrinterEx() on the server 5527 5527 to fail. Thus the APW icon will never be displayed. 5528 </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>This does not prevent the same user from having5528 </p><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>This does not prevent the same user from having 5529 5529 administrative privilege on an individual printer.</p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>show add printer wizard</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5530 5530 </em></span> 5531 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561640"></a>5531 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="shutdown script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334356"></a> 5532 5532 5533 5533 shutdown script (G) 5534 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2561642"></a><a name="SHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This a full path name to a script called by5534 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334357"></a><a name="SHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This a full path name to a script called by 5535 5535 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> that should 5536 5536 start a shutdown procedure.</p><p>If the connected user posseses the <code class="constant">SeRemoteShutdownPrivilege</code>, 5537 right, this command will be run as root.</p><p>The %z %t %r %f variables are expanded as follows:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>%z</code></em> will be substituted with the5538 shutdown message sent to the server.</p></li><li ><p><em class="parameter"><code>%t</code></em> will be substituted with the5537 right, this command will be run as root.</p><p>The %z %t %r %f variables are expanded as follows:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>%z</code></em> will be substituted with the 5538 shutdown message sent to the server.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>%t</code></em> will be substituted with the 5539 5539 number of seconds to wait before effectively starting the 5540 shutdown procedure.</p></li><li ><p><em class="parameter"><code>%r</code></em> will be substituted with the5540 shutdown procedure.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>%r</code></em> will be substituted with the 5541 5541 switch <span class="emphasis"><em>-r</em></span>. It means reboot after shutdown 5542 for NT.</p></li><li ><p><em class="parameter"><code>%f</code></em> will be substituted with the5542 for NT.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>%f</code></em> will be substituted with the 5543 5543 switch <span class="emphasis"><em>-f</em></span>. It means force the shutdown 5544 5544 even if applications do not respond for NT.</p></li></ul></div><p>Shutdown script example: … … 5558 5558 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>shutdown script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/sbin/shutdown %m %t %r %f</code> 5559 5559 </em></span> 5560 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561794"></a>5560 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="smb encrypt (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334503"></a> 5561 5561 5562 5562 smb encrypt (S) 5563 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2561796"></a><a name="SMBENCRYPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a new feature introduced with Samba 3.2 and above. It is an5563 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334504"></a><a name="SMBENCRYPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a new feature introduced with Samba 3.2 and above. It is an 5564 5564 extension to the SMB/CIFS protocol negotiated as part of the UNIX extensions. 5565 5565 SMB encryption uses the GSSAPI (SSPI on Windows) ability to encrypt … … 5589 5589 to disabled, SMB encryption can not be negotiated.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>smb encrypt</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code> 5590 5590 </em></span> 5591 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561911"></a>5591 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="smb passwd file (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334599"></a> 5592 5592 5593 5593 smb passwd file (G) 5594 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2561912"></a><a name="SMBPASSWDFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option sets the path to the encrypted smbpasswd file. By5594 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334600"></a><a name="SMBPASSWDFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option sets the path to the encrypted smbpasswd file. By 5595 5595 default the path to the smbpasswd file is compiled into Samba.</p><p> 5596 5596 An example of use is: … … 5600 5600 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>smb passwd file</code></em> = <code class="literal">${prefix}/private/smbpasswd</code> 5601 5601 </em></span> 5602 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561965"></a>5602 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="smb ports (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334651"></a> 5603 5603 5604 5604 smb ports (G) 5605 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2561966"></a><a name="SMBPORTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies which ports the server should listen on for SMB traffic.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>smb ports</code></em> = <code class="literal">445 139</code>5606 </em></span> 5607 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562007"></a>5605 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334652"></a><a name="SMBPORTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies which ports the server should listen on for SMB traffic.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>smb ports</code></em> = <code class="literal">445 139</code> 5606 </em></span> 5607 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="socket address (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334692"></a> 5608 5608 5609 5609 socket address (G) 5610 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2562008"></a><a name="SOCKETADDRESS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to control what5610 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334693"></a><a name="SOCKETADDRESS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to control what 5611 5611 address Samba will listen for connections on. This is used to 5612 5612 support multiple virtual interfaces on the one server, each … … 5617 5617 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>socket address</code></em> = <code class="literal">192.168.2.20</code> 5618 5618 </em></span> 5619 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562076"></a>5619 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="socket options (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334758"></a> 5620 5620 5621 5621 socket options (G) 5622 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2562078"></a><a name="SOCKETOPTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to set socket options5622 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334759"></a><a name="SOCKETOPTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to set socket options 5623 5623 to be used when talking with the client.</p><p>Socket options are controls on the networking layer 5624 5624 of the operating systems which allow the connection to be … … 5636 5636 samba-technical@samba.org</a>.</p><p>Any of the supported socket options may be combined 5637 5637 in any way you like, as long as your OS allows it.</p><p>This is the list of socket options currently settable 5638 using this option:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>SO_KEEPALIVE</p></li><li><p>SO_REUSEADDR</p></li><li><p>SO_BROADCAST</p></li><li><p>TCP_NODELAY</p></li><li><p>IPTOS_LOWDELAY</p></li><li><p>IPTOS_THROUGHPUT</p></li><li><p>SO_SNDBUF *</p></li><li><p>SO_RCVBUF *</p></li><li><p>SO_SNDLOWAT *</p></li><li><p>SO_RCVLOWAT *</p></li></ul></div><p>Those marked with a <span class="emphasis"><em>'*'</em></span> take an integer5638 using this option:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>SO_KEEPALIVE</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>SO_REUSEADDR</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>SO_BROADCAST</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>TCP_NODELAY</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>IPTOS_LOWDELAY</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>IPTOS_THROUGHPUT</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>SO_SNDBUF *</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>SO_RCVBUF *</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>SO_SNDLOWAT *</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>SO_RCVLOWAT *</p></li></ul></div><p>Those marked with a <span class="emphasis"><em>'*'</em></span> take an integer 5639 5639 argument. The others can optionally take a 1 or 0 argument to enable 5640 5640 or disable the option, by default they will be enabled if you … … 5648 5648 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>socket options</code></em> = <code class="literal">IPTOS_LOWDELAY</code> 5649 5649 </em></span> 5650 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562287"></a>5650 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="stat cache (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334950"></a> 5651 5651 5652 5652 stat cache (G) 5653 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2562288"></a><a name="STATCACHE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will use a cache in order to5653 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334951"></a><a name="STATCACHE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will use a cache in order to 5654 5654 speed up case insensitive name mappings. You should never need 5655 5655 to change this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>stat cache</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5656 5656 </em></span> 5657 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562338"></a>5657 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="state directory (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335000"></a> 5658 5658 5659 5659 state directory (G) 5660 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2562339"></a><a name="STATEDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Usually, most of the TDB files are stored in the5660 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335001"></a><a name="STATEDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Usually, most of the TDB files are stored in the 5661 5661 <em class="parameter"><code>lock directory</code></em>. Since 5662 5662 Samba 3.4.0, it is possible to differentiate between TDB files … … 5670 5670 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>state directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/var/run/samba/locks/state</code> 5671 5671 </em></span> 5672 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562424"></a>5672 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="store dos attributes (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335082"></a> 5673 5673 5674 5674 store dos attributes (S) 5675 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2562425"></a><a name="STOREDOSATTRIBUTES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5675 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335083"></a><a name="STOREDOSATTRIBUTES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5676 5676 If this parameter is set Samba attempts to first read DOS attributes (SYSTEM, HIDDEN, ARCHIVE or 5677 5677 READ-ONLY) from a filesystem extended attribute, before mapping DOS attributes to UNIX permission bits (such … … 5692 5692 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>store dos attributes</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5693 5693 </em></span> 5694 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562554"></a>5694 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="strict allocate (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335198"></a> 5695 5695 5696 5696 strict allocate (S) 5697 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2562555"></a><a name="STRICTALLOCATE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls the handling of5697 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335199"></a><a name="STRICTALLOCATE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls the handling of 5698 5698 disk space allocation in the server. When this is set to <code class="constant">yes</code> 5699 5699 the server will change from UNIX behaviour of not committing real … … 5718 5718 activate this setting on those filesystems.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>strict allocate</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5719 5719 </em></span> 5720 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562638"></a>5720 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="strict locking (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335264"></a> 5721 5721 5722 5722 strict locking (S) 5723 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2562639"></a><a name="STRICTLOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5723 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335266"></a><a name="STRICTLOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5724 5724 This is an enumerated type that controls the handling of file locking in the server. When this is set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, 5725 5725 the server will check every read and write access for file locks, and deny access if locks exist. This can be slow on … … 5737 5737 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>strict locking</code></em> = <code class="literal">Auto</code> 5738 5738 </em></span> 5739 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562718"></a>5739 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="strict sync (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335336"></a> 5740 5740 5741 5741 strict sync (S) 5742 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2562719"></a><a name="STRICTSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Many Windows applications (including the Windows 98 explorer5742 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335337"></a><a name="STRICTSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Many Windows applications (including the Windows 98 explorer 5743 5743 shell) seem to confuse flushing buffer contents to disk with doing 5744 5744 a sync to disk. Under UNIX, a sync call forces the process to be … … 5754 5754 reported with the new Windows98 explorer shell file copies.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>strict sync</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5755 5755 </em></span> 5756 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562783"></a>5756 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="svcctl list (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335394"></a> 5757 5757 5758 5758 svcctl list (G) 5759 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2562784"></a><a name="SVCCTLLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option defines a list of init scripts that smbd5759 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335395"></a><a name="SVCCTLLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option defines a list of init scripts that smbd 5760 5760 will use for starting and stopping Unix services via the Win32 5761 5761 ServiceControl API. This allows Windows administrators to … … 5770 5770 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>svcctl list</code></em> = <code class="literal">cups postfix portmap httpd</code> 5771 5771 </em></span> 5772 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562869"></a>5772 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="sync always (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335475"></a> 5773 5773 5774 5774 sync always (S) 5775 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2562870"></a><a name="SYNCALWAYS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls5775 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335476"></a><a name="SYNCALWAYS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls 5776 5776 whether writes will always be written to stable storage before 5777 5777 the write call returns. If this is <code class="constant">no</code> then the server will be … … 5784 5784 any effect.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>sync always</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5785 5785 </em></span> 5786 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562940"></a>5786 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="syslog only (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335542"></a> 5787 5787 5788 5788 syslog only (G) 5789 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2562942"></a><a name="SYSLOGONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5789 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335543"></a><a name="SYSLOGONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5790 5790 If this parameter is set then Samba debug messages are logged into the system 5791 5791 syslog only, and not to the debug log files. There still will be some … … 5793 5793 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>syslog only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5794 5794 </em></span> 5795 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562988"></a>5795 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="syslog (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335587"></a> 5796 5796 5797 5797 syslog (G) 5798 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2562989"></a><a name="SYSLOG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5798 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335588"></a><a name="SYSLOG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5799 5799 This parameter maps how Samba debug messages are logged onto the system syslog logging levels. 5800 5800 Samba debug level zero maps onto syslog <code class="constant">LOG_ERR</code>, debug level one maps onto … … 5807 5807 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>syslog</code></em> = <code class="literal">1</code> 5808 5808 </em></span> 5809 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563058"></a>5809 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="template homedir (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335654"></a> 5810 5810 5811 5811 template homedir (G) 5812 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2563060"></a><a name="TEMPLATEHOMEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT5812 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335655"></a><a name="TEMPLATEHOMEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT 5813 5813 user, the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon uses this 5814 5814 parameter to fill in the home directory for that user. If the … … 5818 5818 is substituted with the user's Windows NT user name.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>template homedir</code></em> = <code class="literal">/home/%D/%U</code> 5819 5819 </em></span> 5820 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563124"></a>5820 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="template shell (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335716"></a> 5821 5821 5822 5822 template shell (G) 5823 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2563125"></a><a name="TEMPLATESHELL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT5823 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335717"></a><a name="TEMPLATESHELL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT 5824 5824 user, the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon uses this 5825 parameter to fill in the login shell for that user.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563163"></a>5825 parameter to fill in the login shell for that user.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="time offset (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335753"></a> 5826 5826 5827 5827 time offset (G) 5828 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2563164"></a><a name="TIMEOFFSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a setting in minutes to add5828 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335754"></a><a name="TIMEOFFSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a setting in minutes to add 5829 5829 to the normal GMT to local time conversion. This is useful if 5830 5830 you are serving a lot of PCs that have incorrect daylight … … 5833 5833 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>time offset</code></em> = <code class="literal">60</code> 5834 5834 </em></span> 5835 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563223"></a>5835 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="time server (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335812"></a> 5836 5836 5837 5837 time server (G) 5838 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2563224"></a><a name="TIMESERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> advertises itself as a time server to Windows5838 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335814"></a><a name="TIMESERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> advertises itself as a time server to Windows 5839 5839 clients.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>time server</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5840 5840 </em></span> 5841 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563274"></a>5841 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="unix charset (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335862"></a> 5842 5842 5843 5843 unix charset (G) 5844 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2563275"></a><a name="UNIXCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the charset the unix machine5844 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335863"></a><a name="UNIXCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the charset the unix machine 5845 5845 Samba runs on uses. Samba needs to know this in order to be able to 5846 5846 convert text to the charsets other SMB clients use. … … 5851 5851 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>unix charset</code></em> = <code class="literal">ASCII</code> 5852 5852 </em></span> 5853 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563340"></a>5853 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="unix extensions (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335925"></a> 5854 5854 5855 5855 unix extensions (G) 5856 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2563341"></a><a name="UNIXEXTENSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba5856 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335926"></a><a name="UNIXEXTENSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba 5857 5857 implements the CIFS UNIX extensions, as defined by HP. 5858 5858 These extensions enable Samba to better serve UNIX CIFS clients … … 5864 5864 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>unix extensions</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5865 5865 </em></span> 5866 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563404"></a>5866 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="unix password sync (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335986"></a> 5867 5867 5868 5868 unix password sync (G) 5869 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2563406"></a><a name="UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba5869 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335987"></a><a name="UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba 5870 5870 attempts to synchronize the UNIX password with the SMB password 5871 5871 when the encrypted SMB password in the smbpasswd file is changed. … … 5876 5876 access to the old password cleartext, only the new).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>unix password sync</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5877 5877 </em></span> 5878 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563466"></a>5878 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="update encrypted (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336043"></a> 5879 5879 5880 5880 update encrypted (G) 5881 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2563467"></a><a name="UPDATEENCRYPTED"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5881 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336044"></a><a name="UPDATEENCRYPTED"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5882 5882 This boolean parameter allows a user logging on with a plaintext password to have their encrypted (hashed) 5883 5883 password in the smbpasswd file to be updated automatically as they log on. This option allows a site to … … 5897 5897 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>update encrypted</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5898 5898 </em></span> 5899 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563583"></a>5899 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="use client driver (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336148"></a> 5900 5900 5901 5901 use client driver (S) 5902 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2563584"></a><a name="USECLIENTDRIVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter applies only to Windows NT/20005902 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336149"></a><a name="USECLIENTDRIVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter applies only to Windows NT/2000 5903 5903 clients. It has no effect on Windows 95/98/ME clients. When 5904 5904 serving a printer to Windows NT/2000 clients without first installing … … 5925 5925 server.</em></span></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use client driver</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5926 5926 </em></span> 5927 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563676"></a>5927 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="use mmap (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336222"></a> 5928 5928 5929 5929 use mmap (G) 5930 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2563677"></a><a name="USEMMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This global parameter determines if the tdb internals of Samba can5930 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336223"></a><a name="USEMMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This global parameter determines if the tdb internals of Samba can 5931 5931 depend on mmap working correctly on the running system. Samba requires a coherent 5932 5932 mmap/read-write system memory cache. Currently only HPUX does not have such a … … 5937 5937 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use mmap</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5938 5938 </em></span> 5939 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563728"></a>5939 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="username level (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336270"></a> 5940 5940 5941 5941 username level (G) 5942 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2563729"></a><a name="USERNAMELEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option helps Samba to try and 'guess' at5942 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336271"></a><a name="USERNAMELEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option helps Samba to try and 'guess' at 5943 5943 the real UNIX username, as many DOS clients send an all-uppercase 5944 5944 username. By default Samba tries all lowercase, followed by the … … 5955 5955 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username level</code></em> = <code class="literal">5</code> 5956 5956 </em></span> 5957 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563810"></a>5957 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="username map script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336343"></a> 5958 5958 5959 5959 username map script (G) 5960 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2563811"></a><a name="USERNAMEMAPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This script is a mutually exclusive alternative to the5960 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336344"></a><a name="USERNAMEMAPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This script is a mutually exclusive alternative to the 5961 5961 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USERNAMEMAP" target="_top">username map</a> parameter. This parameter 5962 5962 specifies and external program or script that must accept a single … … 5969 5969 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username map script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/etc/samba/scripts/mapusers.sh</code> 5970 5970 </em></span> 5971 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563886"></a>5971 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="username map (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336415"></a> 5972 5972 5973 5973 username map (G) 5974 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2563887"></a><a name="USERNAMEMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5974 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336416"></a><a name="USERNAMEMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5975 5975 This option allows you to specify a file containing a mapping of usernames from the clients to the server. 5976 5976 This can be used for several purposes. The most common is to map usernames that users use on DOS or Windows … … 6056 6056 # no username map</code> 6057 6057 </em></span> 6058 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564166"></a>6058 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="user"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336657"></a> 6059 6059 6060 6060 <a name="USER"></a>user 6061 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2564167"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#USERNAME">username</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564198"></a>6061 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336658"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#USERNAME">username</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="users"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336689"></a> 6062 6062 6063 6063 <a name="USERS"></a>users 6064 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2564199"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#USERNAME">username</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564229"></a>6064 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336690"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#USERNAME">username</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="username (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336720"></a> 6065 6065 6066 6066 username (S) 6067 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2564230"></a><a name="USERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Multiple users may be specified in a comma-delimited6067 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336721"></a><a name="USERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Multiple users may be specified in a comma-delimited 6068 6068 list, in which case the supplied password will be tested against 6069 6069 each username in turn (left to right).</p><p>The <em class="parameter"><code>username</code></em> line is needed only when … … 6103 6103 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username</code></em> = <code class="literal">fred, mary, jack, jane, @users, @pcgroup</code> 6104 6104 </em></span> 6105 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564400"></a>6105 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare allow guests (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336866"></a> 6106 6106 6107 6107 usershare allow guests (G) 6108 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2564401"></a><a name="USERSHAREALLOWGUESTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether user defined shares are allowed6108 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336867"></a><a name="USERSHAREALLOWGUESTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether user defined shares are allowed 6109 6109 to be accessed by non-authenticated users or not. It is the equivalent 6110 6110 of allowing people who can create a share the option of setting … … 6113 6113 is set to off.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare allow guests</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6114 6114 </em></span> 6115 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564452"></a>6115 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare max shares (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336915"></a> 6116 6116 6117 6117 usershare max shares (G) 6118 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2564453"></a><a name="USERSHAREMAXSHARES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of user defined shares6118 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336916"></a><a name="USERSHAREMAXSHARES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of user defined shares 6119 6119 that are allowed to be created by users belonging to the group owning the 6120 6120 usershare directory. If set to zero (the default) user defined shares are ignored. 6121 6121 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare max shares</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 6122 6122 </em></span> 6123 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564498"></a>6123 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare owner only (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336957"></a> 6124 6124 6125 6125 usershare owner only (G) 6126 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2564499"></a><a name="USERSHAREOWNERONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether the pathname exported by6126 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336958"></a><a name="USERSHAREOWNERONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether the pathname exported by 6127 6127 a user defined shares must be owned by the user creating the 6128 6128 user defined share or not. If set to True (the default) then … … 6134 6134 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare owner only</code></em> = <code class="literal">True</code> 6135 6135 </em></span> 6136 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564547"></a>6136 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare path (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337002"></a> 6137 6137 6138 6138 usershare path (G) 6139 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2564548"></a><a name="USERSHAREPATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the absolute path of the directory on the6139 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337003"></a><a name="USERSHAREPATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the absolute path of the directory on the 6140 6140 filesystem used to store the user defined share definition files. 6141 6141 This directory must be owned by root, and have no access for … … 6158 6158 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare path</code></em> = <code class="literal">NULL</code> 6159 6159 </em></span> 6160 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564618"></a>6160 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare prefix allow list (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337065"></a> 6161 6161 6162 6162 usershare prefix allow list (G) 6163 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2564619"></a><a name="USERSHAREPREFIXALLOWLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames6163 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337066"></a><a name="USERSHAREPREFIXALLOWLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames 6164 6164 the root of which are allowed to be exported by user defined share definitions. 6165 6165 If the pathname to be exported doesn't start with one of the strings in this … … 6176 6176 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare prefix allow list</code></em> = <code class="literal">/home /data /space</code> 6177 6177 </em></span> 6178 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564691"></a>6178 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare prefix deny list (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337133"></a> 6179 6179 6180 6180 usershare prefix deny list (G) 6181 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2564692"></a><a name="USERSHAREPREFIXDENYLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames6181 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337134"></a><a name="USERSHAREPREFIXDENYLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames 6182 6182 the root of which are NOT allowed to be exported by user defined share definitions. 6183 6183 If the pathname exported starts with one of the strings in this … … 6195 6195 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare prefix deny list</code></em> = <code class="literal">/etc /dev /private</code> 6196 6196 </em></span> 6197 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564766"></a>6197 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare template share (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337199"></a> 6198 6198 6199 6199 usershare template share (G) 6200 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2564767"></a><a name="USERSHARETEMPLATESHARE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>User defined shares only have limited possible parameters6200 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337200"></a><a name="USERSHARETEMPLATESHARE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>User defined shares only have limited possible parameters 6201 6201 such as path, guest ok, etc. This parameter allows usershares to 6202 6202 "cloned" from an existing share. If "usershare template share" … … 6213 6213 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare template share</code></em> = <code class="literal">template_share</code> 6214 6214 </em></span> 6215 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564839"></a>6215 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="use sendfile (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337266"></a> 6216 6216 6217 6217 use sendfile (S) 6218 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2564840"></a><a name="USESENDFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, and the <code class="constant">sendfile()</code>6218 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337267"></a><a name="USESENDFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, and the <code class="constant">sendfile()</code> 6219 6219 system call is supported by the underlying operating system, then some SMB read calls 6220 6220 (mainly ReadAndX and ReadRaw) will use the more efficient sendfile system call for files that … … 6225 6225 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use sendfile</code></em> = <code class="literal">false</code> 6226 6226 </em></span> 6227 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564896"></a>6227 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="use spnego (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337319"></a> 6228 6228 6229 6229 use spnego (G) 6230 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2564897"></a><a name="USESPNEGO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This variable controls controls whether samba will try6230 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337320"></a><a name="USESPNEGO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This variable controls controls whether samba will try 6231 6231 to use Simple and Protected NEGOciation (as specified by rfc2478) with 6232 6232 WindowsXP and Windows2000 clients to agree upon an authentication mechanism. … … 6236 6236 disabled.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use spnego</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 6237 6237 </em></span> 6238 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564946"></a>6238 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="utmp directory (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337365"></a> 6239 6239 6240 6240 utmp directory (G) 6241 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2564947"></a><a name="UTMPDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only available if Samba has6241 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337366"></a><a name="UTMPDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only available if Samba has 6242 6242 been configured and compiled with the option <code class="literal"> 6243 6243 --with-utmp</code>. It specifies a directory pathname that is … … 6251 6251 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>utmp directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/var/run/utmp</code> 6252 6252 </em></span> 6253 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565024"></a>6253 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="utmp (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337439"></a> 6254 6254 6255 6255 utmp (G) 6256 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2565025"></a><a name="UTMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>6256 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337440"></a><a name="UTMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 6257 6257 This boolean parameter is only available if Samba has been configured and compiled 6258 6258 with the option <code class="literal">--with-utmp</code>. If set to … … 6266 6266 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>utmp</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6267 6267 </em></span> 6268 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565086"></a>6268 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="valid users (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337496"></a> 6269 6269 6270 6270 valid users (S) 6271 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2565087"></a><a name="VALIDUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>6271 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337497"></a><a name="VALIDUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 6272 6272 This is a list of users that should be allowed to login to this service. Names starting with 6273 6273 '@', '+' and '&' are interpreted using the same rules as described in the … … 6285 6285 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>valid users</code></em> = <code class="literal">greg, @pcusers</code> 6286 6286 </em></span> 6287 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565178"></a>6287 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="-valid (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337583"></a> 6288 6288 6289 6289 -valid (S) 6290 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2565179"></a><a name="-VALID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This parameter indicates whether a share is6290 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337584"></a><a name="-VALID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This parameter indicates whether a share is 6291 6291 valid and thus can be used. When this parameter is set to false, 6292 6292 the share will be in no way visible nor accessible. … … 6297 6297 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>-valid</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 6298 6298 </em></span> 6299 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565227"></a>6299 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="veto files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337629"></a> 6300 6300 6301 6301 veto files (S) 6302 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2565228"></a><a name="VETOFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>6302 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337630"></a><a name="VETOFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 6303 6303 This is a list of files and directories that are neither visible nor accessible. Each entry in 6304 6304 the list must be separated by a '/', which allows spaces to be included in the entry. '*' and '?' … … 6331 6331 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>veto files</code></em> = <code class="literal">No files or directories are vetoed.</code> 6332 6332 </em></span> 6333 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565346"></a>6333 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="veto oplock files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337736"></a> 6334 6334 6335 6335 veto oplock files (S) 6336 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2565347"></a><a name="VETOOPLOCKFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>6336 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337737"></a><a name="VETOOPLOCKFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 6337 6337 This parameter is only valid when the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OPLOCKS" target="_top">oplocks</a> 6338 6338 parameter is turned on for a share. It allows the Samba administrator … … 6355 6355 # No files are vetoed for oplock grants</code> 6356 6356 </em></span> 6357 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565439"></a>6357 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="vfs object"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337822"></a> 6358 6358 6359 6359 <a name="VFSOBJECT"></a>vfs object 6360 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2565440"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565471"></a>6360 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337823"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="vfs objects (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337854"></a> 6361 6361 6362 6362 vfs objects (S) 6363 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2565472"></a><a name="VFSOBJECTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the backend names which6363 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337855"></a><a name="VFSOBJECTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the backend names which 6364 6364 are used for Samba VFS I/O operations. By default, normal 6365 6365 disk I/O operations are used but these can be overloaded … … 6368 6368 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>vfs objects</code></em> = <code class="literal">extd_audit recycle</code> 6369 6369 </em></span> 6370 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565531"></a>6370 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="volume (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337912"></a> 6371 6371 6372 6372 volume (S) 6373 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2565532"></a><a name="VOLUME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the volume label6373 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337913"></a><a name="VOLUME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the volume label 6374 6374 returned for a share. Useful for CDROMs with installation programs 6375 6375 that insist on a particular volume label.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>volume</code></em> = <code class="literal"> 6376 6376 # the name of the share</code> 6377 6377 </em></span> 6378 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565575"></a>6378 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="wide links (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337953"></a> 6379 6379 6380 6380 wide links (S) 6381 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2565576"></a><a name="WIDELINKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not links6381 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337954"></a><a name="WIDELINKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not links 6382 6382 in the UNIX file system may be followed by the server. Links 6383 6383 that point to areas within the directory tree exported by the … … 6392 6392 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wide links</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6393 6393 </em></span> 6394 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565643"></a>6394 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind cache time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338014"></a> 6395 6395 6396 6396 winbind cache time (G) 6397 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2565644"></a><a name="WINBINDCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of6397 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338015"></a><a name="WINBINDCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of 6398 6398 seconds the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon will cache 6399 6399 user and group information before querying a Windows NT server … … 6403 6403 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">300</code> 6404 6404 </em></span> 6405 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565714"></a>6405 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind enum groups (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338080"></a> 6406 6406 6407 6407 winbind enum groups (G) 6408 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2565715"></a><a name="WINBINDENUMGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be necessary to suppress6408 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338082"></a><a name="WINBINDENUMGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be necessary to suppress 6409 6409 the enumeration of groups through the <code class="literal">setgrent()</code>, 6410 6410 <code class="literal">getgrent()</code> and … … 6412 6412 the <em class="parameter"><code>winbind enum groups</code></em> parameter is 6413 6413 <code class="constant">no</code>, calls to the <code class="literal">getgrent()</code> system 6414 call will not return any data. </p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p>Turning off group enumeration may cause some programs to behave oddly. </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind enum groups</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>6415 </em></span> 6416 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565805"></a>6414 call will not return any data. </p><div class="warning" title="Warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p>Turning off group enumeration may cause some programs to behave oddly. </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind enum groups</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6415 </em></span> 6416 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind enum users (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338168"></a> 6417 6417 6418 6418 winbind enum users (G) 6419 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2565806"></a><a name="WINBINDENUMUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be6419 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338169"></a><a name="WINBINDENUMUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be 6420 6420 necessary to suppress the enumeration of users through the <code class="literal">setpwent()</code>, 6421 6421 <code class="literal">getpwent()</code> and … … 6423 6423 the <em class="parameter"><code>winbind enum users</code></em> parameter is 6424 6424 <code class="constant">no</code>, calls to the <code class="literal">getpwent</code> system call 6425 will not return any data. </p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p>Turning off user6425 will not return any data. </p><div class="warning" title="Warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p>Turning off user 6426 6426 enumeration may cause some programs to behave oddly. For 6427 6427 example, the finger program relies on having access to the … … 6429 6429 usernames. </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind enum users</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6430 6430 </em></span> 6431 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565898"></a>6431 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind expand groups (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338257"></a> 6432 6432 6433 6433 winbind expand groups (G) 6434 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2565899"></a><a name="WINBINDEXPANDGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum depth that winbindd6434 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338258"></a><a name="WINBINDEXPANDGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum depth that winbindd 6435 6435 will traverse when flattening nested group memberships 6436 6436 of Windows domain groups. This is different from the … … 6444 6444 incoming NSS or authentication requests during this time.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind expand groups</code></em> = <code class="literal">1</code> 6445 6445 </em></span> 6446 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2565967"></a>6446 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind nested groups (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338319"></a> 6447 6447 6448 6448 winbind nested groups (G) 6449 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2565968"></a><a name="WINBINDNESTEDGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If set to yes, this parameter activates the support for nested6449 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338320"></a><a name="WINBINDNESTEDGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If set to yes, this parameter activates the support for nested 6450 6450 groups. Nested groups are also called local groups or 6451 6451 aliases. They work like their counterparts in Windows: Nested … … 6455 6455 groups, you need to run nss_winbind.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind nested groups</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 6456 6456 </em></span> 6457 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2566017"></a>6457 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind normalize names (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338364"></a> 6458 6458 6459 6459 winbind normalize names (G) 6460 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2566018"></a><a name="WINBINDNORMALIZENAMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether winbindd will replace6460 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338365"></a><a name="WINBINDNORMALIZENAMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether winbindd will replace 6461 6461 whitespace in user and group names with an underscore (_) character. 6462 6462 For example, whether the name "Space Kadet" should be … … 6478 6478 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind normalize names</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 6479 6479 </em></span> 6480 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2566095"></a>6480 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind nss info (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338433"></a> 6481 6481 6482 6482 winbind nss info (G) 6483 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2566096"></a><a name="WINBINDNSSINFO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control how Winbind retrieves Name6483 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338434"></a><a name="WINBINDNSSINFO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control how Winbind retrieves Name 6484 6484 Service Information to construct a user's home directory and login shell. 6485 6485 Currently the following settings are available: 6486 6486 6487 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>template</code></em>6487 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>template</code></em> 6488 6488 - The default, using the parameters of <em class="parameter"><code>template 6489 6489 shell</code></em> and <em class="parameter"><code>template homedir</code></em>) 6490 </p></li><li ><p><em class="parameter"><code><sfu | rfc2307 ></code></em>6490 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code><sfu | rfc2307 ></code></em> 6491 6491 - When Samba is running in security = ads and your Active Directory 6492 6492 Domain Controller does support the Microsoft "Services for Unix" (SFU) … … 6502 6502 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind nss info</code></em> = <code class="literal">sfu</code> 6503 6503 </em></span> 6504 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2566209"></a>6504 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind offline logon (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338540"></a> 6505 6505 6506 6506 winbind offline logon (G) 6507 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2566210"></a><a name="WINBINDOFFLINELOGON"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should6507 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338541"></a><a name="WINBINDOFFLINELOGON"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should 6508 6508 allow to login with the <em class="parameter"><code>pam_winbind</code></em> 6509 6509 module using Cached Credentials. If enabled, winbindd will store user credentials … … 6513 6513 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind offline logon</code></em> = <code class="literal">true</code> 6514 6514 </em></span> 6515 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2566278"></a>6515 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind reconnect delay (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338605"></a> 6516 6516 6517 6517 winbind reconnect delay (G) 6518 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2566279"></a><a name="WINBINDRECONNECTDELAY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of6518 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338606"></a><a name="WINBINDRECONNECTDELAY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of 6519 6519 seconds the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon will wait between 6520 6520 attempts to contact a Domain controller for a domain that is 6521 6521 determined to be down or not contactable.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind reconnect delay</code></em> = <code class="literal">30</code> 6522 6522 </em></span> 6523 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2566331"></a>6523 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind refresh tickets (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338655"></a> 6524 6524 6525 6525 winbind refresh tickets (G) 6526 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2566332"></a><a name="WINBINDREFRESHTICKETS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should refresh Kerberos Tickets6526 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338656"></a><a name="WINBINDREFRESHTICKETS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should refresh Kerberos Tickets 6527 6527 retrieved using the <em class="parameter"><code>pam_winbind</code></em> module. 6528 6528 … … 6531 6531 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind refresh tickets</code></em> = <code class="literal">true</code> 6532 6532 </em></span> 6533 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2566398"></a>6533 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind rpc only (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338721"></a> 6534 6534 6535 6535 winbind rpc only (G) 6536 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2566399"></a><a name="WINBINDRPCONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>6536 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338722"></a><a name="WINBINDRPCONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 6537 6537 Setting this parameter to <code class="literal">yes</code> forces 6538 6538 winbindd to use RPC instead of LDAP to retrieve information from Domain … … 6540 6540 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind rpc only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6541 6541 </em></span> 6542 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2566447"></a>6542 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind separator (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338768"></a> 6543 6543 6544 6544 winbind separator (G) 6545 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2566448"></a><a name="WINBINDSEPARATOR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows an admin to define the character6545 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338769"></a><a name="WINBINDSEPARATOR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows an admin to define the character 6546 6546 used when listing a username of the form of <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN 6547 6547 </code></em>\<em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em>. This parameter … … 6554 6554 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind separator</code></em> = <code class="literal">+</code> 6555 6555 </em></span> 6556 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2566534"></a>6556 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind trusted domains only (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338850"></a> 6557 6557 6558 6558 winbind trusted domains only (G) 6559 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2566535"></a><a name="WINBINDTRUSTEDDOMAINSONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>6559 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338851"></a><a name="WINBINDTRUSTEDDOMAINSONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 6560 6560 This parameter is designed to allow Samba servers that are members 6561 6561 of a Samba controlled domain to use UNIX accounts distributed via NIS, … … 6568 6568 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind trusted domains only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6569 6569 </em></span> 6570 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2566601"></a>6570 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind use default domain (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338912"></a> 6571 6571 6572 6572 winbind use default domain (G) 6573 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2566602"></a><a name="WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether the6573 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338913"></a><a name="WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether the 6574 6574 <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon should operate on users 6575 6575 without domain component in their username. Users without a domain … … 6581 6581 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind use default domain</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 6582 6582 </em></span> 6583 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2566674"></a>6583 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="wins hook (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338981"></a> 6584 6584 6585 6585 wins hook (G) 6586 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2566675"></a><a name="WINSHOOK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When Samba is running as a WINS server this6586 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338982"></a><a name="WINSHOOK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When Samba is running as a WINS server this 6587 6587 allows you to call an external program for all changes to the 6588 6588 WINS database. The primary use for this option is to allow the 6589 6589 dynamic update of external name resolution databases such as 6590 6590 dynamic DNS.</p><p>The wins hook parameter specifies the name of a script 6591 or executable that will be called as follows:</p><p><code class="literal">wins_hook operation name nametype ttl IP_list</code></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The first argument is the operation and is6591 or executable that will be called as follows:</p><p><code class="literal">wins_hook operation name nametype ttl IP_list</code></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>The first argument is the operation and is 6592 6592 one of "add", "delete", or 6593 6593 "refresh". In most cases the operation … … 6596 6596 "refresh" may sometimes be called when 6597 6597 the name has not previously been added, in that 6598 case it should be treated as an add.</p></li><li ><p>The second argument is the NetBIOS name. If the6598 case it should be treated as an add.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The second argument is the NetBIOS name. If the 6599 6599 name is not a legal name then the wins hook is not called. 6600 6600 Legal names contain only letters, digits, hyphens, underscores 6601 and periods.</p></li><li ><p>The third argument is the NetBIOS name6602 type as a 2 digit hexadecimal number. </p></li><li ><p>The fourth argument is the TTL (time to live)6603 for the name in seconds.</p></li><li ><p>The fifth and subsequent arguments are the IP6601 and periods.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The third argument is the NetBIOS name 6602 type as a 2 digit hexadecimal number. </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The fourth argument is the TTL (time to live) 6603 for the name in seconds.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The fifth and subsequent arguments are the IP 6604 6604 addresses currently registered for that name. If this list is 6605 6605 empty then the name should be deleted.</p></li></ul></div><p>An example script that calls the BIND dynamic DNS update 6606 6606 program <code class="literal">nsupdate</code> is provided in the examples 6607 directory of the Samba source code. </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2566781"></a>6607 directory of the Samba source code. </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="wins proxy (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339076"></a> 6608 6608 6609 6609 wins proxy (G) 6610 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2566782"></a><a name="WINSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will respond to broadcast name6610 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339077"></a><a name="WINSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will respond to broadcast name 6611 6611 queries on behalf of other hosts. You may need to set this 6612 6612 to <code class="constant">yes</code> for some older clients.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wins proxy</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6613 6613 </em></span> 6614 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2566835"></a>6614 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="wins server (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339129"></a> 6615 6615 6616 6616 wins server (G) 6617 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2566836"></a><a name="WINSSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies the IP address (or DNS name: IP6617 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339130"></a><a name="WINSSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies the IP address (or DNS name: IP 6618 6618 address for preference) of the WINS server that <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> should register with. If you have a WINS server on 6619 6619 your network then you should set this to the WINS server's IP.</p><p>You should point this at your WINS server if you have a … … 6622 6622 (working) server will be queried for a name. The tag should be 6623 6623 separated from the ip address by a colon. 6624 </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>You need to set up Samba to point6624 </p><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>You need to set up Samba to point 6625 6625 to a WINS server if you have multiple subnets and wish cross-subnet 6626 6626 browsing to work correctly.</p></div><p>See the chapter in the Samba3-HOWTO on Network Browsing.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wins server</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> … … 6634 6634 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wins server</code></em> = <code class="literal">192.9.200.1 192.168.2.61</code> 6635 6635 </em></span> 6636 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2566946"></a>6636 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="wins support (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339232"></a> 6637 6637 6638 6638 wins support (G) 6639 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2566947"></a><a name="WINSSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls if the <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> process in Samba will act as a WINS server. You should6639 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339233"></a><a name="WINSSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls if the <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> process in Samba will act as a WINS server. You should 6640 6640 not set this to <code class="constant">yes</code> unless you have a multi-subnetted network and 6641 6641 you wish a particular <code class="literal">nmbd</code> to be your WINS server. … … 6643 6643 on more than one machine in your network.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wins support</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6644 6644 </em></span> 6645 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2567016"></a>6645 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="workgroup (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339298"></a> 6646 6646 6647 6647 workgroup (G) 6648 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2567017"></a><a name="WORKGROUP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what workgroup your server will6648 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339299"></a><a name="WORKGROUP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what workgroup your server will 6649 6649 appear to be in when queried by clients. Note that this parameter 6650 6650 also controls the Domain name used with … … 6654 6654 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>workgroup</code></em> = <code class="literal">MYGROUP</code> 6655 6655 </em></span> 6656 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2567088"></a>6656 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="writable"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339369"></a> 6657 6657 6658 6658 <a name="WRITABLE"></a>writable 6659 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2567089"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#WRITEABLE">writeable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2567120"></a>6659 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339370"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#WRITEABLE">writeable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="writeable (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339400"></a> 6660 6660 6661 6661 writeable (S) 6662 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2567121"></a><a name="WRITEABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Inverted synonym for <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" target="_top">read only</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>writeable</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>6663 </em></span> 6664 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2567171"></a>6662 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339401"></a><a name="WRITEABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Inverted synonym for <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" target="_top">read only</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>writeable</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6663 </em></span> 6664 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="write cache size (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339451"></a> 6665 6665 6666 6666 write cache size (S) 6667 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2567172"></a><a name="WRITECACHESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this integer parameter is set to non-zero value,6667 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339452"></a><a name="WRITECACHESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this integer parameter is set to non-zero value, 6668 6668 Samba will create an in-memory cache for each oplocked file 6669 6669 (it does <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> do this for … … 6683 6683 # for a 256k cache size per file</code> 6684 6684 </em></span> 6685 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2567254"></a>6685 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="write list (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339525"></a> 6686 6686 6687 6687 write list (S) 6688 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2567255"></a><a name="WRITELIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>6688 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339526"></a><a name="WRITELIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 6689 6689 This is a list of users that are given read-write access to a service. If the 6690 6690 connecting user is in this list then they will be given write access, no matter … … 6701 6701 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>write list</code></em> = <code class="literal">admin, root, @staff</code> 6702 6702 </em></span> 6703 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2567347"></a>6703 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="write raw (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339614"></a> 6704 6704 6705 6705 write raw (G) 6706 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2567348"></a><a name="WRITERAW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server6706 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339615"></a><a name="WRITERAW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server 6707 6707 will support raw write SMB's when transferring data from clients. 6708 6708 You should never need to change this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>write raw</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 6709 6709 </em></span> 6710 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2567391"></a>6710 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="wtmp directory (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339656"></a> 6711 6711 6712 6712 wtmp directory (G) 6713 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 2567392"></a><a name="WTMPDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>6713 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339657"></a><a name="WTMPDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 6714 6714 This parameter is only available if Samba has been configured and compiled with the option <code class="literal"> 6715 6715 --with-utmp</code>. It specifies a directory pathname that is used to store the wtmp or wtmpx files (depending on … … 6723 6723 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wtmp directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/var/log/wtmp</code> 6724 6724 </em></span> 6725 </p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2567475"></a><h2>WARNINGS</h2><p>6725 </p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="WARNINGS"><a name="id339734"></a><h2>WARNINGS</h2><p> 6726 6726 Although the configuration file permits service names to contain spaces, your client software may not. 6727 6727 Spaces will be ignored in comparisons anyway, so it shouldn't be a problem - but be aware of the possibility. … … 6736 6736 care when designing these sections. In particular, ensure that the permissions on spool directories are 6737 6737 correct. 6738 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2567525"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2567536"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>6739 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="swat.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">swat</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2567615"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>6738 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id339777"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id339788"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p> 6739 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="swat.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">swat</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id339866"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> 6740 6740 The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 6741 6741 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed. -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbcacls.1.html
r427 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbcacls</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbcacls.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbcacls — Set or get ACLs on an NT file or directory names</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbcacls</code> {//server/share} {filename} [-D acls] [-M acls] [-a acls] [-S acls] [-C name] [-G name] [--numeric] [-t] [-U username] [-h] [-d]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483378"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">smbcacls</code> program manipulates NT Access Control2 Lists (ACLs) on SMB file shares. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483530"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>The following options are available to the <code class="literal">smbcacls</code> program.1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbcacls</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="smbcacls"><a name="smbcacls.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbcacls — Set or get ACLs on an NT file or directory names</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbcacls</code> {//server/share} {filename} [-D acls] [-M acls] [-a acls] [-S acls] [-C name] [-G name] [--numeric] [-t] [-U username] [-h] [-d]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266897"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">smbcacls</code> program manipulates NT Access Control 2 Lists (ACLs) on SMB file shares. </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id265721"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>The following options are available to the <code class="literal">smbcacls</code> program. 3 3 The format of ACLs is described in the section ACL FORMAT </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-a|--add acls</span></dt><dd><p>Add the ACLs specified to the ACL list. Existing 4 4 access control entries are unchanged. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-M|--modify acls</span></dt><dd><p>Modify the mask value (permissions) for the ACLs … … 81 81 via the <code class="literal">ps</code> command. To be safe always allow 82 82 <code class="literal">rpcclient</code> to prompt for a password and type 83 it in directly. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481709"></a><h2>ACL FORMAT</h2><p>The format of an ACL is one or more ACL entries separated by83 it in directly. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="ACL FORMAT"><a name="id307238"></a><h2>ACL FORMAT</h2><p>The format of an ACL is one or more ACL entries separated by 84 84 either commas or newlines. An ACL entry is one of the following: </p><pre class="programlisting"> 85 85 REVISION:<revision number> … … 99 99 access granted to the SID. </p><p>The type can be either ALLOWED or DENIED to allow/deny access 100 100 to the SID. The flags values are generally zero for file ACLs and 101 either 9 or 2 for directory ACLs. Some common flags are: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="constant">#define SEC_ACE_FLAG_OBJECT_INHERIT 0x1</code></p></li><li><p><code class="constant">#define SEC_ACE_FLAG_CONTAINER_INHERIT 0x2</code></p></li><li><p><code class="constant">#define SEC_ACE_FLAG_NO_PROPAGATE_INHERIT 0x4</code></p></li><li><p><code class="constant">#define SEC_ACE_FLAG_INHERIT_ONLY 0x8</code></p></li></ul></div><p>At present flags can only be specified as decimal or101 either 9 or 2 for directory ACLs. Some common flags are: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><code class="constant">#define SEC_ACE_FLAG_OBJECT_INHERIT 0x1</code></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="constant">#define SEC_ACE_FLAG_CONTAINER_INHERIT 0x2</code></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="constant">#define SEC_ACE_FLAG_NO_PROPAGATE_INHERIT 0x4</code></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="constant">#define SEC_ACE_FLAG_INHERIT_ONLY 0x8</code></p></li></ul></div><p>At present flags can only be specified as decimal or 102 102 hexadecimal values.</p><p>The mask is a value which expresses the access right 103 103 granted to the SID. It can be given as a decimal or hexadecimal value, 104 104 or by using one of the following text strings which map to the NT 105 file permissions of the same name. </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>R</em></span> - Allow read access </p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>W</em></span> - Allow write access</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>X</em></span> - Execute permission on the object</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>D</em></span> - Delete the object</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>P</em></span> - Change permissions</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>O</em></span> - Take ownership</p></li></ul></div><p>The following combined permissions can be specified:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>READ</em></span> - Equivalent to 'RX'106 permissions</p></li><li ><p><span class="emphasis"><em>CHANGE</em></span> - Equivalent to 'RXWD' permissions107 </p></li><li ><p><span class="emphasis"><em>FULL</em></span> - Equivalent to 'RWXDPO'108 permissions</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481873"></a><h2>EXIT STATUS</h2><p>The <code class="literal">smbcacls</code> program sets the exit status105 file permissions of the same name. </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><em>R</em></span> - Allow read access </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><em>W</em></span> - Allow write access</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><em>X</em></span> - Execute permission on the object</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><em>D</em></span> - Delete the object</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><em>P</em></span> - Change permissions</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><em>O</em></span> - Take ownership</p></li></ul></div><p>The following combined permissions can be specified:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><em>READ</em></span> - Equivalent to 'RX' 106 permissions</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><em>CHANGE</em></span> - Equivalent to 'RXWD' permissions 107 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><em>FULL</em></span> - Equivalent to 'RWXDPO' 108 permissions</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXIT STATUS"><a name="id307378"></a><h2>EXIT STATUS</h2><p>The <code class="literal">smbcacls</code> program sets the exit status 109 109 depending on the success or otherwise of the operations performed. 110 110 The exit status may be one of the following values. </p><p>If the operation succeeded, smbcacls returns and exit … … 112 112 or there was an error getting or setting the ACLs, an exit status 113 113 of 1 is returned. If there was an error parsing any command line 114 arguments, an exit status of 2 is returned. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481906"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481916"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities114 arguments, an exit status of 2 is returned. </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id307406"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id307416"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 115 115 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 116 116 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbclient.1.html
r427 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbclient</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbclient.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbclient — ftp-like client to access SMB/CIFS resources2 on servers</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" ><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbclient</code> [-b <buffer size>] [-d debuglevel] [-e] [-L <netbios name>] [-U username] [-I destinationIP] [-M <netbios name>] [-m maxprotocol] [-A authfile] [-N] [-C] [-g] [-i scope] [-O <socket options>] [-p port] [-R <name resolve order>] [-s <smb config file>] [-k] [-P] [-c <command>]</p></div><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbclient</code> {servicename} [password] [-b <buffer size>] [-d debuglevel] [-e] [-D Directory] [-U username] [-W workgroup] [-M <netbios name>] [-m maxprotocol] [-A authfile] [-N] [-C] [-g] [-l log-basename] [-I destinationIP] [-E] [-c <command string>] [-i scope] [-O <socket options>] [-p port] [-R <name resolve order>] [-s <smb config file>] [-T<c|x>IXFqgbNan] [-k]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483767"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbclient</code> is a client that can1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbclient</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="smbclient"><a name="smbclient.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbclient — ftp-like client to access SMB/CIFS resources 2 on servers</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbclient</code> [-b <buffer size>] [-d debuglevel] [-e] [-L <netbios name>] [-U username] [-I destinationIP] [-M <netbios name>] [-m maxprotocol] [-A authfile] [-N] [-C] [-g] [-i scope] [-O <socket options>] [-p port] [-R <name resolve order>] [-s <smb config file>] [-k] [-P] [-c <command>]</p></div><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbclient</code> {servicename} [password] [-b <buffer size>] [-d debuglevel] [-e] [-D Directory] [-U username] [-W workgroup] [-M <netbios name>] [-m maxprotocol] [-A authfile] [-N] [-C] [-g] [-l log-basename] [-I destinationIP] [-E] [-c <command string>] [-i scope] [-O <socket options>] [-p port] [-R <name resolve order>] [-s <smb config file>] [-T<c|x>IXFqgbNan] [-k]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id265953"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbclient</code> is a client that can 3 3 'talk' to an SMB/CIFS server. It offers an interface 4 4 similar to that of the ftp program (see <a class="citerefentry" href="ftp.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ftp</span>(1)</span></a>). … … 6 6 to the local machine, putting files from the local machine to 7 7 the server, retrieving directory information from the server 8 and so on. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481476"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">servicename</span></dt><dd><p>servicename is the name of the service8 and so on. </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id307046"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">servicename</span></dt><dd><p>servicename is the name of the service 9 9 you want to use on the server. A service name takes the form 10 10 <code class="filename">//server/service</code> where <em class="parameter"><code>server … … 41 41 host names to IP addresses. The option takes a space-separated 42 42 string of different name resolution options.</p><p>The options are :"lmhosts", "host", "wins" and "bcast". They 43 cause names to be resolved as follows:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="constant">lmhosts</code>: Lookup an IP43 cause names to be resolved as follows:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><code class="constant">lmhosts</code>: Lookup an IP 44 44 address in the Samba lmhosts file. If the line in lmhosts has 45 45 no name type attached to the NetBIOS name (see 46 46 the <a class="citerefentry" href="lmhosts.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">lmhosts</span>(5)</span></a> for details) then 47 any name type matches for lookup.</p></li><li ><p><code class="constant">host</code>: Do a standard host47 any name type matches for lookup.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="constant">host</code>: Do a standard host 48 48 name to IP address resolution, using the system <code class="filename">/etc/hosts 49 49 </code>, NIS, or DNS lookups. This method of name resolution … … 52 52 file). Note that this method is only used if the NetBIOS name 53 53 type being queried is the 0x20 (server) name type, otherwise 54 it is ignored.</p></li><li ><p><code class="constant">wins</code>: Query a name with54 it is ignored.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="constant">wins</code>: Query a name with 55 55 the IP address listed in the <em class="parameter"><code>wins server</code></em> 56 56 parameter. If no WINS server has 57 been specified this method will be ignored.</p></li><li ><p><code class="constant">bcast</code>: Do a broadcast on57 been specified this method will be ignored.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="constant">bcast</code>: Do a broadcast on 58 58 each of the known local interfaces listed in the 59 59 <em class="parameter"><code>interfaces</code></em> … … 199 199 </code> compatible backups of all the files on an SMB/CIFS 200 200 share. The secondary tar flags that can be given to this option 201 are : </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>c</code></em> - Create a tar file on UNIX.201 are : </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>c</code></em> - Create a tar file on UNIX. 202 202 Must be followed by the name of a tar file, tape device 203 203 or "-" for standard output. If using standard output you must 204 204 turn the log level to its lowest value -d0 to avoid corrupting 205 205 your tar file. This flag is mutually exclusive with the 206 <em class="parameter"><code>x</code></em> flag. </p></li><li ><p><em class="parameter"><code>x</code></em> - Extract (restore) a local206 <em class="parameter"><code>x</code></em> flag. </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>x</code></em> - Extract (restore) a local 207 207 tar file back to a share. Unless the -D option is given, the tar 208 208 files will be restored from the top level of the share. Must be … … 211 211 Restored files have their creation times (mtime) set to the 212 212 date saved in the tar file. Directories currently do not get 213 their creation dates restored properly. </p></li><li ><p><em class="parameter"><code>I</code></em> - Include files and directories.213 their creation dates restored properly. </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>I</code></em> - Include files and directories. 214 214 Is the default behavior when filenames are specified above. Causes 215 215 files to be included in an extract or create (and therefore 216 216 everything else to be excluded). See example below. Filename globbing 217 works in one of two ways. See <em class="parameter"><code>r</code></em> below. </p></li><li ><p><em class="parameter"><code>X</code></em> - Exclude files and directories.217 works in one of two ways. See <em class="parameter"><code>r</code></em> below. </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>X</code></em> - Exclude files and directories. 218 218 Causes files to be excluded from an extract or create. See 219 219 example below. Filename globbing works in one of two ways now. 220 See <em class="parameter"><code>r</code></em> below. </p></li><li ><p><em class="parameter"><code>F</code></em> - File containing a list of files and directories.220 See <em class="parameter"><code>r</code></em> below. </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>F</code></em> - File containing a list of files and directories. 221 221 The <em class="parameter"><code>F</code></em> causes the name following the tarfile to 222 222 create to be read as a filename that contains a list of files and directories to … … 224 224 See example below. Filename globbing works in one of two ways. 225 225 See <em class="parameter"><code>r</code></em> below. 226 </p></li><li ><p><em class="parameter"><code>b</code></em> - Blocksize. Must be followed226 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>b</code></em> - Blocksize. Must be followed 227 227 by a valid (greater than zero) blocksize. Causes tar file to be 228 228 written out in blocksize*TBLOCK (usually 512 byte) blocks. 229 </p></li><li ><p><em class="parameter"><code>g</code></em> - Incremental. Only back up229 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>g</code></em> - Incremental. Only back up 230 230 files that have the archive bit set. Useful only with the 231 <em class="parameter"><code>c</code></em> flag. </p></li><li ><p><em class="parameter"><code>q</code></em> - Quiet. Keeps tar from printing231 <em class="parameter"><code>c</code></em> flag. </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>q</code></em> - Quiet. Keeps tar from printing 232 232 diagnostics as it works. This is the same as tarmode quiet. 233 </p></li><li ><p><em class="parameter"><code>r</code></em> - Regular expression include233 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>r</code></em> - Regular expression include 234 234 or exclude. Uses regular expression matching for 235 235 excluding or excluding files if compiled with HAVE_REGEX_H. 236 236 However this mode can be very slow. If not compiled with 237 237 HAVE_REGEX_H, does a limited wildcard match on '*' and '?'. 238 </p></li><li ><p><em class="parameter"><code>N</code></em> - Newer than. Must be followed238 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>N</code></em> - Newer than. Must be followed 239 239 by the name of a file whose date is compared against files found 240 240 on the share during a create. Only files newer than the file 241 241 specified are backed up to the tar file. Useful only with the 242 <em class="parameter"><code>c</code></em> flag. </p></li><li ><p><em class="parameter"><code>a</code></em> - Set archive bit. Causes the242 <em class="parameter"><code>c</code></em> flag. </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><em class="parameter"><code>a</code></em> - Set archive bit. Causes the 243 243 archive bit to be reset when a file is backed up. Useful with the 244 244 <em class="parameter"><code>g</code></em> and <em class="parameter"><code>c</code></em> flags. … … 265 265 commands to be executed instead of prompting from stdin. <em class="parameter"><code> 266 266 -N</code></em> is implied by <em class="parameter"><code>-c</code></em>.</p><p>This is particularly useful in scripts and for printing stdin 267 to the server, e.g. <code class="literal">-c 'print -'</code>. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2533296"></a><h2>OPERATIONS</h2><p>Once the client is running, the user is presented with267 to the server, e.g. <code class="literal">-c 'print -'</code>. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPERATIONS"><a name="id308240"></a><h2>OPERATIONS</h2><p>Once the client is running, the user is presented with 268 268 a prompt : </p><p><code class="prompt">smb:\> </code></p><p>The backslash ("\\") indicates the current working directory 269 269 on the server, and will change if the current working directory … … 466 466 the given arbitrary number. Without an argument prints out the current 467 467 vuid being used. Used for internal Samba testing purposes. 468 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2534407"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>Some servers are fussy about the case of supplied usernames,468 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="NOTES"><a name="id309210"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>Some servers are fussy about the case of supplied usernames, 469 469 passwords, share names (AKA service names) and machine names. 470 470 If you fail to connect try giving all parameters in uppercase. … … 473 473 on a valid NetBIOS name being used, so you need to supply a valid 474 474 name that would be known to the server.</p><p>smbclient supports long file names where the server 475 supports the LANMAN2 protocol or above. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2534432"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p>The variable <code class="envar">USER</code> may contain the475 supports the LANMAN2 protocol or above. </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"><a name="id309231"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p>The variable <code class="envar">USER</code> may contain the 476 476 username of the person using the client. This information is 477 477 used only if the protocol level is high enough to support … … 483 483 to instead of connecting to a server. This functionality is primarily 484 484 intended as a development aid, and works best when using a LMHOSTS 485 file</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2534468"></a><h2>INSTALLATION</h2><p>The location of the client program is a matter for485 file</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="INSTALLATION"><a name="id309262"></a><h2>INSTALLATION</h2><p>The location of the client program is a matter for 486 486 individual system administrators. The following are thus 487 487 suggestions only. </p><p>It is recommended that the smbclient software be installed … … 494 494 running SMB/CIFS server. It is possible to run <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> as an ordinary user - running that server as a daemon 495 495 on a user-accessible port (typically any port number over 1024) 496 would provide a suitable test server. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2534520"></a><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>Most diagnostics issued by the client are logged in a496 would provide a suitable test server. </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="DIAGNOSTICS"><a name="id309309"></a><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>Most diagnostics issued by the client are logged in a 497 497 specified log file. The log file name is specified at compile time, 498 498 but may be overridden on the command line. </p><p>The number and nature of diagnostics available depends 499 499 on the debug level used by the client. If you have problems, 500 set the debug level to 3 and peruse the log files. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2534539"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.2 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2534550"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities500 set the debug level to 3 and peruse the log files. </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id309325"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.2 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id309335"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 501 501 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 502 502 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbcontrol.1.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbcontrol</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbcontrol.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbcontrol — send messages to smbd, nmbd or winbindd processes</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbcontrol</code> [-i] [-s]</p></div><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbcontrol</code> [destination] [message-type] [parameter]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483324"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbcontrol</code> is a very small program, which2 sends messages to a <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, a <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, or a <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon running on the system.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483375"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options.1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbcontrol</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="smbcontrol"><a name="smbcontrol.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbcontrol — send messages to smbd, nmbd or winbindd processes</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbcontrol</code> [-i] [-s]</p></div><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbcontrol</code> [destination] [message-type] [parameter]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266845"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbcontrol</code> is a very small program, which 2 sends messages to a <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, a <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, or a <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon running on the system.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266896"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. 3 3 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s|--configfile <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the 4 4 configuration details required by the server. The … … 23 23 to only that process.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">message-type</span></dt><dd><p>Type of message to send. See 24 24 the section <code class="constant">MESSAGE-TYPES</code> for details. 25 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">parameters</span></dt><dd><p>any parameters required for the message-type</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483681"></a><h2>MESSAGE-TYPES</h2><p>Available message types are:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">close-share</span></dt><dd><p>Order smbd to close the client25 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">parameters</span></dt><dd><p>any parameters required for the message-type</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="MESSAGE-TYPES"><a name="id265856"></a><h2>MESSAGE-TYPES</h2><p>Available message types are:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">close-share</span></dt><dd><p>Order smbd to close the client 26 26 connections to the named share. Note that this doesn't affect client 27 27 connections to any other shares. This message-type takes an argument of the … … 61 61 event has occured. It doesn't actually cause the 62 62 event to happen. 63 </p><p>This message can only be sent to <code class="constant">smbd</code>. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">samsync</span></dt><dd><p>Order smbd to synchronise sam database from PDC (being BDC). Can only be sent to <code class="constant">smbd</code>. </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Not working at the moment</p></div></dd><dt><span class="term">samrepl</span></dt><dd><p>Send sam replication message, with specified serial. Can only be sent to <code class="constant">smbd</code>. Should not be used manually.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dmalloc-mark</span></dt><dd><p>Set a mark for dmalloc. Can be sent to both smbd and nmbd. Only available if samba is built with dmalloc support. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">dmalloc-log-changed</span></dt><dd><p>63 </p><p>This message can only be sent to <code class="constant">smbd</code>. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">samsync</span></dt><dd><p>Order smbd to synchronise sam database from PDC (being BDC). Can only be sent to <code class="constant">smbd</code>. </p><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Not working at the moment</p></div></dd><dt><span class="term">samrepl</span></dt><dd><p>Send sam replication message, with specified serial. Can only be sent to <code class="constant">smbd</code>. Should not be used manually.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dmalloc-mark</span></dt><dd><p>Set a mark for dmalloc. Can be sent to both smbd and nmbd. Only available if samba is built with dmalloc support. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">dmalloc-log-changed</span></dt><dd><p> 64 64 Dump the pointers that have changed since the mark set by dmalloc-mark. 65 65 Can be sent to both smbd and nmbd. Only available if samba is built with dmalloc support. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">shutdown</span></dt><dd><p>Shut down specified daemon. Can be sent to both smbd and nmbd.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">pool-usage</span></dt><dd><p>Print a human-readable description of all … … 69 69 sent to smbd.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">reload-config</span></dt><dd><p>Force daemon to reload smb.conf configuration file. Can be sent 70 70 to <code class="constant">smbd</code>, <code class="constant">nmbd</code>, or <code class="constant">winbindd</code>. 71 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481695"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of72 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481706"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481731"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities71 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id307226"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of 72 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id307235"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id307259"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 73 73 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 74 74 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbcquotas.1.html
r427 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbcquotas</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbcquotas.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbcquotas — Set or get QUOTAs of NTFS 5 shares</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> {//server/share} [-u user] [-L] [-F] [-S QUOTA_SET_COMMAND] [-n] [-t] [-v] [-d debuglevel] [-s configfile] [-l logdir] [-V] [-U username] [-N] [-k] [-A]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483523"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> program manipulates NT Quotas on SMB file shares. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483552"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>The following options are available to the <code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> program. </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-u user</span></dt><dd><p> Specifies the user of whom the quotas are get or set.1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbcquotas</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="smbcquotas"><a name="smbcquotas.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbcquotas — Set or get QUOTAs of NTFS 5 shares</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> {//server/share} [-u user] [-L] [-F] [-S QUOTA_SET_COMMAND] [-n] [-t] [-v] [-d debuglevel] [-s configfile] [-l logdir] [-V] [-U username] [-N] [-k] [-A]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id265714"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> program manipulates NT Quotas on SMB file shares. </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id265741"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>The following options are available to the <code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> program. </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-u user</span></dt><dd><p> Specifies the user of whom the quotas are get or set. 2 2 By default the current user's username will be used.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-L</span></dt><dd><p>Lists all quota records of the share.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-F</span></dt><dd><p>Show the share quota status and default limits.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-S QUOTA_SET_COMMAND</span></dt><dd><p>This command sets/modifies quotas for a user or on the share, 3 3 depending on the QUOTA_SET_COMMAND parameter which is described later.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n</span></dt><dd><p>This option displays all QUOTA information in numeric … … 65 65 via the <code class="literal">ps</code> command. To be safe always allow 66 66 <code class="literal">rpcclient</code> to prompt for a password and type 67 it in directly. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481680"></a><h2>QUOTA_SET_COMAND</h2><p>The format of an the QUOTA_SET_COMMAND is an operation67 it in directly. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="QUOTA_SET_COMAND"><a name="id307223"></a><h2>QUOTA_SET_COMAND</h2><p>The format of an the QUOTA_SET_COMMAND is an operation 68 68 name followed by a set of parameters specific to that operation. 69 69 </p><p>To set user quotas for the user specified by -u or for the … … 77 77 </p><p><strong class="userinput"><code> 78 78 FSQFLAGS:QUOTA_ENABLED/DENY_DISK/LOG_SOFTLIMIT/LOG_HARD_LIMIT 79 </code></strong></p><p>All limits are specified as a number of bytes.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481733"></a><h2>EXIT STATUS</h2><p>The <code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> program sets the exit status79 </code></strong></p><p>All limits are specified as a number of bytes.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXIT STATUS"><a name="id307267"></a><h2>EXIT STATUS</h2><p>The <code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> program sets the exit status 80 80 depending on the success or otherwise of the operations performed. 81 81 The exit status may be one of the following values. </p><p>If the operation succeeded, smbcquotas returns an exit … … 83 83 or when there was an error getting or setting the quota(s), an exit status 84 84 of 1 is returned. If there was an error parsing any command line 85 arguments, an exit status of 2 is returned. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481766"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481776"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities85 arguments, an exit status of 2 is returned. </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id307294"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id307304"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 86 86 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 87 87 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbd.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbd — server to provide SMB/CIFS services to clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbd</code> [-D] [-F] [-S] [-i] [-h] [-V] [-b] [-d <debug level>] [-l <log directory>] [-p <port number(s)>] [-P <profiling level>] [-O <socket option>] [-s <configuration file>]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483378"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This program is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbd</code> is the server daemon that1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="smbd"><a name="smbd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbd — server to provide SMB/CIFS services to clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbd</code> [-D] [-F] [-S] [-i] [-h] [-V] [-b] [-d <debug level>] [-l <log directory>] [-p <port number(s)>] [-P <profiling level>] [-O <socket option>] [-s <configuration file>]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266894"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This program is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbd</code> is the server daemon that 2 2 provides filesharing and printing services to Windows clients. 3 3 The server provides filespace and printer services to … … 22 22 the configuration file will not affect connections to any service 23 23 that is already established. Either the user will have to 24 disconnect from the service, or <code class="literal">smbd</code> killed and restarted.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483589"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-D</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes24 disconnect from the service, or <code class="literal">smbd</code> killed and restarted.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id265772"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-D</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes 25 25 the server to operate as a daemon. That is, it detaches 26 26 itself and runs in the background, fielding requests … … 83 83 0 turns off profiling, 1 turns on counter profiling only, 84 84 2 turns on complete profiling, and 3 resets all profiling data. 85 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481674"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</code></span></dt><dd><p>If the server is to be run by the85 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="FILES"><a name="id307209"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</code></span></dt><dd><p>If the server is to be run by the 86 86 <code class="literal">inetd</code> meta-daemon, this file 87 87 must contain suitable startup information for the … … 97 97 install this file are <code class="filename">/usr/samba/lib/smb.conf</code> 98 98 and <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</p><p>This file describes all the services the server 99 is to make available to clients. See <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> for more information.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481800"></a><h2>LIMITATIONS</h2><p>On some systems <code class="literal">smbd</code> cannot change uid back99 is to make available to clients. See <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> for more information.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="LIMITATIONS"><a name="id307321"></a><h2>LIMITATIONS</h2><p>On some systems <code class="literal">smbd</code> cannot change uid back 100 100 to root after a setuid() call. Such systems are called 101 101 trapdoor uid systems. If you have such a system, … … 103 103 two different users at once. Attempts to connect the 104 104 second user will result in access denied or 105 similar.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481821"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="envar">PRINTER</code></span></dt><dd><p>If no printer name is specified to105 similar.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"><a name="id307339"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="envar">PRINTER</code></span></dt><dd><p>If no printer name is specified to 106 106 printable services, most systems will use the value of 107 107 this variable (or <code class="constant">lp</code> if this variable is 108 108 not defined) as the name of the printer to use. This 109 is not specific to the server, however.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481850"></a><h2>PAM INTERACTION</h2><p>Samba uses PAM for authentication (when presented with a plaintext109 is not specific to the server, however.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="PAM INTERACTION"><a name="id307365"></a><h2>PAM INTERACTION</h2><p>Samba uses PAM for authentication (when presented with a plaintext 110 110 password), for account checking (is this account disabled?) and for 111 111 session management. The degree too which samba supports PAM is restricted 112 112 by the limitations of the SMB protocol and the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS" target="_top">obey pam restrictions</a> <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> paramater. When this is set, the following restrictions apply: 113 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Account Validation</em></span>: All accesses to a113 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Account Validation</em></span>: All accesses to a 114 114 samba server are checked 115 115 against PAM to see if the account is vaild, not disabled and is permitted to 116 116 login at this time. This also applies to encrypted logins. 117 </p></li><li ><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Session Management</em></span>: When not using share117 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Session Management</em></span>: When not using share 118 118 level secuirty, users must pass PAM's session checks before access 119 119 is granted. Note however, that this is bypassed in share level secuirty. 120 120 Note also that some older pam configuration files may need a line 121 121 added for session support. 122 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481909"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of123 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481920"></a><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>Most diagnostics issued by the server are logged122 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id307413"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of 123 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="DIAGNOSTICS"><a name="id307422"></a><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>Most diagnostics issued by the server are logged 124 124 in a specified log file. The log file name is specified 125 125 at compile time, but may be overridden on the command line.</p><p>The number and nature of diagnostics available depends … … 130 130 diagnostic. At this stage your best bet is still to grep the 131 131 source code and inspect the conditions that gave rise to the 132 diagnostics you are seeing.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481948"></a><h2>TDB FILES</h2><p>Samba stores it's data in several TDB (Trivial Database) files, usually located in <code class="filename">/var/lib/samba</code>.</p><p>132 diagnostics you are seeing.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="TDB FILES"><a name="id307445"></a><h2>TDB FILES</h2><p>Samba stores it's data in several TDB (Trivial Database) files, usually located in <code class="filename">/var/lib/samba</code>.</p><p> 133 133 (*) information persistent across restarts (but not 134 134 necessarily important to backup). 135 </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">account_policy.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>NT account policy settings such as pw expiration, etc...</p></dd><dt><span class="term">brlock.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>byte range locks</p></dd><dt><span class="term">browse.dat</span></dt><dd><p>browse lists</p></dd><dt><span class="term">connections.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>share connections (used to enforce max connections, etc...)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">gencache.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>generic caching db</p></dd><dt><span class="term">group_mapping.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>group mapping information</p></dd><dt><span class="term">locking.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>share modes & oplocks</p></dd><dt><span class="term">login_cache.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>bad pw attempts</p></dd><dt><span class="term">messages.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>Samba messaging system</p></dd><dt><span class="term">netsamlogon_cache.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>cache of user net_info_3 struct from net_samlogon() request (as a domain member)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">ntdrivers.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>installed printer drivers</p></dd><dt><span class="term">ntforms.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>installed printer forms</p></dd><dt><span class="term">ntprinters.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>installed printer information</p></dd><dt><span class="term">printing/</span></dt><dd><p>directory containing tdb per print queue of cached lpq output</p></dd><dt><span class="term">registry.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>Windows registry skeleton (connect via regedit.exe)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">sessionid.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>session information (e.g. support for 'utmp = yes')</p></dd><dt><span class="term">share_info.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>share acls</p></dd><dt><span class="term">winbindd_cache.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>winbindd's cache of user lists, etc...</p></dd><dt><span class="term">winbindd_idmap.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>winbindd's local idmap db</p></dd><dt><span class="term">wins.dat*</span></dt><dd><p>wins database when 'wins support = yes'</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532643"></a><h2>SIGNALS</h2><p>Sending the <code class="literal">smbd</code> a SIGHUP will cause it to135 </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">account_policy.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>NT account policy settings such as pw expiration, etc...</p></dd><dt><span class="term">brlock.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>byte range locks</p></dd><dt><span class="term">browse.dat</span></dt><dd><p>browse lists</p></dd><dt><span class="term">connections.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>share connections (used to enforce max connections, etc...)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">gencache.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>generic caching db</p></dd><dt><span class="term">group_mapping.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>group mapping information</p></dd><dt><span class="term">locking.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>share modes & oplocks</p></dd><dt><span class="term">login_cache.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>bad pw attempts</p></dd><dt><span class="term">messages.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>Samba messaging system</p></dd><dt><span class="term">netsamlogon_cache.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>cache of user net_info_3 struct from net_samlogon() request (as a domain member)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">ntdrivers.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>installed printer drivers</p></dd><dt><span class="term">ntforms.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>installed printer forms</p></dd><dt><span class="term">ntprinters.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>installed printer information</p></dd><dt><span class="term">printing/</span></dt><dd><p>directory containing tdb per print queue of cached lpq output</p></dd><dt><span class="term">registry.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>Windows registry skeleton (connect via regedit.exe)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">sessionid.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>session information (e.g. support for 'utmp = yes')</p></dd><dt><span class="term">share_info.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>share acls</p></dd><dt><span class="term">winbindd_cache.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>winbindd's cache of user lists, etc...</p></dd><dt><span class="term">winbindd_idmap.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>winbindd's local idmap db</p></dd><dt><span class="term">wins.dat*</span></dt><dd><p>wins database when 'wins support = yes'</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="SIGNALS"><a name="id307662"></a><h2>SIGNALS</h2><p>Sending the <code class="literal">smbd</code> a SIGHUP will cause it to 136 136 reload its <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> configuration 137 137 file within a short period of time.</p><p>To shut down a user's <code class="literal">smbd</code> process it is recommended … … 148 148 issuing them. It is possible to make the signal handlers safe 149 149 by un-blocking the signals before the select call and re-blocking 150 them after, however this would affect performance.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532730"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="hosts_access.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">hosts_access</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="inetd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">inetd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a>, and the150 them after, however this would affect performance.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id307740"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="hosts_access.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">hosts_access</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="inetd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">inetd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a>, and the 151 151 Internet RFC's <code class="filename">rfc1001.txt</code>, <code class="filename">rfc1002.txt</code>. 152 152 In addition the CIFS (formerly SMB) specification is available 153 153 as a link from the Web page <a class="ulink" href="http://samba.org/cifs/" target="_top"> 154 http://samba.org/cifs/</a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532810"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities154 http://samba.org/cifs/</a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id307819"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 155 155 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 156 156 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbget.1.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbget</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbget.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbget — wget-like utility for download files over SMB</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbget</code> [-a, --guest] [-r, --resume] [-R, --recursive] [-u, --username=STRING] [-p, --password=STRING] [-w, --workgroup=STRING] [-n, --nonprompt] [-d, --debuglevel=INT] [-D, --dots] [-P, --keep-permissions] [-o, --outputfile] [-f, --rcfile] [-q, --quiet] [-v, --verbose] [-b, --blocksize] [-O, --stdout] [-?, --help] [--usage] {smb://host/share/path/to/file} [smb://url2/] [...]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483559"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>smbget is a simple utility with wget-like semantics, that can download files from SMB servers. You can specify the files you would like to download on the command-line.1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbget</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="smbget"><a name="smbget.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbget — wget-like utility for download files over SMB</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbget</code> [-a, --guest] [-r, --resume] [-R, --recursive] [-u, --username=STRING] [-p, --password=STRING] [-w, --workgroup=STRING] [-n, --nonprompt] [-d, --debuglevel=INT] [-D, --dots] [-P, --keep-permissions] [-o, --outputfile] [-f, --rcfile] [-q, --quiet] [-v, --verbose] [-b, --blocksize] [-O, --stdout] [-?, --help] [--usage] {smb://host/share/path/to/file} [smb://url2/] [...]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id265753"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>smbget is a simple utility with wget-like semantics, that can download files from SMB servers. You can specify the files you would like to download on the command-line. 2 2 </p><p> 3 3 The files should be in the smb-URL standard, e.g. use smb://host/share/file 4 4 for the UNC path <span class="emphasis"><em>\\\\HOST\\SHARE\\file</em></span>. 5 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483592"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><dt><span class="term">-a, --guest</span></dt><dd><p>Work as user guest</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-r, --resume</span></dt><dd><p>Automatically resume aborted files</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-R, --recursive</span></dt><dd><p>Recursively download files</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-u, --username=STRING</span></dt><dd><p>Username to use</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-p, --password=STRING</span></dt><dd><p>Password to use</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-w, --workgroup=STRING</span></dt><dd><p>Workgroup to use (optional)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n, --nonprompt</span></dt><dd><p>Don't ask anything (non-interactive)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d, --debuglevel=INT</span></dt><dd><p>Debuglevel to use</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-D, --dots</span></dt><dd><p>Show dots as progress indication</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-P, --keep-permissions</span></dt><dd><p>Set same permissions on local file as are set on remote file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-o, --outputfile</span></dt><dd><p>Write the file that is being downloaded to the specified file. Can not be used together with -R.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-O, --stdout</span></dt><dd><p>Write the file that is being downloaded to standard output.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-f, --rcfile</span></dt><dd><p>Use specified rcfile. This will be loaded in the order it was specified - e.g. if you specify any options before this one, they might get overriden by the contents of the rcfile.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-q, --quiet</span></dt><dd><p>Be quiet</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-v, --verbose</span></dt><dd><p>Be verbose</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-b, --blocksize</span></dt><dd><p>Number of bytes to download in a block. Defaults to 64000.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-?, --help</span></dt><dd><p>Show help message</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--usage</span></dt><dd><p>Display brief usage message</p></dd></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481475"></a><h2>SMB URLS</h2><p> SMB URL's should be specified in the following format:</p><pre class="programlisting">5 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id265784"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><dt><span class="term">-a, --guest</span></dt><dd><p>Work as user guest</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-r, --resume</span></dt><dd><p>Automatically resume aborted files</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-R, --recursive</span></dt><dd><p>Recursively download files</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-u, --username=STRING</span></dt><dd><p>Username to use</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-p, --password=STRING</span></dt><dd><p>Password to use</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-w, --workgroup=STRING</span></dt><dd><p>Workgroup to use (optional)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n, --nonprompt</span></dt><dd><p>Don't ask anything (non-interactive)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d, --debuglevel=INT</span></dt><dd><p>Debuglevel to use</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-D, --dots</span></dt><dd><p>Show dots as progress indication</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-P, --keep-permissions</span></dt><dd><p>Set same permissions on local file as are set on remote file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-o, --outputfile</span></dt><dd><p>Write the file that is being downloaded to the specified file. Can not be used together with -R.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-O, --stdout</span></dt><dd><p>Write the file that is being downloaded to standard output.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-f, --rcfile</span></dt><dd><p>Use specified rcfile. This will be loaded in the order it was specified - e.g. if you specify any options before this one, they might get overriden by the contents of the rcfile.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-q, --quiet</span></dt><dd><p>Be quiet</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-v, --verbose</span></dt><dd><p>Be verbose</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-b, --blocksize</span></dt><dd><p>Number of bytes to download in a block. Defaults to 64000.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-?, --help</span></dt><dd><p>Show help message</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--usage</span></dt><dd><p>Display brief usage message</p></dd></div><div class="refsect1" title="SMB URLS"><a name="id307050"></a><h2>SMB URLS</h2><p> SMB URL's should be specified in the following format:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 6 6 smb://[[[domain;]user[:password@]]server[/share[/path[/file]]]] 7 7 </pre><pre class="programlisting"> … … 9 9 </pre><pre class="programlisting"> 10 10 smb://name/ means, if <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> is a workgroup, all the servers in this workgroup, or if <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> is a server, all the shares on this server. 11 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481516"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><pre class="programlisting">11 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id307084"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><pre class="programlisting"> 12 12 # Recursively download 'src' directory 13 13 smbget -R smb://rhonwyn/jelmer/src … … 18 18 # Backup my data on rhonwyn 19 19 smbget -Rr smb://rhonwyn/ 20 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481534"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>Permission denied is returned in some cases where the cause of the error is unknown20 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="BUGS"><a name="id307098"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>Permission denied is returned in some cases where the cause of the error is unknown 21 21 (such as an illegally formatted smb:// url or trying to get a directory without -R 22 turned on).</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481547"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of23 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481558"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities22 turned on).</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id307110"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of 23 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id307119"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 24 24 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 25 25 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbgetrc.5.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbgetrc</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbgetrc.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbgetrc — configuration file for smbget</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><p><code class="filename">smbgetrc</code></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522906"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbgetrc</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="smbgetrc"><a name="smbgetrc.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbgetrc — configuration file for smbget</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><p><code class="filename">smbgetrc</code></p></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266336"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p> 2 2 This manual page documents the format and options of the <span class="emphasis"><em>smbgetrc</em></span> 3 3 file. This is the configuration file used by the <a class="citerefentry" href="smbget.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbget</span>(1)</span></a> … … 5 5 and value should be separated by a space. 6 6 </p><p>By default, smbget reads its configuration from <span class="emphasis"><em>$HOME/.smbgetrc</em></span>, though 7 other locations can be specified using the command-line options.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522940"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>7 other locations can be specified using the command-line options.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266365"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p> 8 8 The following keys can be set: 9 9 </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">resume on|off</span></dt><dd><p> 10 10 Whether aborted downloads should be automatically resumed. 11 11 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">recursive on|off</span></dt><dd><p>Whether directories should be downloaded recursively</p></dd><dt><span class="term">username <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Username to use when logging in to the remote server. Use an empty string for anonymous access. 12 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">password <em class="replaceable"><code>pass</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Password to use when logging in.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">workgroup <em class="replaceable"><code>wg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Workgroup to use when logging in</p></dd><dt><span class="term">nonprompt on|off</span></dt><dd><p>Turns off asking for username and password. Useful for scripts.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">debuglevel <em class="replaceable"><code>int</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>(Samba) debuglevel to run at. Useful for tracking down protocol level problems.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dots on|off</span></dt><dd><p>Whether a single dot should be printed for each block that has been downloaded, instead of the default progress indicator.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">blocksize <em class="replaceable"><code>int</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Number of bytes to put in a block. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483553"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of13 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483564"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbget.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbget</span>(1)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a>.14 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483589"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities12 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">password <em class="replaceable"><code>pass</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Password to use when logging in.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">workgroup <em class="replaceable"><code>wg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Workgroup to use when logging in</p></dd><dt><span class="term">nonprompt on|off</span></dt><dd><p>Turns off asking for username and password. Useful for scripts.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">debuglevel <em class="replaceable"><code>int</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>(Samba) debuglevel to run at. Useful for tracking down protocol level problems.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dots on|off</span></dt><dd><p>Whether a single dot should be printed for each block that has been downloaded, instead of the default progress indicator.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">blocksize <em class="replaceable"><code>int</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Number of bytes to put in a block. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id265735"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of 13 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id265745"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbget.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbget</span>(1)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a>. 14 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id265769"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 15 15 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 16 16 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbpasswd.5.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbpasswd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbpasswd.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbpasswd — The Samba encrypted password file</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><p><code class="filename">smbpasswd</code></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522906"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>smbpasswd is the Samba encrypted password file. It contains1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbpasswd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="smbpasswd"><a name="smbpasswd.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbpasswd — The Samba encrypted password file</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><p><code class="filename">smbpasswd</code></p></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266336"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>smbpasswd is the Samba encrypted password file. It contains 2 2 the username, Unix user id and the SMB hashed passwords of the 3 3 user, as well as account flag information and the time the 4 4 password was last changed. This file format has been evolving with 5 Samba and has had several different formats in the past. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522932"></a><h2>FILE FORMAT</h2><p>The format of the smbpasswd file used by Samba 2.25 Samba and has had several different formats in the past. </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="FILE FORMAT"><a name="id266361"></a><h2>FILE FORMAT</h2><p>The format of the smbpasswd file used by Samba 2.2 6 6 is very similar to the familiar Unix <code class="filename">passwd(5)</code> 7 7 file. It is an ASCII file containing one line for each user. Each field … … 59 59 (including the '[' and ']' characters). 60 60 The contents of this field may be any of the following characters: 61 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>U</em></span> - This means62 this is a "User" account, i.e. an ordinary user.</p></li><li ><p><span class="emphasis"><em>N</em></span> - This means the61 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><em>U</em></span> - This means 62 this is a "User" account, i.e. an ordinary user.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><em>N</em></span> - This means the 63 63 account has no password (the passwords in the fields LANMAN 64 64 Password Hash and NT Password Hash are ignored). Note that this 65 65 will only allow users to log on with no password if the <em class="parameter"><code> 66 66 null passwords</code></em> parameter is set in the 67 <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> config file. </p></li><li ><p><span class="emphasis"><em>D</em></span> - This means the account68 is disabled and no SMB/CIFS logins will be allowed for this user. </p></li><li ><p><span class="emphasis"><em>X</em></span> - This means the password69 does not expire. </p></li><li ><p><span class="emphasis"><em>W</em></span> - This means this account67 <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> config file. </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><em>D</em></span> - This means the account 68 is disabled and no SMB/CIFS logins will be allowed for this user. </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><em>X</em></span> - This means the password 69 does not expire. </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><em>W</em></span> - This means this account 70 70 is a "Workstation Trust" account. This kind of account is used 71 71 in the Samba PDC code stream to allow Windows NT Workstations … … 77 77 "Last Change Time") followed by a numeric encoding of the UNIX time 78 78 in seconds since the epoch (1970) that the last change was made. 79 </p></dd></dl></div><p>All other colon separated fields are ignored at this time.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483685"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of80 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483696"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a>, and79 </p></dd></dl></div><p>All other colon separated fields are ignored at this time.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id265835"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of 80 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id265845"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a>, and 81 81 the Internet RFC1321 for details on the MD4 algorithm. 82 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483722"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities82 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id265870"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 83 83 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 84 84 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbpasswd.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbpasswd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbpasswd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbpasswd — change a user's SMB password</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbpasswd</code> [-a] [-c <config file>] [-x] [-d] [-e] [-D debuglevel] [-n] [-r <remote machine>] [-R <name resolve order>] [-m] [-U username[%password]] [-h] [-s] [-w pass] [-W] [-i] [-L] [username]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483541"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The smbpasswd program has several different1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbpasswd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="smbpasswd"><a name="smbpasswd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbpasswd — change a user's SMB password</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbpasswd</code> [-a] [-c <config file>] [-x] [-d] [-e] [-D debuglevel] [-n] [-r <remote machine>] [-R <name resolve order>] [-m] [-U username[%password]] [-h] [-s] [-w pass] [-W] [-i] [-L] [username]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id265732"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The smbpasswd program has several different 2 2 functions, depending on whether it is run by the <span class="emphasis"><em>root</em></span> user 3 3 or not. When run as a normal user it allows the user to change … … 26 26 smbpasswd</code> accesses the local smbpasswd file 27 27 directly, thus enabling changes to be made even if smbd is not 28 running. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483663"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-a</span></dt><dd><p>28 running. </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id265836"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-a</span></dt><dd><p> 29 29 This option specifies that the username following should be added to the local smbpasswd file, with the new 30 30 password typed (type <Enter> for the old password). This option is ignored if the username following … … 93 93 what name resolution services to use when looking up the NetBIOS 94 94 name of the host being connected to. </p><p>The options are :"lmhosts", "host", "wins" and "bcast". They 95 cause names to be resolved as follows: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="constant">lmhosts</code>: Lookup an IP95 cause names to be resolved as follows: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><code class="constant">lmhosts</code>: Lookup an IP 96 96 address in the Samba lmhosts file. If the line in lmhosts has 97 97 no name type attached to the NetBIOS name (see the <a class="citerefentry" href="lmhosts.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">lmhosts</span>(5)</span></a> for details) then 98 any name type matches for lookup.</p></li><li ><p><code class="constant">host</code>: Do a standard host98 any name type matches for lookup.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="constant">host</code>: Do a standard host 99 99 name to IP address resolution, using the system <code class="filename">/etc/hosts 100 100 </code>, NIS, or DNS lookups. This method of name resolution … … 103 103 file). Note that this method is only used if the NetBIOS name 104 104 type being queried is the 0x20 (server) name type, otherwise 105 it is ignored.</p></li><li ><p><code class="constant">wins</code>: Query a name with105 it is ignored.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="constant">wins</code>: Query a name with 106 106 the IP address listed in the <em class="parameter"><code>wins server</code></em> 107 107 parameter. If no WINS server has been specified this method 108 will be ignored.</p></li><li ><p><code class="constant">bcast</code>: Do a broadcast on108 will be ignored.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="constant">bcast</code>: Do a broadcast on 109 109 each of the known local interfaces listed in the 110 110 <em class="parameter"><code>interfaces</code></em> parameter. This is the least … … 152 152 can specify this parameter as only root has the permission needed 153 153 to modify attributes directly in the local smbpasswd file. 154 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532551"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>Since <code class="literal">smbpasswd</code> works in client-server154 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="NOTES"><a name="id307548"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>Since <code class="literal">smbpasswd</code> works in client-server 155 155 mode communicating with a local smbd for a non-root user then 156 156 the smbd daemon must be running for this to work. A common problem … … 160 160 the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file and neglecting to 161 161 allow "localhost" access to the smbd. </p><p>In addition, the smbpasswd command is only useful if Samba 162 has been set up to use encrypted passwords. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532600"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532610"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532634"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities162 has been set up to use encrypted passwords. </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id307593"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id307604"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id307627"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 163 163 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 164 164 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbspool.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbspool</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbspool.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbspool — send a print file to an SMB printer</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbspool</code> {job} {user} {title} {copies} {options} [filename]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483321"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>smbspool is a very small print spooling program that1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbspool</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="smbspool"><a name="smbspool.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbspool — send a print file to an SMB printer</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbspool</code> {job} {user} {title} {copies} {options} [filename]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266841"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>smbspool is a very small print spooling program that 2 2 sends a print file to an SMB printer. The command-line arguments 3 3 are position-dependent for compatibility with the Common UNIX … … 5 5 or from a program or script.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>DEVICE URI</em></span></p><p>smbspool specifies the destination using a Uniform Resource 6 6 Identifier ("URI") with a method of "smb". This string can take 7 a number of forms:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>smb://server[:port]/printer</p></li><li><p>smb://workgroup/server[:port]/printer</p></li><li><p>smb://username:password@server[:port]/printer</p></li><li><p>smb://username:password@workgroup/server[:port]/printer</p></li></ul></div><p>smbspool tries to get the URI from the environment variable7 a number of forms:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>smb://server[:port]/printer</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>smb://workgroup/server[:port]/printer</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>smb://username:password@server[:port]/printer</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>smb://username:password@workgroup/server[:port]/printer</p></li></ul></div><p>smbspool tries to get the URI from the environment variable 8 8 <code class="envar">DEVICE_URI</code>. If <code class="envar">DEVICE_URI</code> is not present, 9 smbspool will use argv[0] if that starts with “<span class="quote">smb://</span>”9 smbspool will use argv[0] if that starts with <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">smb://</span>”</span> 10 10 or argv[1] if that is not the case.</p><p>Programs using the <code class="literal">exec(2)</code> functions can 11 11 pass the URI in argv[0], while shell scripts must set the 12 12 <code class="envar">DEVICE_URI</code> environment variable prior to 13 running smbspool.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483536"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The job argument (argv[1]) contains the13 running smbspool.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id265718"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>The job argument (argv[1]) contains the 14 14 job ID number and is presently not used by smbspool. 15 </p></li><li ><p>The user argument (argv[2]) contains the15 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The user argument (argv[2]) contains the 16 16 print user's name and is presently not used by smbspool. 17 </p></li><li ><p>The title argument (argv[3]) contains the17 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The title argument (argv[3]) contains the 18 18 job title string and is passed as the remote file name 19 when sending the print job.</p></li><li ><p>The copies argument (argv[4]) contains19 when sending the print job.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The copies argument (argv[4]) contains 20 20 the number of copies to be printed of the named file. If 21 21 no filename is provided then this argument is not used by 22 smbspool.</p></li><li ><p>The options argument (argv[5]) contains22 smbspool.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The options argument (argv[5]) contains 23 23 the print options in a single string and is currently 24 not used by smbspool.</p></li><li ><p>The filename argument (argv[6]) contains the24 not used by smbspool.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The filename argument (argv[6]) contains the 25 25 name of the file to print. If this argument is not specified 26 then the print file is read from the standard input.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483587"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483598"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483622"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p><code class="literal">smbspool</code> was written by Michael Sweet26 then the print file is read from the standard input.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id265762"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id265772"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id265797"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p><code class="literal">smbspool</code> was written by Michael Sweet 27 27 at Easy Software Products.</p><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 28 28 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbstatus.1.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbstatus</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbstatus.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbstatus — report on current Samba connections</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbstatus</code> [-P] [-b] [-d <debug level>] [-v] [-L] [-B] [-p] [-S] [-s <configuration file>] [-u <username>]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483356"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbstatus</code> is a very simple program to2 list the current Samba connections.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483384"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-P|--profile</span></dt><dd><p>If samba has been compiled with the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbstatus</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="smbstatus"><a name="smbstatus.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbstatus — report on current Samba connections</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbstatus</code> [-P] [-b] [-d <debug level>] [-v] [-L] [-B] [-p] [-S] [-s <configuration file>] [-u <username>]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266873"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbstatus</code> is a very simple program to 2 list the current Samba connections.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266899"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-P|--profile</span></dt><dd><p>If samba has been compiled with the 3 3 profiling option, print only the contents of the profiling 4 4 shared memory area.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-b|--brief</span></dt><dd><p>gives brief output.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debuglevel=level</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>level</code></em> is an integer … … 29 29 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-p|--processes</span></dt><dd><p>print a list of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> processes and exit. 30 30 Useful for scripting.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-S|--shares</span></dt><dd><p>causes smbstatus to only list shares.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. 31 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-u|--user=<username></span></dt><dd><p>selects information relevant to <em class="parameter"><code>username</code></em> only.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481516"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of32 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481527"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481552"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities31 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-u|--user=<username></span></dt><dd><p>selects information relevant to <em class="parameter"><code>username</code></em> only.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id307074"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of 32 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id307084"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id307107"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 33 33 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 34 34 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbtar.1.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbtar</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbtar.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbtar — shell script for backing up SMB/CIFS shares2 directly to UNIX tape drives</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" ><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbtar</code> [-r] [-i] [-a] [-v] {-s server} [-p password] [-x services] [-X] [-N filename] [-b blocksize] [-d directory] [-l loglevel] [-u user] [-t tape] {filenames}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483515"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbtar</code> is a very small shell script on top3 of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a> which dumps SMB shares directly to tape.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483549"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-s server</span></dt><dd><p>The SMB/CIFS server that the share resides1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbtar</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="smbtar"><a name="smbtar.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbtar — shell script for backing up SMB/CIFS shares 2 directly to UNIX tape drives</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbtar</code> [-r] [-i] [-a] [-v] {-s server} [-p password] [-x services] [-X] [-N filename] [-b blocksize] [-d directory] [-l loglevel] [-u user] [-t tape] {filenames}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id265707"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbtar</code> is a very small shell script on top 3 of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a> which dumps SMB shares directly to tape.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id265741"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-s server</span></dt><dd><p>The SMB/CIFS server that the share resides 4 4 upon.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-x service</span></dt><dd><p>The share name on the server to connect to. 5 5 The default is "backup".</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-X</span></dt><dd><p>Exclude mode. Exclude filenames... from tar … … 18 18 after each file is read. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p>Restore. Files are restored to the share 19 19 from the tar file. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l log level</span></dt><dd><p>Log (debug) level. Corresponds to the 20 <em class="parameter"><code>-d</code></em> flag of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483768"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p>The <em class="parameter"><code>$TAPE</code></em> variable specifies the20 <em class="parameter"><code>-d</code></em> flag of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"><a name="id265946"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p>The <em class="parameter"><code>$TAPE</code></em> variable specifies the 21 21 default tape device to write to. May be overridden 22 with the -t option. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483785"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>The <code class="literal">smbtar</code> script has different23 options from ordinary tar and from smbclient's tar command. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481471"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>Sites that are more careful about security may not like22 with the -t option. </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="BUGS"><a name="id265963"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>The <code class="literal">smbtar</code> script has different 23 options from ordinary tar and from smbclient's tar command. </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="CAVEATS"><a name="id265979"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>Sites that are more careful about security may not like 24 24 the way the script handles PC passwords. Backup and restore work 25 25 on entire shares; should work on file lists. smbtar works best 26 with GNU tar and may not work well with other versions. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481486"></a><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>See the <span class="emphasis"><em>DIAGNOSTICS</em></span> section for the <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a> command.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481509"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of27 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481520"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481554"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities26 with GNU tar and may not work well with other versions. </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="DIAGNOSTICS"><a name="id307046"></a><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>See the <span class="emphasis"><em>DIAGNOSTICS</em></span> section for the <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a> command.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id307068"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of 27 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id307077"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id307109"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 28 28 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 29 29 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbtree.1.html
r427 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbtree</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbtree.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbtree — A text based smb network browser2 </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" ><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbtree</code> [-b] [-D] [-S]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522934"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbtree</code> is a smb browser program1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbtree</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="smbtree"><a name="smbtree.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbtree — A text based smb network browser 2 </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbtree</code> [-b] [-D] [-S]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266363"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbtree</code> is a smb browser program 3 3 in text mode. It is similar to the "Network Neighborhood" found 4 4 on Windows computers. It prints a tree with all 5 5 the known domains, the servers in those domains and 6 6 the shares on the servers. 7 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483330"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-b|--broadcast</span></dt><dd><p>Query network nodes by sending requests7 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266846"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-b|--broadcast</span></dt><dd><p>Query network nodes by sending requests 8 8 as broadcasts instead of querying the local master browser. 9 9 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-D|--domains</span></dt><dd><p>Only print a list of all … … 70 70 <code class="literal">rpcclient</code> to prompt for a password and type 71 71 it in directly. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. 72 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481528"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba73 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481539"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities72 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id307072"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba 73 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id307082"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 74 74 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 75 75 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/swat.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>swat</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="swat.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>swat — Samba Web Administration Tool</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">swat</code> [-s <smb config file>] [-a] [-P]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522930"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">swat</code> allows a Samba administrator to1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>swat</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="swat"><a name="swat.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>swat — Samba Web Administration Tool</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">swat</code> [-s <smb config file>] [-a] [-P]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266364"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">swat</code> allows a Samba administrator to 2 2 configure the complex <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file via a Web browser. In addition, 3 3 a <code class="literal">swat</code> configuration page has help links 4 4 to all the configurable options in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file allowing an 5 administrator to easily look up the effects of any change. </p><p><code class="literal">swat</code> is run from <code class="literal">inetd</code> </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483360"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-s smb configuration file</span></dt><dd><p>The default configuration file path is5 administrator to easily look up the effects of any change. </p><p><code class="literal">swat</code> is run from <code class="literal">inetd</code> </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266876"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-s smb configuration file</span></dt><dd><p>The default configuration file path is 6 6 determined at compile time. The file specified contains 7 7 the configuration details required by the <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> server. This is the file … … 42 42 log.smbd, etc...). The log file is never removed by the client. 43 43 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. 44 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481469"></a><h2>INSTALLATION</h2><p>Swat is included as binary package with most distributions. The44 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="INSTALLATION"><a name="id265976"></a><h2>INSTALLATION</h2><p>Swat is included as binary package with most distributions. The 45 45 package manager in this case takes care of the installation and 46 46 configuration. This section is only for those who have compiled … … 49 49 </code> to install the <code class="literal">swat</code> binary 50 50 and the various help files and images. A default install would put 51 these in: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>/usr/local/samba/sbin/swat</p></li><li><p>/usr/local/samba/swat/images/*</p></li><li><p>/usr/local/samba/swat/help/*</p></li></ul></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2481516"></a><h3>Inetd Installation</h3><p>You need to edit your <code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf51 these in: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>/usr/local/samba/sbin/swat</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>/usr/local/samba/swat/images/*</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>/usr/local/samba/swat/help/*</p></li></ul></div><div class="refsect2" title="Inetd Installation"><a name="id307074"></a><h3>Inetd Installation</h3><p>You need to edit your <code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf 52 52 </code> and <code class="filename">/etc/services</code> 53 53 to enable SWAT to be launched via <code class="literal">inetd</code>.</p><p>In <code class="filename">/etc/services</code> you need to … … 63 63 and <code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</code> you need to send a 64 64 HUP signal to inetd. To do this use <code class="literal">kill -1 PID 65 </code> where PID is the process ID of the inetd daemon. </p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481628"></a><h2>LAUNCHING</h2><p>To launch SWAT just run your favorite web browser and65 </code> where PID is the process ID of the inetd daemon. </p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="LAUNCHING"><a name="id307169"></a><h2>LAUNCHING</h2><p>To launch SWAT just run your favorite web browser and 66 66 point it at "http://localhost:901/".</p><p>Note that you can attach to SWAT from any IP connected 67 67 machine but connecting from a remote machine leaves your 68 68 connection open to password sniffing as passwords will be sent 69 in the clear over the wire. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481646"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</code></span></dt><dd><p>This file must contain suitable startup69 in the clear over the wire. </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="FILES"><a name="id307184"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</code></span></dt><dd><p>This file must contain suitable startup 70 70 information for the meta-daemon.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/services</code></span></dt><dd><p>This file must contain a mapping of service name 71 71 (e.g., swat) to service port (e.g., 901) and protocol type … … 74 74 /usr/samba/lib/smb.conf</code> and <code class="filename">/etc/smb.conf 75 75 </code>. This file describes all the services the server 76 is to make available to clients. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481727"></a><h2>WARNINGS</h2><p><code class="literal">swat</code> will rewrite your <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file. It will rearrange the entries and delete all76 is to make available to clients. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="WARNINGS"><a name="id307258"></a><h2>WARNINGS</h2><p><code class="literal">swat</code> will rewrite your <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file. It will rearrange the entries and delete all 77 77 comments, <em class="parameter"><code>include=</code></em> and <em class="parameter"><code>copy= 78 78 </code></em> options. If you have a carefully crafted <code class="filename"> 79 smb.conf</code> then back it up or don't use swat! </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481771"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481782"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><code class="literal">inetd(5)</code>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481813"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities79 smb.conf</code> then back it up or don't use swat! </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id307296"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id307305"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><code class="literal">inetd(5)</code>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id307334"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 80 80 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 81 81 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/tdbbackup.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>tdbbackup</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="tdbbackup.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>tdbbackup — tool for backing up and for validating the integrity of samba .tdb files</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">tdbbackup</code> [-s suffix] [-v] [-h]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522934"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(1)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">tdbbackup</code> is a tool that may be used to backup samba .tdb1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>tdbbackup</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="tdbbackup"><a name="tdbbackup.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>tdbbackup — tool for backing up and for validating the integrity of samba .tdb files</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">tdbbackup</code> [-s suffix] [-v] [-h]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266364"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(1)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">tdbbackup</code> is a tool that may be used to backup samba .tdb 2 2 files. This tool may also be used to verify the integrity of the .tdb files prior 3 3 to samba startup or during normal operation. If it finds file damage and it finds 4 4 a prior backup the backup file will be restored. 5 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483331"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h</span></dt><dd><p>5 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266848"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h</span></dt><dd><p> 6 6 Get help information. 7 7 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s suffix</span></dt><dd><p> … … 12 12 The <code class="literal">-v</code> will check the database for damages (currupt data) 13 13 which if detected causes the backup to be restored. 14 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483515"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><p><span class="emphasis"><em>GENERAL INFORMATION</em></span></p><p>14 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="COMMANDS"><a name="id265702"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><p><span class="emphasis"><em>GENERAL INFORMATION</em></span></p><p> 15 15 The <code class="literal">tdbbackup</code> utility can safely be run at any time. It was designed so 16 16 that it can be used at any time to validate the integrity of tdb files, even during Samba … … 21 21 Samba .tdb files are stored in various locations, be sure to run backup all 22 22 .tdb file on the system. Important files includes: 23 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>23 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> 24 24 <code class="literal">secrets.tdb</code> - usual location is in the /usr/local/samba/private 25 25 directory, or on some systems in /etc/samba. 26 </p></li><li ><p>26 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 27 27 <code class="literal">passdb.tdb</code> - usual location is in the /usr/local/samba/private 28 28 directory, or on some systems in /etc/samba. 29 </p></li><li ><p>29 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 30 30 <code class="literal">*.tdb</code> located in the /usr/local/samba/var directory or on some 31 31 systems in the /var/cache or /var/lib/samba directories. 32 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483594"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483605"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>32 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id265776"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id265786"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> 33 33 The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. 34 34 Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/tdbdump.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>tdbdump</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="tdbdump.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>tdbdump — tool for printing the contents of a TDB file</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">tdbdump</code> {filename}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522918"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(1)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">tdbdump</code> is a very simple utility that 'dumps' the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>tdbdump</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="tdbdump"><a name="tdbdump.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>tdbdump — tool for printing the contents of a TDB file</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">tdbdump</code> {filename}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266348"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(1)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">tdbdump</code> is a very simple utility that 'dumps' the 2 2 contents of a TDB (Trivial DataBase) file to standard output in a 3 3 human-readable format. 4 4 </p><p>This tool can be used when debugging problems with TDB files. It is 5 5 intended for those who are somewhat familiar with Samba internals. 6 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483320"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483331"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>6 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id266836"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id266846"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> 7 7 The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. 8 8 Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/tdbtool.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>tdbtool</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="tdbtool.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>tdbtool — manipulate the contents TDB files</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">tdbtool</code></p></div><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">tdbtool</code>1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>tdbtool</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="tdbtool"><a name="tdbtool.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>tdbtool — manipulate the contents TDB files</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">tdbtool</code></p></div><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">tdbtool</code> 2 2 <em class="replaceable"><code>TDBFILE</code></em> 3 3 [ 4 4 <em class="replaceable"><code>COMMANDS</code></em> 5 ...]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522943"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the5 ...]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266829"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the 6 6 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(1)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">tdbtool</code> a tool for displaying and 7 7 altering the contents of Samba TDB (Trivial DataBase) files. Each 8 8 of the commands listed below can be entered interactively or 9 provided on the command line.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483338"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="option">create</code>9 provided on the command line.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="COMMANDS"><a name="id266856"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="option">create</code> 10 10 <em class="replaceable"><code>TDBFILE</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Create a new database named 11 11 <em class="replaceable"><code>TDBFILE</code></em>. … … 60 60 <code class="option">quit</code> 61 61 </span></dt><dd><p>Exit <code class="literal">tdbtool</code>. 62 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481464"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>The contents of the Samba TDB files are private62 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="CAVEATS"><a name="id265976"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>The contents of the Samba TDB files are private 63 63 to the implementation and should not be altered with 64 64 <code class="literal">tdbtool</code>. 65 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481482"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481493"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> The original Samba software and related utilities were65 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id307047"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id307057"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> The original Samba software and related utilities were 66 66 created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the 67 67 Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/testparm.1.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>testparm</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="testparm.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>testparm — check an smb.conf configuration file for2 internal correctness</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" ><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">testparm</code> [-s] [-h] [-v] [-L <servername>] [-t <encoding>] {config filename} [hostname hostIP]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483333"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">testparm</code> is a very simple test program1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>testparm</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="testparm"><a name="testparm.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>testparm — check an smb.conf configuration file for 2 internal correctness</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">testparm</code> [-s] [-h] [-v] [-L <servername>] [-t <encoding>] {config filename} [hostname hostIP]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266850"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">testparm</code> is a very simple test program 3 3 to check an <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> configuration file for 4 4 internal correctness. If this program reports no problems, you … … 12 12 smb.conf</code> file it returns an exit code of 1 to the calling 13 13 program, else it returns an exit code of 0. This allows shell scripts 14 to test the output from <code class="literal">testparm</code>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483543"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-s</span></dt><dd><p>Without this option, <code class="literal">testparm</code>14 to test the output from <code class="literal">testparm</code>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id265723"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-s</span></dt><dd><p>Without this option, <code class="literal">testparm</code> 15 15 will prompt for a carriage return after printing the service 16 16 names and before dumping the service definitions.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. … … 42 42 be supplied.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">hostIP</span></dt><dd><p>This is the IP address of the host specified 43 43 in the previous parameter. This address must be supplied 44 if the hostname parameter is supplied. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483753"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is usually the name of the configuration44 if the hostname parameter is supplied. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="FILES"><a name="id265924"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is usually the name of the configuration 45 45 file used by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>. 46 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483788"></a><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>The program will issue a message saying whether the46 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DIAGNOSTICS"><a name="id265958"></a><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>The program will issue a message saying whether the 47 47 configuration file loaded OK or not. This message may be preceded by 48 48 errors and warnings if the file did not load. If the file was 49 49 loaded OK, the program then dumps all known service details 50 to stdout. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481469"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of51 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481480"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481505"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities50 to stdout. </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id265970"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of 51 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id265980"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id307060"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 52 52 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 53 53 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/umount.cifs.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>umount.cifs</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="umount.cifs.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>umount.cifs — for normal, non-root users, to unmount their own Common Internet File System (CIFS) mounts</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">umount.cifs</code> {mount-point} [-nVvhfle]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522920"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>umount.cifs unmounts a Linux CIFS filesystem. It can be invoked1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>umount.cifs</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="umount.cifs"><a name="umount.cifs.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>umount.cifs — for normal, non-root users, to unmount their own Common Internet File System (CIFS) mounts</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">umount.cifs</code> {mount-point} [-nVvhfle]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266358"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>umount.cifs unmounts a Linux CIFS filesystem. It can be invoked 2 2 indirectly by the 3 3 <a class="citerefentry" href="umount.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">umount</span>(8)</span></a> command … … 12 12 setuid root (or equivalently update the /etc/permissions file) to allow non-root users to umount shares to directories for which they have write permission. The umount.cifs utility is typically 13 13 not needed if unmounts need only be performed by root users, or if user mounts and unmounts 14 can rely on specifying explicit entries in /etc/fstab See</p><p><a class="citerefentry" href="fstab.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">fstab</span>(5)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483353"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Print version and exit.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h</span></dt><dd><p>Print help message and exit.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p>In case unmounting fails, try to remount14 can rely on specifying explicit entries in /etc/fstab See</p><p><a class="citerefentry" href="fstab.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">fstab</span>(5)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266865"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Print version and exit.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h</span></dt><dd><p>Print help message and exit.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p>In case unmounting fails, try to remount 15 15 read-only.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d</span></dt><dd><p>In case the unmounted device was a loop device, 16 16 also free this loop device.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-f</span></dt><dd><p>Force unmount (in case of an unreachable … … 26 26 A second unmount call specifying -e unmounts 27 27 an expired mount point. This flag cannot be 28 specified with either -f or -l</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-v|--verbose</span></dt><dd><p>Verbose Mode. Print additional debugging information</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n|--no-mtab</span></dt><dd><p>Do not update the mtab even if unmount completes successfully (/proc/mounts will still display the correct information)</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483613"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>This command is normally intended to be installed setuid (since root users can already run unmount). An alternative to using umount.cifs is to add specfic entries for the user mounts that you wish a particular user or users to mount and unmount to /etc/fstab</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483628"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p>28 specified with either -f or -l</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-v|--verbose</span></dt><dd><p>Verbose Mode. Print additional debugging information</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n|--no-mtab</span></dt><dd><p>Do not update the mtab even if unmount completes successfully (/proc/mounts will still display the correct information)</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="NOTES"><a name="id265780"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>This command is normally intended to be installed setuid (since root users can already run unmount). An alternative to using umount.cifs is to add specfic entries for the user mounts that you wish a particular user or users to mount and unmount to /etc/fstab</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="CONFIGURATION"><a name="id265793"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p> 29 29 The primary mechanism for making configuration changes and for reading 30 30 debug information for the cifs vfs is via the Linux /proc filesystem. … … 32 32 configuration files and pseudo files which can display debug information. 33 33 For more information see the kernel file <code class="filename">fs/cifs/README</code>. 34 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483655"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>At this time umount.cifs does not lock the mount table using the same lock as the umount utility does, so do not attempt to do multiple unmounts from different processes (and in particular unmounts of a cifs mount and another type of filesystem mount at the same time).34 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="BUGS"><a name="id265817"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>At this time umount.cifs does not lock the mount table using the same lock as the umount utility does, so do not attempt to do multiple unmounts from different processes (and in particular unmounts of a cifs mount and another type of filesystem mount at the same time). 35 35 </p><p>If the same mount point is mounted multiple times by cifs, umount.cifs will remove all of the matching entries from the mount table (although umount.cifs will actually only unmount the last one), rather than only removing the last matching entry in /etc/mtab. The pseudofile /proc/mounts will display correct information though, and the lack of an entry in /etc/mtab does not prevent subsequent unmounts.</p><p> 36 36 Note that the typical response to a bug report is a suggestion … … 39 39 when reporting bugs (minimum: umount.cifs (try umount.cifs -V), kernel (see /proc/version) and 40 40 server type you are trying to contact. 41 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483689"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 1.34 of42 the cifs vfs filesystem (roughly Linux kernel 2.6.12).</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483701"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>41 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id265842"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 1.34 of 42 the cifs vfs filesystem (roughly Linux kernel 2.6.12).</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id265853"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p> 43 43 Documentation/filesystems/cifs.txt and fs/cifs/README in the linux kernel 44 44 source tree may contain additional options and information. 45 </p><p><a class="citerefentry" href="mount.cifs.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">mount.cifs</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483722"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Steve French</p><p>The syntax was loosely based on the umount utility and the manpage was loosely based on that of mount.cifs.8. The man page was created by Steve French</p><p>The maintainer of the Linux cifs vfs and the userspace45 </p><p><a class="citerefentry" href="mount.cifs.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">mount.cifs</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id265873"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Steve French</p><p>The syntax was loosely based on the umount utility and the manpage was loosely based on that of mount.cifs.8. The man page was created by Steve French</p><p>The maintainer of the Linux cifs vfs and the userspace 46 46 tool <span class="emphasis"><em>umount.cifs</em></span> is <a class="ulink" href="mailto:sfrench@samba.org" target="_top">Steve French</a>. 47 47 The <a class="ulink" href="mailto:linux-cifs-client@lists.samba.org" target="_top">Linux CIFS Mailing list</a> -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_acl_tdb.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_acl_tdb</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_acl_tdb.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_acl_tdb — Save NTFS-ACLs in a tdb file</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = acl_tdb</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522902"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_acl_tdb</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="vfs_acl_tdb"><a name="vfs_acl_tdb.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_acl_tdb — Save NTFS-ACLs in a tdb file</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = acl_tdb</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266340"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_acl_tdb</code> VFS module stores 3 3 NTFS Access Control Lists (ACLs) in a tdb file. … … 9 9 </p><p>Please note that this module is 10 10 <span class="emphasis"><em>experimental</em></span>! 11 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483321"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>11 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266844"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p> 12 12 There are no options for <code class="literal">vfs_acl_tdb</code>. 13 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483337"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities13 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id266860"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 14 14 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 15 15 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_acl_xattr.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_acl_xattr</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_acl_xattr.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_acl_xattr — Save NTFS-ACLs in Extended Attributes (EAs)</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = acl_xattr</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522902"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_acl_xattr</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="vfs_acl_xattr"><a name="vfs_acl_xattr.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_acl_xattr — Save NTFS-ACLs in Extended Attributes (EAs)</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = acl_xattr</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266340"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_acl_xattr</code> VFS module stores 3 3 NTFS Access Control Lists (ACLs) in Extended Attributes (EAs). … … 13 13 </p><p>Please note that this module is 14 14 <span class="emphasis"><em>experimental</em></span>! 15 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483350"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>15 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266870"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p> 16 16 There are no options for <code class="literal">vfs_acl_xattr</code>. 17 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483366"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities17 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id266886"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 18 18 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 19 19 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_audit.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_audit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_audit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_audit — record selected Samba VFS operations in the system log</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = audit</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522911"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_audit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="vfs_audit"><a name="vfs_audit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_audit — record selected Samba VFS operations in the system log</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = audit</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266340"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_audit</code> VFS module records selected 3 3 client operations to the system log using 4 <a class="citerefentry" href="syslog.3.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">syslog</span>(3)</span></a>.</p><p>The following Samba VFS operations are recorded:</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>connect</td></tr><tr><td>disconnect</td></tr><tr><td>opendir</td></tr><tr><td>mkdir</td></tr><tr><td>rmdir</td></tr><tr><td>open</td></tr><tr><td>close</td></tr><tr><td>rename</td></tr><tr><td>unlink</td></tr><tr><td>chmod</td></tr><tr><td>fchmod</td></tr><tr><td>chmod_acl</td></tr><tr><td>fchmod_acl</td></tr></table><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483371"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">audit:facility = FACILITY</span></dt><dd><p>Log messages to the named4 <a class="citerefentry" href="syslog.3.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">syslog</span>(3)</span></a>.</p><p>The following Samba VFS operations are recorded:</p><table border="0" summary="Simple list" class="simplelist"><tr><td>connect</td></tr><tr><td>disconnect</td></tr><tr><td>opendir</td></tr><tr><td>mkdir</td></tr><tr><td>rmdir</td></tr><tr><td>open</td></tr><tr><td>close</td></tr><tr><td>rename</td></tr><tr><td>unlink</td></tr><tr><td>chmod</td></tr><tr><td>fchmod</td></tr><tr><td>chmod_acl</td></tr><tr><td>fchmod_acl</td></tr></table><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266888"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">audit:facility = FACILITY</span></dt><dd><p>Log messages to the named 5 5 <a class="citerefentry" href="syslog.3.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">syslog</span>(3)</span></a> facility. 6 6 7 7 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">audit:priority = PRIORITY</span></dt><dd><p>Log messages with the named 8 8 <a class="citerefentry" href="syslog.3.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">syslog</span>(3)</span></a> priority. 9 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483546"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Log operations on all shares using the LOCAL1 facility9 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id265737"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Log operations on all shares using the LOCAL1 facility 10 10 and NOTICE priority:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 11 11 <em class="parameter"><code>[global]</code></em> … … 13 13 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#AUDIT:FACILITY" target="_top">audit:facility = LOCAL1</a> 14 14 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#AUDIT:PRIORITY" target="_top">audit:priority = NOTICE</a> 15 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483702"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.16 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483712"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities15 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id265894"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 16 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id265903"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 17 17 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 18 18 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_cacheprime.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_cacheprime</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_cacheprime.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_cacheprime — prime the kernel file data cache</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = cacheprime</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522902"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_cacheprime</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="vfs_cacheprime"><a name="vfs_cacheprime.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_cacheprime — prime the kernel file data cache</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = cacheprime</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266340"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_cacheprime</code> VFS module reads chunks 3 3 of file data near the range requested by clients in order to … … 8 8 on boundaries that are a multiple of this size. Each range of 9 9 the file data is primed at most once during the time the client 10 has the file open. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483322"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">cacheprime:rsize = BYTES</span></dt><dd><p>The number of bytes with which to prime11 the kernel data cache.</p><p>The following suffixes may be applied to BYTES:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">K</code> - BYTES is a number of kilobytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">M</code> - BYTES is a number of megabytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">G</code> - BYTES is a number of gigabytes</p></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483381"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>For a hypothetical disk array, it is necessary to ensure10 has the file open. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266839"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">cacheprime:rsize = BYTES</span></dt><dd><p>The number of bytes with which to prime 11 the kernel data cache.</p><p>The following suffixes may be applied to BYTES:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">K</code> - BYTES is a number of kilobytes</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">M</code> - BYTES is a number of megabytes</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">G</code> - BYTES is a number of gigabytes</p></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id266897"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>For a hypothetical disk array, it is necessary to ensure 12 12 that all read operations are of size 1 megabyte (1048576 bytes), 13 13 and aligned on 1 megabyte boundaries: … … 16 16 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" target="_top">vfs objects = cacheprime</a> 17 17 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CACHEPRIME:RSIZE" target="_top">cacheprime:rsize = 1M</a> 18 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483653"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p><code class="literal">cacheprime</code> is not a a substitute for18 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="CAVEATS"><a name="id265839"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p><code class="literal">cacheprime</code> is not a a substitute for 19 19 a general-purpose readahead mechanism. It is intended for use 20 20 only in very specific environments where disk operations must 21 21 be aligned and sized to known values (as much as that is possible). 22 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483671"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.23 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483682"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities22 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id265855"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 23 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id265865"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 24 24 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 25 25 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_cap.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_cap</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_cap.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_cap — CAP encode filenames</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = cap</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522910"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_cap</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="vfs_cap"><a name="vfs_cap.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_cap — CAP encode filenames</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = cap</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266340"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>CAP (Columbia Appletalk Protocol) encoding is a 3 3 technique for representing non-ASCII filenames in ASCII. The … … 5 5 from CAP format, allowing users to name files in their native 6 6 encoding. </p><p>CAP encoding is most commonly 7 used in Japanese language environments. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522949"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>On a system using GNU libiconv, use CAP encoding to support7 used in Japanese language environments. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id266832"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>On a system using GNU libiconv, use CAP encoding to support 8 8 users in the Shift_JIS locale:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 9 9 <em class="parameter"><code>[global]</code></em> … … 11 11 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOSCHARSET" target="_top">dos charset = CP932</a> 12 12 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" target="_top">vfs objects = cap</a> 13 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483366"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.14 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483377"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities13 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id266884"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 14 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id266894"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 15 15 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 16 16 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_catia.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_catia</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_catia.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_catia — translate illegal characters in Catia filenames</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = catia</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522911"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_catia</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="vfs_catia"><a name="vfs_catia.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_catia — translate illegal characters in Catia filenames</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = catia</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266340"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The Catia CAD package commonly creates filenames that 3 3 use characters that are illegal in CIFS filenames. The 4 4 <code class="literal">vfs_catia</code> VFS module implements a fixed character 5 5 mapping so that these files can be shared with CIFS clients. 6 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522945"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Map Catia filenames on the [CAD] share:</p><pre class="programlisting">6 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id266828"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Map Catia filenames on the [CAD] share:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 7 7 <em class="parameter"><code>[CAD]</code></em> 8 8 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" target="_top">path = /data/cad</a> 9 9 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" target="_top">vfs objects = catia</a> 10 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483352"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.11 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483363"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities10 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id266871"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 11 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id266880"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 12 12 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 13 13 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_commit.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_commit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_commit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_commit — flush dirty data at specified intervals</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = commit</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522902"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_commit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="vfs_commit"><a name="vfs_commit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_commit — flush dirty data at specified intervals</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = commit</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266340"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_commit</code> VFS module keeps track of 3 3 the amount of data written to a file and synchronizes it to … … 8 8 commit:dthresh value. Secondly, write performance can be 9 9 improved on some systems by flushing file data early and at 10 regular intervals.</p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483317"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">commit:dthresh = BYTES</span></dt><dd><p>Synchronize file data each time the specified10 regular intervals.</p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266838"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">commit:dthresh = BYTES</span></dt><dd><p>Synchronize file data each time the specified 11 11 number of bytes has been written. 12 </p><p>The following suffixes may be applied to BYTES:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">K</code> - BYTES is a number of kilobytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">M</code> - BYTES is a number of megabytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">G</code> - BYTES is a number of gigabytes</p></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483376"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Synchronize the file data on the [precious] share after12 </p><p>The following suffixes may be applied to BYTES:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">K</code> - BYTES is a number of kilobytes</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">M</code> - BYTES is a number of megabytes</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">G</code> - BYTES is a number of gigabytes</p></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id266895"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Synchronize the file data on the [precious] share after 13 13 every 512 kilobytes (524288 bytes) of data is written:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 14 14 <em class="parameter"><code>[precious]</code></em> … … 16 16 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" target="_top">vfs objects = commit</a> 17 17 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#COMMIT:DTHRESH" target="_top">commit:dthresh = 512K</a> 18 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483660"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>On some systems, the data synchronization performed by18 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="CAVEATS"><a name="id265849"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>On some systems, the data synchronization performed by 19 19 <code class="literal">commit</code> may reduce performance. 20 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483676"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.21 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483687"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities20 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id265864"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 21 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id265874"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 22 22 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 23 23 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_default_quota.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_default_quota</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_default_quota.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_default_quota — store default quota records for Windows clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = default_quota</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522902"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_default_quota</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="vfs_default_quota"><a name="vfs_default_quota.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_default_quota — store default quota records for Windows clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = default_quota</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266341"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> 3 3 suite.</p><p>Many common quota implementations only store … … 10 10 the default quota to the quota record of a user. By default the 11 11 root user is taken because quota limits for root are typically 12 not enforced.</p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483320"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">default_quota:uid = UID</span></dt><dd><p>UID specifies the user ID of the quota record where the12 not enforced.</p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266839"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">default_quota:uid = UID</span></dt><dd><p>UID specifies the user ID of the quota record where the 13 13 default user quota values are stored. 14 14 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">default_quota:gid = GID</span></dt><dd><p>GID specifies the group ID of the quota record where the … … 22 22 be reported as having a quota of NO_LIMIT. Otherwise, 23 23 the stored values will be reported. 24 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483521"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Store the default quota record in the quota record for24 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id265703"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Store the default quota record in the quota record for 25 25 the user with ID 65535 and report that user as having no quota 26 26 limits:</p><pre class="programlisting"> … … 29 29 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEFAULT_QUOTA:UID" target="_top">default_quota:uid = 65535</a> 30 30 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEFAULT_QUOTA:UIDNOLIMIT" target="_top">default_quota:uid nolimit = yes</a> 31 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483676"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.32 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483687"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities31 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id265860"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 32 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id265870"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 33 33 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 34 34 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_dirsort.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_dirsort</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_dirsort.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_dirsort — Sort directory contents</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = dirsort</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522902"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_dirsort</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="vfs_dirsort"><a name="vfs_dirsort.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_dirsort — Sort directory contents</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = dirsort</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266340"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_dirsort</code> module sorts directory 3 3 entries alphabetically before sending them to the client.</p><p>Please be aware that adding this module might have negative 4 performance implications for large directories.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522936"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Sort directories for all shares:</p><pre class="programlisting">4 performance implications for large directories.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id266827"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Sort directories for all shares:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 5 5 <em class="parameter"><code>[global]</code></em> 6 6 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" target="_top">vfs objects = dirsort</a> 7 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483337"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.3 of the Samba suite.8 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483347"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities7 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id266859"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.3 of the Samba suite. 8 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id266869"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 9 9 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 10 10 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_extd_audit.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_extd_audit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_extd_audit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_extd_audit — record selected Samba VFS operations</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = extd_audit</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522902"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_extd_audit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="vfs_extd_audit"><a name="vfs_extd_audit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_extd_audit — record selected Samba VFS operations</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = extd_audit</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266340"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">extd_audit</code> VFS module records selected 3 3 client operations to both the … … 8 8 <code class="literal">vfs_extd_audit</code> is identical to 9 9 <a class="citerefentry" href="vfs_audit.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">vfs_audit</span>(8)</span></a>. 10 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483345"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.11 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483356"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities10 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id266868"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 11 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id266878"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 12 12 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 13 13 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_fake_perms.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_fake_perms</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_fake_perms.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_fake_perms — enable read only Roaming Profiles</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = fake_perms</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522902"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_fake_perms</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="vfs_fake_perms"><a name="vfs_fake_perms.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_fake_perms — enable read only Roaming Profiles</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = fake_perms</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266340"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_fake_perms</code> VFS module was created 3 3 to allow Roaming Profile files and directories to be set (on … … 7 7 the client even though the files will never be overwritten as 8 8 the client logs out or shuts down. 9 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522939"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><pre class="programlisting">9 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id266830"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><pre class="programlisting"> 10 10 <em class="parameter"><code>[Profiles]</code></em> 11 11 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" target="_top">path = /profiles</a> 12 12 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" target="_top">vfs objects = fake_perms</a> 13 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483348"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.14 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483358"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities13 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id266869"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 14 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id266879"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 15 15 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 16 16 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_fileid.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_fileid</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_fileid.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_fileid — Generates file_id structs with unique device id values for2 cluster setups</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" ><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = fileid</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522904"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_fileid</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="vfs_fileid"><a name="vfs_fileid.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_fileid — Generates file_id structs with unique device id values for 2 cluster setups</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = fileid</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266340"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 3 3 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> 4 4 suite.</p><p>Samba uses file_id structs to uniquely identify files … … 10 10 generates the device number based on the configured algorithm 11 11 (see the "fileid:algorithm" option). 12 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483313"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">fileid:algorithm = ALGORITHM</span></dt><dd><p>Available algorithms are <code class="literal">fsname</code>12 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266832"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">fileid:algorithm = ALGORITHM</span></dt><dd><p>Available algorithms are <code class="literal">fsname</code> 13 13 and <code class="literal">fsid</code>. The default value is 14 14 <code class="literal">fsname</code>. … … 21 21 <code class="literal">fileid:algorithm</code> option, which was used in earlier 22 22 versions of fileid mapping feature in custom Samba 3.0 versions. 23 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483535"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Usage of the <code class="literal">fileid</code> module with the23 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id265720"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Usage of the <code class="literal">fileid</code> module with the 24 24 <code class="literal">fsid</code> algorithm:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 25 25 <em class="parameter"><code>[global]</code></em> 26 26 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" target="_top">vfs objects = fileid</a> 27 27 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FILEID:ALGORITHM" target="_top">fileid:algorithm = fsid</a> 28 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483692"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.2 of the Samba suite.29 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483703"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities28 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id265878"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.2 of the Samba suite. 29 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id265888"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 30 30 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 31 31 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_full_audit.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_full_audit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_full_audit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_full_audit — record Samba VFS operations in the system log</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = full_audit</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522903"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_full_audit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="vfs_full_audit"><a name="vfs_full_audit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_full_audit — record Samba VFS operations in the system log</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = full_audit</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266341"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_full_audit</code> VFS module records selected 3 3 client operations to the system log using 4 4 <a class="citerefentry" href="syslog.3.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">syslog</span>(3)</span></a>.</p><p><code class="literal">vfs_full_audit</code> is able to record the 5 complete set of Samba VFS operations:</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simplelist"><tr><td>aio_cancel</td></tr><tr><td>aio_error</td></tr><tr><td>aio_fsync</td></tr><tr><td>aio_read</td></tr><tr><td>aio_return</td></tr><tr><td>aio_suspend</td></tr><tr><td>aio_write</td></tr><tr><td>chdir</td></tr><tr><td>chflags</td></tr><tr><td>chmod</td></tr><tr><td>chmod_acl</td></tr><tr><td>chown</td></tr><tr><td>close</td></tr><tr><td>closedir</td></tr><tr><td>connect</td></tr><tr><td>disconnect</td></tr><tr><td>disk_free</td></tr><tr><td>fchmod</td></tr><tr><td>fchmod_acl</td></tr><tr><td>fchown</td></tr><tr><td>fget_nt_acl</td></tr><tr><td>fgetxattr</td></tr><tr><td>flistxattr</td></tr><tr><td>fremovexattr</td></tr><tr><td>fset_nt_acl</td></tr><tr><td>fsetxattr</td></tr><tr><td>fstat</td></tr><tr><td>fsync</td></tr><tr><td>ftruncate</td></tr><tr><td>get_nt_acl</td></tr><tr><td>get_quota</td></tr><tr><td>get_shadow_copy_data</td></tr><tr><td>getlock</td></tr><tr><td>getwd</td></tr><tr><td>getxattr</td></tr><tr><td>kernel_flock</td></tr><tr><td>lgetxattr</td></tr><tr><td>link</td></tr><tr><td>linux_setlease</td></tr><tr><td>listxattr</td></tr><tr><td>llistxattr</td></tr><tr><td>lock</td></tr><tr><td>lremovexattr</td></tr><tr><td>lseek</td></tr><tr><td>lsetxattr</td></tr><tr><td>lstat</td></tr><tr><td>mkdir</td></tr><tr><td>mknod</td></tr><tr><td>open</td></tr><tr><td>opendir</td></tr><tr><td>pread</td></tr><tr><td>pwrite</td></tr><tr><td>read</td></tr><tr><td>readdir</td></tr><tr><td>readlink</td></tr><tr><td>realpath</td></tr><tr><td>removexattr</td></tr><tr><td>rename</td></tr><tr><td>rewinddir</td></tr><tr><td>rmdir</td></tr><tr><td>seekdir</td></tr><tr><td>sendfile</td></tr><tr><td>set_nt_acl</td></tr><tr><td>set_quota</td></tr><tr><td>setxattr</td></tr><tr><td>stat</td></tr><tr><td>statvfs</td></tr><tr><td>symlink</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_add_perm</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_clear_perms</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_create_entry</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_delete_def_file</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_free_acl</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_free_qualifier</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_free_text</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_get_entry</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_get_fd</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_get_file</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_get_perm</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_get_permset</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_get_qualifier</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_get_tag_type</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_init</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_set_fd</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_set_file</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_set_permset</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_set_qualifier</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_set_tag_type</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_to_text</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_valid</td></tr><tr><td>telldir</td></tr><tr><td>unlink</td></tr><tr><td>utime</td></tr><tr><td>write</td></tr></table><p>In addition to these operations,5 complete set of Samba VFS operations:</p><table border="0" summary="Simple list" class="simplelist"><tr><td>aio_cancel</td></tr><tr><td>aio_error</td></tr><tr><td>aio_fsync</td></tr><tr><td>aio_read</td></tr><tr><td>aio_return</td></tr><tr><td>aio_suspend</td></tr><tr><td>aio_write</td></tr><tr><td>chdir</td></tr><tr><td>chflags</td></tr><tr><td>chmod</td></tr><tr><td>chmod_acl</td></tr><tr><td>chown</td></tr><tr><td>close</td></tr><tr><td>closedir</td></tr><tr><td>connect</td></tr><tr><td>disconnect</td></tr><tr><td>disk_free</td></tr><tr><td>fchmod</td></tr><tr><td>fchmod_acl</td></tr><tr><td>fchown</td></tr><tr><td>fget_nt_acl</td></tr><tr><td>fgetxattr</td></tr><tr><td>flistxattr</td></tr><tr><td>fremovexattr</td></tr><tr><td>fset_nt_acl</td></tr><tr><td>fsetxattr</td></tr><tr><td>fstat</td></tr><tr><td>fsync</td></tr><tr><td>ftruncate</td></tr><tr><td>get_nt_acl</td></tr><tr><td>get_quota</td></tr><tr><td>get_shadow_copy_data</td></tr><tr><td>getlock</td></tr><tr><td>getwd</td></tr><tr><td>getxattr</td></tr><tr><td>kernel_flock</td></tr><tr><td>lgetxattr</td></tr><tr><td>link</td></tr><tr><td>linux_setlease</td></tr><tr><td>listxattr</td></tr><tr><td>llistxattr</td></tr><tr><td>lock</td></tr><tr><td>lremovexattr</td></tr><tr><td>lseek</td></tr><tr><td>lsetxattr</td></tr><tr><td>lstat</td></tr><tr><td>mkdir</td></tr><tr><td>mknod</td></tr><tr><td>open</td></tr><tr><td>opendir</td></tr><tr><td>pread</td></tr><tr><td>pwrite</td></tr><tr><td>read</td></tr><tr><td>readdir</td></tr><tr><td>readlink</td></tr><tr><td>realpath</td></tr><tr><td>removexattr</td></tr><tr><td>rename</td></tr><tr><td>rewinddir</td></tr><tr><td>rmdir</td></tr><tr><td>seekdir</td></tr><tr><td>sendfile</td></tr><tr><td>set_nt_acl</td></tr><tr><td>set_quota</td></tr><tr><td>setxattr</td></tr><tr><td>stat</td></tr><tr><td>statvfs</td></tr><tr><td>symlink</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_add_perm</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_clear_perms</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_create_entry</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_delete_def_file</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_free_acl</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_free_qualifier</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_free_text</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_get_entry</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_get_fd</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_get_file</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_get_perm</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_get_permset</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_get_qualifier</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_get_tag_type</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_init</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_set_fd</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_set_file</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_set_permset</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_set_qualifier</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_set_tag_type</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_to_text</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_valid</td></tr><tr><td>telldir</td></tr><tr><td>unlink</td></tr><tr><td>utime</td></tr><tr><td>write</td></tr></table><p>In addition to these operations, 6 6 <code class="literal">vfs_full_audit</code> recognizes the special operation 7 7 names "all" and "none ", which refer to all … … 11 11 format is: </p><pre class="programlisting"> 12 12 smbd_audit: PREFIX|OPERATION|RESULT|FILE 13 </pre><p>The record fields are:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">PREFIX</code> - the result of the full_audit:prefix string after variable substitutions</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">OPERATION</code> - the name of the VFS operation</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">RESULT</code> - whether the operation succeeded or failed</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">FILE</code> - the name of the file or directory the operation was performed on</p></li></ul></div><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481520"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">vfs_full_audit:prefix = STRING</span></dt><dd><p>Prepend audit messages with STRING. STRING is13 </pre><p>The record fields are:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">PREFIX</code> - the result of the full_audit:prefix string after variable substitutions</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">OPERATION</code> - the name of the VFS operation</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">RESULT</code> - whether the operation succeeded or failed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">FILE</code> - the name of the file or directory the operation was performed on</p></li></ul></div><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id307090"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">vfs_full_audit:prefix = STRING</span></dt><dd><p>Prepend audit messages with STRING. STRING is 14 14 processed for standard substitution variables listed in 15 15 <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>. The default … … 25 25 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">full_audit:priority = PRIORITY</span></dt><dd><p>Log messages with the named 26 26 <a class="citerefentry" href="syslog.3.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">syslog</span>(3)</span></a> priority. 27 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481627"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Log file and directory open operations on the [records]27 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id307189"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Log file and directory open operations on the [records] 28 28 share using the LOCAL7 facility and ALERT priority, including 29 29 the username and IP address:</p><pre class="programlisting"> … … 36 36 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FULL_AUDIT:FACILITY" target="_top">full_audit:facility = LOCAL7</a> 37 37 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FULL_AUDIT:PRIORITY" target="_top">full_audit:priority = ALERT</a> 38 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481831"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.39 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481842"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities38 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id307365"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 39 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id307374"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 40 40 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 41 41 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_gpfs.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_gpfs</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_gpfs.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_gpfs — gpfs specific samba extensions like acls and prealloc</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = gpfs</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522911"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_gpfs</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="vfs_gpfs"><a name="vfs_gpfs.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_gpfs — gpfs specific samba extensions like acls and prealloc</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = gpfs</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266340"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">gpfs</code> VFS module is the home 3 3 for all gpfs extensions that Samba requires for proper integration 4 4 with GPFS. It uses the GPL library interfaces provided by GPFS. 5 5 </p><p>Currently the gpfs vfs module provides extensions in following areas : 6 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>NFSv4 ACL Interfaces with configurable options for GPFS</p></li><li><p>Kernel oplock support on GPFS</p></li><li><p>Lease support on GPFS</p></li></ul></div><p>6 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>NFSv4 ACL Interfaces with configurable options for GPFS</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Kernel oplock support on GPFS</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lease support on GPFS</p></li></ul></div><p> 7 7 </p><p><code class="literal">NOTE:</code>This module follows the posix-acl behaviour 8 8 and hence allows permission stealing via chown. Samba might allow at a later 9 9 point in time, to restrict the chown via this module as such restrictions 10 10 are the responsibility of the underlying filesystem than of Samba. 11 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483344"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">nfs4:mode = [ simple | special ]</span></dt><dd><p>11 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266858"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">nfs4:mode = [ simple | special ]</span></dt><dd><p> 12 12 Enable/Disable substitution of special IDs on GPFS. This parameter 13 13 should not affect the windows users in anyway. It only ensures that Samba 14 14 sets the special IDs - OWNER@ and GROUP@ ( mappings to simple uids ) 15 15 that are relevant to GPFS. 16 </p><p>The following MODEs are understood by the module:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">simple(default)</code> - do not use special IDs in GPFS ACEs</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">special</code> - use special IDs in GPFS ACEs. </p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term">nfs4:acedup = [dontcare|reject|ignore|merge]</span></dt><dd><p>16 </p><p>The following MODEs are understood by the module:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">simple(default)</code> - do not use special IDs in GPFS ACEs</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">special</code> - use special IDs in GPFS ACEs. </p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term">nfs4:acedup = [dontcare|reject|ignore|merge]</span></dt><dd><p> 17 17 This parameter configures how Samba handles duplicate ACEs encountered in GPFS ACLs. 18 18 GPFS allows/creates duplicate ACE for different bits for same ID. 19 </p><p>Following is the behaviour of Samba for different values :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">dontcare (default)</code> - copy the ACEs as they come</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">reject</code> - stop operation and exit with error on ACL set op</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">ignore</code> - don't include the second matching ACE</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">merge</code> - bitwise OR the 2 ace.flag fields and 2 ace.mask fields of the 2 duplicate ACEs into 1 ACE</p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term">nfs4:chown = [yes|no]</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows enabling or disabling the chown supported19 </p><p>Following is the behaviour of Samba for different values :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">dontcare (default)</code> - copy the ACEs as they come</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">reject</code> - stop operation and exit with error on ACL set op</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">ignore</code> - don't include the second matching ACE</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">merge</code> - bitwise OR the 2 ace.flag fields and 2 ace.mask fields of the 2 duplicate ACEs into 1 ACE</p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term">nfs4:chown = [yes|no]</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows enabling or disabling the chown supported 20 20 by the underlying filesystem. This parameter should be enabled with 21 21 care as it might leave your system insecure.</p><p>Some filesystems allow chown as a) giving b) stealing. It is the latter 22 that is considered a risk.</p><p>Following is the behaviour of Samba for different values : </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">yes</code> - Enable chown if as supported by the under filesystem</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">no (default)</code> - Disable chown</p></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483633"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>A GPFS mount can be exported via Samba as follows :</p><pre class="programlisting">22 that is considered a risk.</p><p>Following is the behaviour of Samba for different values : </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">yes</code> - Enable chown if as supported by the under filesystem</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">no (default)</code> - Disable chown</p></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id265808"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>A GPFS mount can be exported via Samba as follows :</p><pre class="programlisting"> 23 23 <em class="parameter"><code>[samba_gpfs_share]</code></em> 24 24 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" target="_top">vfs objects = gpfs</a> … … 26 26 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NFS4:MODE" target="_top">nfs4: mode = special</a> 27 27 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NFS4:ACEDUP" target="_top">nfs4: acedup = merge</a> 28 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481466"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>The gpfs gpl libraries are required by <code class="literal">gpfs</code> VFS28 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="CAVEATS"><a name="id265973"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>The gpfs gpl libraries are required by <code class="literal">gpfs</code> VFS 29 29 module during both compilation and runtime. 30 30 Also this VFS module is tested to work on SLES 9/10 and RHEL 4.4 31 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481483"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.32 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481494"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities31 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id307045"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 32 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id307055"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 33 33 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 34 34 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_netatalk.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_netatalk</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_netatalk.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_netatalk — hide .AppleDouble files from CIFS clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = netatalk</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522902"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_netatalk</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="vfs_netatalk"><a name="vfs_netatalk.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_netatalk — hide .AppleDouble files from CIFS clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = netatalk</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266340"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_netatalk</code> VFS module dynamically 3 3 hides .AppleDouble files, preventing spurious errors on some 4 4 CIFS clients. .AppleDouble files may be created by historic 5 implementations of AFP (Apple Filing Protocol) on servers. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522937"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Hide .AppleDouble files on the [data] share:</p><pre class="programlisting">5 implementations of AFP (Apple Filing Protocol) on servers. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id266828"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Hide .AppleDouble files on the [data] share:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 6 6 <em class="parameter"><code>[data]</code></em> 7 7 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" target="_top">vfs objects = netatalk</a> 8 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483338"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>This module is largely historic and unlikely to be of use8 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="CAVEATS"><a name="id266859"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>This module is largely historic and unlikely to be of use 9 9 in modern networks since current Apple systems are able to mount CIFS 10 10 shares natively. 11 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483351"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.12 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483361"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities11 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id266870"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 12 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id266880"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 13 13 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 14 14 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_notify_fam.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_notify_fam</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_notify_fam.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_notify_fam — FAM support for file change notifications</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = notify_fam</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522902"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_notify_fam</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="vfs_notify_fam"><a name="vfs_notify_fam.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_notify_fam — FAM support for file change notifications</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = notify_fam</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266341"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_notify_fam</code> module makes use of 3 3 the system FAM (File Alteration Monitor) daemon to implement 4 4 file change notifications for Windows clients. FAM is generally 5 present only on IRIX and some BSD systems.</p><p>This module is not stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522936"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Support FAM notifications globally:</p><pre class="programlisting">5 present only on IRIX and some BSD systems.</p><p>This module is not stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id266828"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Support FAM notifications globally:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 6 6 <em class="parameter"><code>[global]</code></em> 7 7 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" target="_top">vfs objects = notify_fam</a> 8 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483337"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.9 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483348"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities8 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id266860"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 9 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id266870"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 10 10 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 11 11 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_prealloc.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_prealloc</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_prealloc.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_prealloc — preallocate matching files to a predetermined size</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = prealloc</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522903"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_prealloc</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="vfs_prealloc"><a name="vfs_prealloc.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_prealloc — preallocate matching files to a predetermined size</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = prealloc</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266340"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_prealloc</code> VFS module preallocates 3 3 files to a specified size each time a new file is created. This 4 4 is useful in environments where files are of a predetermined 5 5 size will be written to a disk subsystem where extending file 6 allocations is expensive. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522938"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">prealloc:EXT = BYTES</span></dt><dd><p>Preallocate all files with the extension EXT to6 allocations is expensive. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266829"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">prealloc:EXT = BYTES</span></dt><dd><p>Preallocate all files with the extension EXT to 7 7 the size specified by BYTES. 8 </p><p>The following suffixes may be applied to BYTES:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">K</code> - BYTES is a number of kilobytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">M</code> - BYTES is a number of megabytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">G</code> - BYTES is a number of gigabytes</p></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483367"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>A process writes TIFF files to a Samba share, and the8 </p><p>The following suffixes may be applied to BYTES:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">K</code> - BYTES is a number of kilobytes</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">M</code> - BYTES is a number of megabytes</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">G</code> - BYTES is a number of gigabytes</p></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id266886"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>A process writes TIFF files to a Samba share, and the 9 9 is known these files will almost always be around 4 megabytes 10 10 (4194304 bytes): </p><pre class="programlisting"> … … 13 13 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" target="_top">vfs objects = prealloc</a> 14 14 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PREALLOC:TIFF" target="_top">prealloc:tiff = 4M</a> 15 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483651"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p><code class="literal">vfs_prealloc</code> is not supported on all15 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="CAVEATS"><a name="id265839"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p><code class="literal">vfs_prealloc</code> is not supported on all 16 16 platforms and filesystems. Currently only XFS filesystems on 17 17 Linux and IRIX are supported. 18 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483667"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.19 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483678"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities18 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id265855"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 19 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id265864"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 20 20 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 21 21 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_preopen.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_preopen</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_preopen.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_preopen — Hide read latencies for applications reading numbered files</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = preopen</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522903"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_preopen</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="vfs_preopen"><a name="vfs_preopen.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_preopen — Hide read latencies for applications reading numbered files</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = preopen</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266340"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>This module assists applications that want to read numbered 3 3 files in sequence with very strict latency requirements. One area … … 6 6 started that speculatively open files and read a number of bytes to 7 7 prime the file system cache, so that later on when the real 8 application's request comes along, no disk access is necessary.</p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522939"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">preopen:names = /pattern/</span></dt><dd><p>8 application's request comes along, no disk access is necessary.</p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266829"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">preopen:names = /pattern/</span></dt><dd><p> 9 9 preopen:names specifies the file name pattern which should 10 10 trigger the preopen helpers to do their work. We assume that … … 20 20 Number of files that should be speculatively opened. Defaults 21 21 to the 10 subsequent files. 22 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483384"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.3 of the Samba suite.23 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483523"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities22 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id265697"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.3 of the Samba suite. 23 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id265707"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 24 24 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 25 25 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_readahead.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_readahead</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_readahead.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_readahead — pre-load the kernel buffer cache</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = readahead</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522902"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_readahead</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="vfs_readahead"><a name="vfs_readahead.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_readahead — pre-load the kernel buffer cache</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = readahead</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266340"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>This <code class="literal">vfs_readahead</code> VFS module detects 3 3 read requests at multiples of a given offset (hex 0x80000 by … … 13 13 same value as the readahead:offset option and if not 14 14 set explicitly will use the current value of 15 readahead:offset.</p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483334"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><p>The following suffixes may be applied to BYTES:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">K</code> - BYTES is a number of kilobytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">M</code> - BYTES is a number of megabytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">G</code> - BYTES is a number of gigabytes</p></li></ul></div><dl><dt><span class="term">readahead:offset = BYTES</span></dt><dd><p>The offset multiple that causes readahead to be15 readahead:offset.</p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266848"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><p>The following suffixes may be applied to BYTES:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">K</code> - BYTES is a number of kilobytes</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">M</code> - BYTES is a number of megabytes</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">G</code> - BYTES is a number of gigabytes</p></li></ul></div><dl><dt><span class="term">readahead:offset = BYTES</span></dt><dd><p>The offset multiple that causes readahead to be 16 16 requested of the kernel buffer cache.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">readahead:length = BYTES</span></dt><dd><p>The number of bytes requested to be 17 17 read into the kernel buffer cache on each 18 readahead call.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483532"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><pre class="programlisting">18 readahead call.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id265716"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><pre class="programlisting"> 19 19 <em class="parameter"><code>[hypothetical]</code></em> 20 20 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" target="_top">vfs objects = readahead</a> 21 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483662"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.22 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483673"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities21 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id265847"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 22 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id265856"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 23 23 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 24 24 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_readonly.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_readonly</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_readonly.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_readonly — make a Samba share read only for a specified time period</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = readonly</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522903"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_readonly</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="vfs_readonly"><a name="vfs_readonly.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_readonly — make a Samba share read only for a specified time period</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = readonly</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266340"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_readonly</code> VFS module marks a share 3 3 as read only for all clients connecting within the configured 4 4 time period. Clients connecting during this time will be denied 5 5 write access to all files in the share, irrespective of ther 6 actual access privileges.</p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522938"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">readonly:period = BEGIN, END</span></dt><dd><p>Only mark the share as read only if the client6 actual access privileges.</p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266829"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">readonly:period = BEGIN, END</span></dt><dd><p>Only mark the share as read only if the client 7 7 connection was made between the times marked by the 8 8 BEGIN and END date specifiers. … … 10 10 same as that accepted by the -d option of GNU 11 11 <a class="citerefentry" href="date.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">date</span>(1)</span></a>. 12 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483344"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Mark all shares read only:</p><pre class="programlisting">12 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id266863"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Mark all shares read only:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 13 13 <em class="parameter"><code>[global]</code></em> 14 14 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" target="_top">vfs objects = readonly</a> … … 18 18 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" target="_top">vfs objects = readonly</a> 19 19 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY:PERIOD" target="_top">readonly:period = readonly:period = "today 9:00","today 17:00"</a> 20 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483651"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.21 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483662"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities20 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id265838"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 21 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id265848"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 22 22 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 23 23 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_recycle.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_recycle</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_recycle.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_recycle — Samba VFS recycle bin</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = recycle</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522902"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_recycle</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="vfs_recycle"><a name="vfs_recycle.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_recycle — Samba VFS recycle bin</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = recycle</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266340"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_recycle</code> intercepts file deletion 3 3 requests and moves the affected files to a temporary repository … … 11 11 can recover files from the recycle bin. If the recycle:keeptree 12 12 option has been specified, deleted files will be found in a path 13 identical with that from which the file was deleted. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483318"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">recycle:repository = PATH</span></dt><dd><p>Path of the directory where deleted files should be moved.13 identical with that from which the file was deleted. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266836"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">recycle:repository = PATH</span></dt><dd><p>Path of the directory where deleted files should be moved. 14 14 </p><p>If this option is not set, the default path .recycle 15 15 is used. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">recycle:directory_mode = MODE</span></dt><dd><p>Set MODE to the octal mode the recycle repository … … 48 48 and ? are supported) for which no versioning should 49 49 be used. Only useful when recycle:versions is enabled. 50 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483653"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Move files "deleted" on <em class="parameter"><code>share</code></em> to50 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id265826"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Move files "deleted" on <em class="parameter"><code>share</code></em> to 51 51 <em class="parameter"><code>/data/share/.recycle</code></em> instead of deleting them: 52 52 </p><pre class="programlisting"> … … 57 57 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#RECYCLE:KEEPTREE" target="_top">recycle:keeptree = yes</a> 58 58 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#RECYCLE:VERSIONS" target="_top">recycle:versions = yes</a> 59 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481504"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.60 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481515"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities59 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id307062"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 60 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id307071"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 61 61 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 62 62 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_scannedonly.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_scannedonly</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_scannedonly.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_scannedonly — Ensures that only files that have been scanned for viruses are2 visible and accessible to the end user.</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" ><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = scannedonly</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522904"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_scannedonly</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="vfs_scannedonly"><a name="vfs_scannedonly.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_scannedonly — Ensures that only files that have been scanned for viruses are 2 visible and accessible to the end user.</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = scannedonly</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266342"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 3 3 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(8)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_scannedonly</code> VFS module ensures that 4 4 only files that have been scanned for viruses are visible and accessible … … 26 26 Files with the <code class="filename">.virus:</code> prefix are never shown to 27 27 the user and all access is denied. 28 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483361"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p><code class="literal">vfs_scannedonly</code> relies on a anti-virus scanning28 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="CONFIGURATION"><a name="id266872"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p><code class="literal">vfs_scannedonly</code> relies on a anti-virus scanning 29 29 daemon that listens on the scannedonly socket (unix domain socket or UDP 30 30 socket). 31 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483378"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">scannedonly:domain_socket = True </span></dt><dd><p>Whether to use a unix domain socket or not (false reverts31 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266888"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">scannedonly:domain_socket = True </span></dt><dd><p>Whether to use a unix domain socket or not (false reverts 32 32 to use udp) 33 33 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">scannedonly:socketname = /var/lib/scannedonly/scan</span></dt><dd><p>The location of the unix domain socket to connect to</p></dd><dt><span class="term">scannedonly:portnum = 2020</span></dt><dd><p>The udp port number to connect to … … 77 77 files. <code class="filename">.virus:</code> files and 78 78 <code class="filename">.failed:</code> files are not listed. 79 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483751"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Enable anti-virus scanning:</p><pre class="programlisting">79 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id265909"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Enable anti-virus scanning:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 80 80 <em class="parameter"><code>[homes]</code></em> 81 81 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" target="_top">vfs objects = scannedonly</a> 82 82 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SCANNEDONLY:HIDE_NONSCANNED_FILES" target="_top">scannedonly:hide_nonscanned_files = False</a> 83 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483793"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>This is not true on-access scanning. However, it is very fast83 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="CAVEATS"><a name="id265952"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>This is not true on-access scanning. However, it is very fast 84 84 for files that have been scanned already. 85 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481570"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.5.0 of the Samba suite.86 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481581"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities85 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id265962"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.5.0 of the Samba suite. 86 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id265972"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 87 87 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Scannedonly was 88 88 developed for Samba by Olivier Sessink. Samba is now developed -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_shadow_copy.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_shadow_copy</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_shadow_copy.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_shadow_copy — Make a Samba share read only for a specified time period</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = shadow_copy</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522903"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_shadow_copy</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="vfs_shadow_copy"><a name="vfs_shadow_copy.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_shadow_copy — Make a Samba share read only for a specified time period</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = shadow_copy</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266341"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_shadow_copy</code> VFS module functionality 3 3 that is similar to Microsoft Shadow Copy services. When setup properly, 4 4 this module allows Microsoft Shadow Copy clients to browse 5 5 "shadow copies" on Samba shares. 6 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522936"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p><code class="literal">vfs_shadow_copy</code> relies on a filesystem6 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="CONFIGURATION"><a name="id266828"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p><code class="literal">vfs_shadow_copy</code> relies on a filesystem 7 7 snapshot implementation. Many common filesystems have native 8 8 support for this. … … 12 12 be immediate children of a the directory being shared.</p><p>The snapshot naming convention is @GMT-YYYY.MM.DD-hh.mm.ss, 13 13 where: 14 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">YYYY</code> is the 4 digit year</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">MM</code> is the 2 digit month</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">DD</code> is the 2 digit day</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">hh</code> is the 2 digit hour</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">mm</code> is the 2 digit minute</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">ss</code> is the 2 digit second.</p></li></ul></div><p>14 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">YYYY</code> is the 4 digit year</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">MM</code> is the 2 digit month</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">DD</code> is the 2 digit day</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">hh</code> is the 2 digit hour</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">mm</code> is the 2 digit minute</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">ss</code> is the 2 digit second.</p></li></ul></div><p> 15 15 </p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_shadow_copy</code> snapshot naming convention can be produced with the following 16 16 <a class="citerefentry" href="date.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">date</span>(1)</span></a> command: 17 17 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 18 18 TZ=GMT date +@GMT-%Y.%m.%d-%H.%M.%S 19 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483552"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Add shadow copy support to user home directories:</p><pre class="programlisting">19 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id265735"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Add shadow copy support to user home directories:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 20 20 <em class="parameter"><code>[homes]</code></em> 21 21 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" target="_top">vfs objects = shadow_copy</a> 22 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483686"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>This is not a backup, archival, or version control solution.22 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="CAVEATS"><a name="id265869"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>This is not a backup, archival, or version control solution. 23 23 </p><p>With Samba or Windows servers, 24 24 <code class="literal">vfs_shadow_copy</code> is designed to be an end-user … … 26 26 archival solutions and should in no way be considered as 27 27 such. Additionally, if you need version control, implement a 28 version control system.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483710"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.29 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483721"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities28 version control system.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id265890"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 29 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id265900"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 30 30 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 31 31 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_shadow_copy2.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_shadow_copy2</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_shadow_copy2.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_shadow_copy2 — Expose snapshots to Windows clients as shadow copies.</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = shadow_copy2</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522903"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_shadow_copy2</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="vfs_shadow_copy2"><a name="vfs_shadow_copy2.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_shadow_copy2 — Expose snapshots to Windows clients as shadow copies.</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = shadow_copy2</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266341"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_shadow_copy2</code> VFS module functionality 3 3 that is similar to Microsoft Shadow Copy services. When setup properly, … … 5 5 "shadow copies" on Samba shares. 6 6 </p><p>This is a 2nd implementation of a shadow copy module. This 7 version has the following features:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>You don't need to populate your shares with symlinks to the7 version has the following features:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>You don't need to populate your shares with symlinks to the 8 8 snapshots. This can be very important when you have thousands of 9 shares, or use [homes].</p></li><li ><p>The inode number of the files is altered so it is different9 shares, or use [homes].</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The inode number of the files is altered so it is different 10 10 from the original. This allows the 'restore' button to work 11 without a sharing violation.</p></li></ol></div><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483335"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p><code class="literal">vfs_shadow_copy2</code> relies on a filesystem11 without a sharing violation.</p></li></ol></div><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="CONFIGURATION"><a name="id266854"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p><code class="literal">vfs_shadow_copy2</code> relies on a filesystem 12 12 snapshot implementation. Many common filesystems have native 13 13 support for this. … … 17 17 be immediate children of a the directory being shared.</p><p>The snapshot naming convention is @GMT-YYYY.MM.DD-hh.mm.ss, 18 18 where: 19 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">YYYY</code> is the 4 digit year</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">MM</code> is the 2 digit month</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">DD</code> is the 2 digit day</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">hh</code> is the 2 digit hour</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">mm</code> is the 2 digit minute</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">ss</code> is the 2 digit second.</p></li></ul></div><p>19 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">YYYY</code> is the 4 digit year</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">MM</code> is the 2 digit month</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">DD</code> is the 2 digit day</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">hh</code> is the 2 digit hour</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">mm</code> is the 2 digit minute</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">ss</code> is the 2 digit second.</p></li></ul></div><p> 20 20 </p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_shadow_copy2</code> snapshot naming convention can be 21 21 produced with the following <a class="citerefentry" href="date.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">date</span>(1)</span></a> command: 22 22 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 23 23 TZ=GMT date +@GMT-%Y.%m.%d-%H.%M.%S 24 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483579"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">shadow:snapdir = SNAPDIR24 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id265759"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">shadow:snapdir = SNAPDIR 25 25 </span></dt><dd><p>Path to the directory where snapshots are kept. 26 26 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">shadow:basedir = BASEDIR … … 35 35 this option then the 'restore' button in the shadow copy UI 36 36 will fail with a sharing violation. 37 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483646"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Add shadow copy support to user home directories:</p><pre class="programlisting">37 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id265819"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Add shadow copy support to user home directories:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 38 38 <em class="parameter"><code>[homes]</code></em> 39 39 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" target="_top">vfs objects = shadow_copy2</a> 40 40 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SHADOW:SNAPDIR" target="_top">shadow:snapdir = /data/snaphots</a> 41 41 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SHADOW:BASEDIR" target="_top">shadow:basedir = /data/home</a> 42 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481463"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>This is not a backup, archival, or version control solution.42 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="CAVEATS"><a name="id265974"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>This is not a backup, archival, or version control solution. 43 43 </p><p>With Samba or Windows servers, 44 44 <code class="literal">vfs_shadow_copy2</code> is designed to be an end-user … … 46 46 archival solutions and should in no way be considered as 47 47 such. Additionally, if you need version control, implement a 48 version control system.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481487"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.2.7 of the Samba suite.49 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481498"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities48 version control system.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id307051"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.2.7 of the Samba suite. 49 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id307060"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 50 50 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 51 51 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_smb_traffic_analyzer.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smb_traffic_analyzer</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_smb_traffic_analyzer.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_smb_traffic_analyzer — log Samba VFS read and write operations through a socket2 to a helper application</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" ><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = smb_traffic_analyzer</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522906"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smb_traffic_analyzer</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="smb_traffic_analyzer"><a name="vfs_smb_traffic_analyzer.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_smb_traffic_analyzer — log Samba VFS read and write operations through a socket 2 to a helper application</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = smb_traffic_analyzer</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266338"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 3 3 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_smb_traffic_analyzer</code> VFS module logs 4 4 client write and read operations on a Samba server and sends this data … … 8 8 http://holger123.wordpress.com/smb-traffic-analyzer/ 9 9 </p><p><code class="literal">vfs_smb_traffic_analyzer</code> currently is aware 10 of the following VFS operations:</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simplelist"><tr><td>write</td></tr><tr><td>pwrite</td></tr><tr><td>read</td></tr><tr><td>pread</td></tr></table><p><code class="literal">vfs_smb_traffic_analyzer</code> sends the following data10 of the following VFS operations:</p><table border="0" summary="Simple list" class="simplelist"><tr><td>write</td></tr><tr><td>pwrite</td></tr><tr><td>read</td></tr><tr><td>pread</td></tr></table><p><code class="literal">vfs_smb_traffic_analyzer</code> sends the following data 11 11 in a fixed format seperated by a comma through either an internet or a 12 12 unix domain socket:</p><pre class="programlisting"> … … 14 14 </pre><p>Description of the records: 15 15 16 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">BYTES</code> - the length in bytes of the VFS operation</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">USER</code> - the user who initiated the operation</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">DOMAIN</code> - the domain of the user</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">READ/WRITE</code> - either "W" for a write operation or "R" for read</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">SHARE</code> - the name of the share on which the VFS operation occured</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">FILENAME</code> - the name of the file that was used by the VFS operation</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">TIMESTAMP</code> - a timestamp, formatted as "yyyy-mm-dd hh-mm-ss.ms" indicating when the VFS operation occured</p></li></ul></div><p>16 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">BYTES</code> - the length in bytes of the VFS operation</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">USER</code> - the user who initiated the operation</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">DOMAIN</code> - the domain of the user</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">READ/WRITE</code> - either "W" for a write operation or "R" for read</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">SHARE</code> - the name of the share on which the VFS operation occured</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">FILENAME</code> - the name of the file that was used by the VFS operation</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">TIMESTAMP</code> - a timestamp, formatted as "yyyy-mm-dd hh-mm-ss.ms" indicating when the VFS operation occured</p></li></ul></div><p> 17 17 18 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483552"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">smb_traffic_analyzer:mode = STRING</span></dt><dd><p>If STRING matches to "unix_domain_socket", the module will18 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id265740"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">smb_traffic_analyzer:mode = STRING</span></dt><dd><p>If STRING matches to "unix_domain_socket", the module will 19 19 use a unix domain socket located at /var/tmp/stadsocket, if 20 20 STRING contains an different string or is not defined, the module will … … 29 29 an additional hash number. This means that any transfer data 30 30 will be mapped to a single user, leading to a total 31 anonymization of user related data.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483644"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>The module running on share "example_share", using a unix domain socket</p><pre class="programlisting">31 anonymization of user related data.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id265823"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>The module running on share "example_share", using a unix domain socket</p><pre class="programlisting"> 32 32 <em class="parameter"><code>[example_share]</code></em> 33 33 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" target="_top">path = /data/example</a> … … 50 50 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SMB_TRAFFIC_ANALYZER:PORT" target="_top">smb_traffic_analyzer:port = 3491</a> 51 51 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SMB_TRAFFIC_ANALYZER:ANONYMIZE_PREFIX" target="_top">smb_traffic_analyzer:anonymize_prefix = User</a> 52 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481591"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.3 of the Samba suite.53 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481602"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities52 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id307130"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.3 of the Samba suite. 53 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id307139"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 54 54 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 55 55 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_streams_depot.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_streams_depot</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_streams_depot.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_streams_depot — EXPERIMENTAL module to store alternate data streams in a1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_streams_depot</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="vfs_streams_depot"><a name="vfs_streams_depot.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_streams_depot — EXPERIMENTAL module to store alternate data streams in a 2 2 central directory. 3 </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" ><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = streams_depot</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522904"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPERIMENTAL</em></span> VFS module is part of the3 </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = streams_depot</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266341"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPERIMENTAL</em></span> VFS module is part of the 4 4 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_streams_depot</code> enables storing of NTFS 5 5 alternate data streams in the file system. As a normal posix file 6 6 system does not support the concept of multiple data streams per file, 7 7 the streams_depot module stores the data in files in a separate 8 directory.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522938"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">streams_depot:directory = PATH</span></dt><dd><p>Path of the directory where the alternate data streams9 should be stored. Defaults to the sharepath/.streams.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483334"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><pre class="programlisting">8 directory.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266829"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">streams_depot:directory = PATH</span></dt><dd><p>Path of the directory where the alternate data streams 9 should be stored. Defaults to the sharepath/.streams.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id266853"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><pre class="programlisting"> 10 10 <em class="parameter"><code>[share]</code></em> 11 11 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" target="_top">vfs objects = streams_depot</a> 12 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483361"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities12 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id266882"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 13 13 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 14 14 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_streams_xattr.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_streams_xattr</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_streams_xattr.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_streams_xattr — Store alternate data streams in posix xattrs</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = streams_xattr</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522902"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_streams_xattr</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="vfs_streams_xattr"><a name="vfs_streams_xattr.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_streams_xattr — Store alternate data streams in posix xattrs</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = streams_xattr</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266341"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_streams_xattr</code> enables storing of NTFS 3 3 alternate data streams in the file system. As a normal posix file … … 9 9 the size of xattrs. So this module might work for applications like IE 10 10 that stores small zone information in streams but will fail for 11 applications that store serious amounts of data in ADSs.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483321"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><pre class="programlisting">11 applications that store serious amounts of data in ADSs.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLES"><a name="id266834"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><pre class="programlisting"> 12 12 <em class="parameter"><code>[share]</code></em> 13 13 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" target="_top">vfs objects = streams_xattr</a> 14 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483346"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities14 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id266863"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 15 15 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 16 16 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_xattr_tdb.8.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_xattr_tdb</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_xattr_tdb.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_xattr_tdb — Save Extended Attributes (EAs) in a tdb file</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = xattr_tdb</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522903"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_xattr_tdb</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="vfs_xattr_tdb"><a name="vfs_xattr_tdb.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_xattr_tdb — Save Extended Attributes (EAs) in a tdb file</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = xattr_tdb</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266340"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_xattr_tdb</code> VFS module stores 3 3 Extended Attributes (EAs) in a tdb file. … … 5 5 filesystems which do not support Extended Attributes 6 6 by themselves. 7 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522937"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">xattr_tdb:file = PATH</span></dt><dd><p>Name of the tdb file the EAs are stored in.7 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266828"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">xattr_tdb:file = PATH</span></dt><dd><p>Name of the tdb file the EAs are stored in. 8 8 If this option is not set, the default filename 9 <code class="filename">xattr.tdb</code> is used.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483338"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities9 <code class="filename">xattr.tdb</code> is used.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id266858"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 10 10 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 11 11 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfstest.1.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfstest</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfstest.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfstest — tool for testing samba VFS modules </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfstest</code> [-d debuglevel] [-c command] [-l logdir] [-h]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522942"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">vfstest</code> is a small command line1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfstest</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="vfstest"><a name="vfstest.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfstest — tool for testing samba VFS modules </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfstest</code> [-d debuglevel] [-c command] [-l logdir] [-h]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266826"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">vfstest</code> is a small command line 2 2 utility that has the ability to test dso samba VFS modules. It gives the 3 3 user the ability to call the various VFS functions manually and 4 4 supports cascaded VFS modules. 5 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483337"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-c|--command=command</span></dt><dd><p>Execute the specified (colon-separated) commands.5 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id266855"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-c|--command=command</span></dt><dd><p>Execute the specified (colon-separated) commands. 6 6 See below for the commands that are available. 7 7 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. … … 33 33 <code class="constant">".progname"</code> will be appended (e.g. log.smbclient, 34 34 log.smbd, etc...). The log file is never removed by the client. 35 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483719"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><p><span class="emphasis"><em>VFS COMMANDS</em></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">load <module.so></code> - Load specified VFS module </p></li><li><p><code class="literal">populate <char> <size></code> - Populate a data buffer with the specified data36 </p></li><li ><p><code class="literal">showdata [<offset> <len>]</code> - Show data currently in data buffer37 </p></li><li ><p><code class="literal">connect</code> - VFS connect()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">disconnect</code> - VFS disconnect()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">disk_free</code> - VFS disk_free()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">opendir</code> - VFS opendir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">readdir</code> - VFS readdir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">mkdir</code> - VFS mkdir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">rmdir</code> - VFS rmdir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">closedir</code> - VFS closedir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">open</code> - VFS open()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">close</code> - VFS close()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">read</code> - VFS read()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">write</code> - VFS write()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">lseek</code> - VFS lseek()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">rename</code> - VFS rename()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">fsync</code> - VFS fsync()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">stat</code> - VFS stat()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">fstat</code> - VFS fstat()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">lstat</code> - VFS lstat()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">unlink</code> - VFS unlink()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">chmod</code> - VFS chmod()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">fchmod</code> - VFS fchmod()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">chown</code> - VFS chown()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">fchown</code> - VFS fchown()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">chdir</code> - VFS chdir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">getwd</code> - VFS getwd()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">utime</code> - VFS utime()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">ftruncate</code> - VFS ftruncate()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">lock</code> - VFS lock()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">symlink</code> - VFS symlink()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">readlink</code> - VFS readlink()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">link</code> - VFS link()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">mknod</code> - VFS mknod()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">realpath</code> - VFS realpath()</p></li></ul></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>GENERAL COMMANDS</em></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">conf <smb.conf></code> - Load a different configuration file</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">help [<command>]</code> - Get list of commands or info about specified command</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">debuglevel <level></code> - Set debug level</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">freemem</code> - Free memory currently in use</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">exit</code> - Exit vfstest</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481797"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba38 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481808"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities35 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="COMMANDS"><a name="id265894"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><p><span class="emphasis"><em>VFS COMMANDS</em></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">load <module.so></code> - Load specified VFS module </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">populate <char> <size></code> - Populate a data buffer with the specified data 36 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">showdata [<offset> <len>]</code> - Show data currently in data buffer 37 </p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">connect</code> - VFS connect()</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">disconnect</code> - VFS disconnect()</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">disk_free</code> - VFS disk_free()</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">opendir</code> - VFS opendir()</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">readdir</code> - VFS readdir()</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">mkdir</code> - VFS mkdir()</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">rmdir</code> - VFS rmdir()</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">closedir</code> - VFS closedir()</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">open</code> - VFS open()</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">close</code> - VFS close()</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">read</code> - VFS read()</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">write</code> - VFS write()</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">lseek</code> - VFS lseek()</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">rename</code> - VFS rename()</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">fsync</code> - VFS fsync()</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">stat</code> - VFS stat()</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">fstat</code> - VFS fstat()</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">lstat</code> - VFS lstat()</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">unlink</code> - VFS unlink()</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">chmod</code> - VFS chmod()</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">fchmod</code> - VFS fchmod()</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">chown</code> - VFS chown()</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">fchown</code> - VFS fchown()</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">chdir</code> - VFS chdir()</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">getwd</code> - VFS getwd()</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">utime</code> - VFS utime()</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">ftruncate</code> - VFS ftruncate()</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">lock</code> - VFS lock()</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">symlink</code> - VFS symlink()</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">readlink</code> - VFS readlink()</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">link</code> - VFS link()</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">mknod</code> - VFS mknod()</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">realpath</code> - VFS realpath()</p></li></ul></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>GENERAL COMMANDS</em></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">conf <smb.conf></code> - Load a different configuration file</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">help [<command>]</code> - Get list of commands or info about specified command</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">debuglevel <level></code> - Set debug level</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">freemem</code> - Free memory currently in use</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="literal">exit</code> - Exit vfstest</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id307323"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba 38 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id307332"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 39 39 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 40 40 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/wbinfo.1.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>wbinfo</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="wbinfo.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>wbinfo — Query information from winbind daemon</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">wbinfo</code> [-a user%password] [--all-domains] [--allocate-gid] [--allocate-uid] [-c] [-D domain] [--domain domain] [-g] [--getdcname domain] [--get-auth-user] [-G gid] [-h] [-i user] [-I ip] [-K user%password] [-m] [-n name] [-N netbios-name] [--own-domain] [-p] [-r user] [--remove-uid-mapping uid,sid] [--remove-gid-mapping gid,sid] [-s sid] [--separator] [--sequence] [--set-auth-user user%password] [--set-uid-mapping uid,sid] [--set-gid-mapping gid,sid] [-S sid] [-t] [-u] [--uid-info uid] [--user-domgroups sid] [--user-sids sid] [-U uid] [-V] [-Y sid] [--verbose]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483698"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">wbinfo</code> program queries and returns information1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>wbinfo</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="wbinfo"><a name="wbinfo.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>wbinfo — Query information from winbind daemon</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">wbinfo</code> [-a user%password] [--all-domains] [--allocate-gid] [--allocate-uid] [-c] [--ccache-save] [--change-user-password] [-D domain] [--domain domain] [--dsgetdcname domain] [-g] [--getdcname domain] [--get-auth-user] [-G gid] [--gid-info] [--group-info] [--help|-?] [-i user] [-I ip] [-K user%password] [--lanman] [-m] [-n name] [-N netbios-name] [--ntlmv2] [--online-status] [--own-domain] [-p] [-P|--ping-dc] [-r user] [-R|--lookup-rids] [--remove-uid-mapping uid,sid] [--remove-gid-mapping gid,sid] [-s sid] [--separator] [--sequence] [--set-auth-user user%password] [--set-uid-mapping uid,sid] [--set-gid-mapping gid,sid] [-S sid] [--sid-aliases] [--sid-to-fullname] [-t] [-u] [--uid-info uid] [--usage] [--user-domgroups sid] [--user-sids sid] [-U uid] [-V] [--verbose] [-Y sid]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id307072"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">wbinfo</code> program queries and returns information 2 2 created and used by the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon. </p><p>The <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon must be configured 3 3 and running for the <code class="literal">wbinfo</code> program to be able 4 to return information.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483754"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-a|--authenticate <em class="replaceable"><code>username%password</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Attempt to authenticate a user via <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a>.4 to return information.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id307121"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-a|--authenticate <em class="replaceable"><code>username%password</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Attempt to authenticate a user via <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a>. 5 5 This checks both authentication methods and reports its results. 6 </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Do not be tempted to use this6 </p><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Do not be tempted to use this 7 7 functionality for authentication in third-party 8 8 applications. Instead use <a class="citerefentry" href="ntlm_auth.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ntlm_auth</span>(1)</span></a>.</p></div></dd><dt><span class="term">--allocate-gid</span></dt><dd><p>Get a new GID out of idmap … … 13 13 in conjunction with <code class="option">domain</code> in order to change 14 14 interdomain trust account passwords. 15 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--ccache-save <em class="replaceable"><code>username%password</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Store user and password for ccache. 16 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--change-user-password <em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Change the password of a user. The old and new password will be prompted. 15 17 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--domain <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>This parameter sets the domain on which any specified 16 18 operations will performed. If special domain name '.' is used to represent … … 20 22 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-D|--domain-info <em class="replaceable"><code>domain</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Show most of the info we have about the 21 23 specified domain. 24 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--dsgetdcname <em class="replaceable"><code>domain</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Find a DC for a domain. 25 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--gid-info <em class="replaceable"><code>gid</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Get group info from gid. 26 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--group-info <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Get group info for user. 22 27 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-g|--domain-groups</span></dt><dd><p>This option will list all groups available 23 28 in the Windows NT domain for which the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> daemon is operating in. Groups in all trusted domains … … 30 35 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-G|--gid-to-sid <em class="replaceable"><code>gid</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Try to convert a UNIX group id to a Windows 31 36 NT SID. If the gid specified does not refer to one within 32 the idmap gid range then the operation will fail. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-i|--user-info <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Get user info. 37 the idmap gid range then the operation will fail. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-?</span></dt><dd><p>Print brief help overview. 38 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-i|--user-info <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Get user info. 33 39 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-I|--WINS-by-ip <em class="replaceable"><code>ip</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>The <em class="parameter"><code>-I</code></em> option 34 40 queries <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> to send a node status … … 36 42 specified by the <em class="parameter"><code>ip</code></em> parameter. 37 43 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-K|--krb5auth <em class="replaceable"><code>username%password</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Attempt to authenticate a user via Kerberos. 44 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--lanman</span></dt><dd><p>Use lanman cryptography for user authentication. 38 45 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-m|--trusted-domains</span></dt><dd><p>Produce a list of domains trusted by the 39 46 Windows NT server <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> contacts … … 51 58 server for the IP address associated with the NetBIOS name 52 59 specified by the <em class="parameter"><code>name</code></em> parameter. 60 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--ntlmv2</span></dt><dd><p>Use NTLMv2 cryptography for user authentication. 61 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--online-status <em class="replaceable"><code>domain</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Show whether domains are marked as online or 62 offline. An optional domain argument limits the 63 output to the online status of a given domain. 53 64 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--own-domain</span></dt><dd><p>List own domain. 54 65 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-p|--ping</span></dt><dd><p>Check whether <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> is still alive. … … 57 68 to which the user belongs. This only works for users 58 69 defined on a Domain Controller. 70 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-R|--lookup-rids <em class="replaceable"><code>rid1, rid2, rid3...</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Converts RIDs to names. Uses a comma separated 71 list of rids. 59 72 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s|--sid-to-name <em class="replaceable"><code>sid</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Use <em class="parameter"><code>-s</code></em> to resolve 60 73 a SID to a name. This is the inverse of the <em class="parameter"><code>-n … … 68 81 Windows 2000 servers only). 69 82 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-S|--sid-to-uid <em class="replaceable"><code>sid</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Convert a SID to a UNIX user id. If the SID 70 does not correspond to a UNIX user mapped by <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> then the operation will fail. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-t|--check-secret</span></dt><dd><p>Verify that the workstation trust account 83 does not correspond to a UNIX user mapped by <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> then the operation will fail. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--sid-aliases <em class="replaceable"><code>sid</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Get SID aliases for a given SID. 84 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--sid-to-fullname <em class="replaceable"><code>sid</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Converts a SID to a full username 85 (DOMAIN\username). 86 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-t|--check-secret</span></dt><dd><p>Verify that the workstation trust account 71 87 created when the Samba server is added to the Windows NT 72 88 domain is working. May be used in conjunction with … … 77 93 user ids to any users that have not already been seen by <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> 78 94 .</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--uid-info <em class="replaceable"><code>uid</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Get user info for the user connected to 79 user id UID.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--user-domgroups <em class="replaceable"><code>sid</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Get user domain groups. 95 user id UID.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--usage</span></dt><dd><p>Print brief help overview. 96 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--user-domgroups <em class="replaceable"><code>sid</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Get user domain groups. 80 97 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--user-sids <em class="replaceable"><code>sid</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Get user group SIDs for user. 81 98 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-U|--uid-to-sid <em class="replaceable"><code>uid</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Try to convert a UNIX user id to a Windows NT … … 91 108 mapping in the IDmap backend.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V|--version</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number. 92 109 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. 93 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532652"></a><h2>EXIT STATUS</h2><p>The wbinfo program returns 0 if the operation110 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXIT STATUS"><a name="id307968"></a><h2>EXIT STATUS</h2><p>The wbinfo program returns 0 if the operation 94 111 succeeded, or 1 if the operation failed. If the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon is not working <code class="literal">wbinfo</code> will always return 95 failure. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532678"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of96 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532688"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="ntlm_auth.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ntlm_auth</span>(1)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532711"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities112 failure. </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id307992"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of 113 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id308002"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="ntlm_auth.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ntlm_auth</span>(1)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id308025"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 97 114 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 98 115 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/winbind_krb5_locator.7.html
r414 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>winbind_krb5_locator</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="winbind_krb5_locator.7"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>winbind_krb5_locator — A plugin for MIT and Heimdal Kerberos for detecting KDCs using Windows semantics.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522893"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>winbind_krb5_locator</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="winbind_krb5_locator"><a name="winbind_krb5_locator.7"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>winbind_krb5_locator — A plugin for MIT and Heimdal Kerberos for detecting KDCs using Windows semantics.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id298152"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p> 2 2 This plugin is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite. 3 3 </p><p> … … 9 9 The plugin uses the public locator API provided by most modern Kerberos 10 10 implementations. 11 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522925"></a><h2>PREREQUISITES</h2><p>11 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="PREREQUISITES"><a name="id266356"></a><h2>PREREQUISITES</h2><p> 12 12 MIT Kerberos (at least version 1.5) or Heimdal Kerberos (at least version 13 13 1.0) is required. … … 33 33 environment without any modification or servers 34 34 being put manually into <code class="filename">/etc/krb5.conf</code>. 35 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483356"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>35 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id266873"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p> 36 36 This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba suite. 37 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483368"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>37 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id266883"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> 38 38 The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew 39 39 Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source -
vendor/current/docs/htmldocs/manpages/winbindd.8.html
r478 r597 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>winbindd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 4.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="winbindd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>winbindd — Name Service Switch daemon for resolving names2 from NT servers</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" ><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">winbindd</code> [-D] [-F] [-S] [-i] [-Y] [-d <debug level>] [-s <smb config file>] [-n]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483339"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This program is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">winbindd</code> is a daemon that provides1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>winbindd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="winbindd"><a name="winbindd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>winbindd — Name Service Switch daemon for resolving names 2 from NT servers</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv" title="Synopsis"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">winbindd</code> [-D] [-F] [-S] [-i] [-Y] [-d <debug level>] [-s <smb config file>] [-n]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="DESCRIPTION"><a name="id266857"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This program is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">winbindd</code> is a daemon that provides 3 3 a number of services to the Name Service Switch capability found 4 4 in most modern C libraries, to arbitrary applications via PAM … … 56 56 WINS server.</p><pre class="programlisting"> 57 57 hosts: files wins 58 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481522"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-D</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes58 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" title="OPTIONS"><a name="id307078"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-D</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes 59 59 the server to operate as a daemon. That is, it detaches 60 60 itself and runs in the background on the appropriate port. … … 114 114 default behavior is to launch a child process that is responsible for 115 115 updating expired cache entries. 116 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481802"></a><h2>NAME AND ID RESOLUTION</h2><p>Users and groups on a Windows NT server are assigned116 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="NAME AND ID RESOLUTION"><a name="id307316"></a><h2>NAME AND ID RESOLUTION</h2><p>Users and groups on a Windows NT server are assigned 117 117 a security id (SID) which is globally unique when the 118 118 user or group is created. To convert the Windows NT user or group … … 128 128 store is deleted or corrupted, there is no way for winbindd to 129 129 determine which user and group ids correspond to Windows NT user 130 and group rids. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481840"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p>Configuration of the <code class="literal">winbindd</code> daemon130 and group rids. </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="CONFIGURATION"><a name="id307345"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p>Configuration of the <code class="literal">winbindd</code> daemon 131 131 is done through configuration parameters in the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file. All parameters should be specified in the 132 [global] section of smb.conf. </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>133 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDSEPARATOR" target="_top">winbind separator</a></p></li><li ><p>134 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPUID" target="_top">idmap uid</a></p></li><li ><p>135 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPGID" target="_top">idmap gid</a></p></li><li ><p>136 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPBACKEND" target="_top">idmap backend</a></p></li><li ><p>137 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDCACHETIME" target="_top">winbind cache time</a></p></li><li ><p>138 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDENUMUSERS" target="_top">winbind enum users</a></p></li><li ><p>139 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDENUMGROUPS" target="_top">winbind enum groups</a></p></li><li ><p>140 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#TEMPLATEHOMEDIR" target="_top">template homedir</a></p></li><li ><p>141 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#TEMPLATESHELL" target="_top">template shell</a></p></li><li ><p>142 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN" target="_top">winbind use default domain</a></p></li><li ><p>132 [global] section of smb.conf. </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> 133 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDSEPARATOR" target="_top">winbind separator</a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 134 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPUID" target="_top">idmap uid</a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 135 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPGID" target="_top">idmap gid</a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 136 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPBACKEND" target="_top">idmap backend</a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 137 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDCACHETIME" target="_top">winbind cache time</a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 138 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDENUMUSERS" target="_top">winbind enum users</a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 139 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDENUMGROUPS" target="_top">winbind enum groups</a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 140 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#TEMPLATEHOMEDIR" target="_top">template homedir</a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 141 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#TEMPLATESHELL" target="_top">template shell</a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 142 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN" target="_top">winbind use default domain</a></p></li><li class="listitem"><p> 143 143 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBIND:RPCONLY" target="_top">winbind: rpc only</a> 144 144 Setting this parameter forces winbindd to use RPC 145 145 instead of LDAP to retrieve information from Domain 146 146 Controllers. 147 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532496"></a><h2>EXAMPLE SETUP</h2><p>147 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXAMPLE SETUP"><a name="id307490"></a><h2>EXAMPLE SETUP</h2><p> 148 148 To setup winbindd for user and group lookups plus 149 149 authentication from a domain controller use something like the … … 164 164 use_first_pass shadow nullok 165 165 </pre><p> 166 </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>166 </p><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> 167 167 The PAM module pam_unix has recently replaced the module pam_pwdb. 168 168 Some Linux systems use the module pam_unix2 in place of pam_unix. … … 196 196 the DOMAIN+user syntax for the username. You may wish to use the 197 197 commands <code class="literal">getent passwd</code> and <code class="literal">getent group 198 </code> to confirm the correct operation of winbindd.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532687"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>The following notes are useful when configuring and198 </code> to confirm the correct operation of winbindd.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="NOTES"><a name="id307662"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>The following notes are useful when configuring and 199 199 running <code class="literal">winbindd</code>: </p><p><a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> must be running on the local machine 200 200 for <code class="literal">winbindd</code> to work. </p><p>PAM is really easy to misconfigure. Make sure you know what … … 204 204 be the same. The user and group ids will only be valid for the local 205 205 machine, unless a shared <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPBACKEND" target="_top">idmap backend</a> is configured.</p><p>If the the Windows NT SID to UNIX user and group id mapping 206 file is damaged or destroyed then the mappings will be lost. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532752"></a><h2>SIGNALS</h2><p>The following signals can be used to manipulate the206 file is damaged or destroyed then the mappings will be lost. </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SIGNALS"><a name="id307719"></a><h2>SIGNALS</h2><p>The following signals can be used to manipulate the 207 207 <code class="literal">winbindd</code> daemon. </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">SIGHUP</span></dt><dd><p>Reload the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file and 208 208 apply any parameter changes to the running … … 212 212 winbindd</code> to write status information to the winbind 213 213 log file.</p><p>Log files are stored in the filename specified by the 214 log file parameter.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532815"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf(5)</code></span></dt><dd><p>Name service switch configuration file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">/tmp/.winbindd/pipe</span></dt><dd><p>The UNIX pipe over which clients communicate with214 log file parameter.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="FILES"><a name="id307776"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf(5)</code></span></dt><dd><p>Name service switch configuration file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">/tmp/.winbindd/pipe</span></dt><dd><p>The UNIX pipe over which clients communicate with 215 215 the <code class="literal">winbindd</code> program. For security reasons, the 216 216 winbind client will only attempt to connect to the winbindd daemon … … 233 233 This directory is by default <code class="filename">/usr/local/samba/var/locks 234 234 </code>. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">$LOCKDIR/winbindd_cache.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>Storage for cached user and group information. 235 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532961"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of236 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532971"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><code class="filename">nsswitch.conf(5)</code>, <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="wbinfo.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">wbinfo</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="ntlm_auth.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ntlm_auth</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="pam_winbind.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pam_winbind</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2533027"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities235 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id307908"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of 236 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id307918"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><code class="filename">nsswitch.conf(5)</code>, <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="wbinfo.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">wbinfo</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="ntlm_auth.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ntlm_auth</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="pam_winbind.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pam_winbind</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id307973"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 237 237 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 238 238 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar
Note:
See TracChangeset
for help on using the changeset viewer.